Change the return type of Tcl_RegisterChannel from void to Tcl_Channel and have Tcl_RegisterChannel return the channel. his is a convenience to the programmer.

Change the return type of Tcl_WrongNumArgs from void to int
and have Tcl_WrongNumArgs always return TCL_ERROR. This is a convenience to the programmer. Most of the time in existing code, a call to Tcl_WrongNumArgs is immediately followed by return TCL_ERROR. Old: Tcl_WrongNumArgs(...); return TCL_ERROR; New: return Tcl_WrongNumArgs(...);
2017-06-05 18:33:57 +00:00 · 2017-05-31 06:59:27 +00:00 · 2017-05-31 06:48:06 +00:00 · 2017-05-31 04:43:16 +00:00 · 2014-09-11 04:31:04 +00:00 · 2012-08-09 00:25:12 +00:00
713 changed files with 55359 additions and 47872 deletions
@@ -3,17 +3,12 @@ compat/zlib/contrib/vstudio/readme.txt
 compat/zlib/contrib/vstudio/*/zlib.rc
 compat/zlib/win32/*.txt
 compat/zlib/win64/*.txt
-libtommath/*.dsp
-libtommath/*.sln
-libtommath/*.vcproj
 tools/tcl.hpj.in
 tools/tcl.wse.in
 win/buildall.vc.bat
 win/coffbase.txt
 win/makefile.vc
 win/rules.vc
-win/rules-ext.vc
-win/targets.vc
 win/tcl.dsp
 win/tcl.dsw
 win/tcl.hpj.in
@@ -3,17 +3,12 @@ compat/zlib/contrib/vstudio/readme.txt
 compat/zlib/contrib/vstudio/*/zlib.rc
 compat/zlib/win32/*.txt
 compat/zlib/win64/*.txt
-libtommath/*.dsp
-libtommath/*.sln
-libtommath/*.vcproj
 tools/tcl.hpj.in
 tools/tcl.wse.in
 win/buildall.vc.bat
 win/coffbase.txt
 win/makefile.vc
 win/rules.vc
-win/rules-ext.vc
-win/targets.vc
 win/tcl.dsp
 win/tcl.dsw
 win/tcl.hpj.in
@@ -18,7 +18,6 @@
 */tclsh*
 */tcltest*
 */versions.vc
-*/version.vc
 html
 libtommath/bn.ilg
 libtommath/bn.ind
@@ -41,9 +40,7 @@ unix/dltest.marker
 unix/tcl.pc
 unix/tclIndex
 unix/pkgs/*
-win/Debug*
-win/Release*
+win/Debug_VC*
+win/Release_VC*
 win/pkgs/*
-win/coffbase.txt
-win/tcl.hpj
-win/nmhlp-out.txt
+win/tcl.hpj
@@ -1,6 +1,6 @@
 <?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?>
 <projectDescription>
-	<name>tcl9</name>
+	<name>tcl8.7</name>
 	<comment></comment>
 	<projects>
 	</projects>
@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
 README:  Tcl
-    This is the Tcl 9.0a0 source distribution.
+    This is the Tcl 8.7a0 source distribution.
 	http://sourceforge.net/projects/tcl/files/Tcl/
    You can get any source release of Tcl from the URL above.

@@ -49,7 +49,7 @@ and selling it either in whole or in part.  See the file

 Extensive documentation is available at our website.
 The home page for this release, including new features, is
-	http://www.tcl.tk/software/tcltk/9.0.html
+	http://www.tcl.tk/software/tcltk/8.7.html

 Detailed release notes can be found at the file distributions page
 by clicking on the relevant version.
@@ -61,9 +61,9 @@ Information about Tcl itself can be found at
 There have been many Tcl books on the market.  Many are mentioned in the Wiki:
 	http://wiki.tcl.tk/_/ref?N=25206

-To view the complete set of reference manual entries for Tcl 9.0 online,
+To view the complete set of reference manual entries for Tcl 8.7 online,
 visit the URL:
-	http://www.tcl.tk/man/tcl9.0/
+	http://www.tcl.tk/man/tcl8.7/

 2a. Unix Documentation
 ----------------------
@@ -8624,263 +8624,3 @@ improvements to regexp engine from Postgres (lane,porter,fellows,seltenreich)
 2016-02-22 (bug)[9b4702] [info exists env(missing)] kills trace (nijtmans)

 --- Released 8.6.5, February 29, 2016 --- http://core.tcl.tk/tcl/ for details
-
-2016-03-01 (bug)[803042] mem leak due to reference cycle (porter)
-
-2016-03-08 (bug)[bbc304] reflected watch race condition (porter)
-
-2016-03-17 (bug)[fadc99] compile-5.3 (rodriguez,porter)
-
-2016-03-17 (enhancement)[1a25fd] compile [variable ${ns}::v] (porter)
-
-2016-03-20 (bug)[1af8de] crash in compiled [string replace] (harder,fellows)
-
-2016-03-21 (bug)[d30718] segv in notifier finalize (hirofumi,nijtmans)
-
-2016-03-23 (enhancement)[7d0db7] parallel make (yarda,nijtmans)
-
-2016-03-23 [f12535] enable test bindings customization (vogel,nijtmans)
-
-2016-04-04 (bug)[47ac84] compiled [lreplace] fixes (aspect,ferrieux,fellows)
-        *** POTENTIAL INCOMPATIBILITY ***
-
-2016-04-08 (bug)[866368] RE \w includes 'Punctuation Connector' (nijtmans)
-
-2016-04-08 (bug)[2538f3] Win crash Tcl_OpenTcpServer() (griffin)
-
-2016-04-10 [07d13d] Restore TclBlend support lost in 8.6.1 (buratti)
-
-2016-05-13 (bug)[3154ea] Mem corruption in assembler exceptions (tkob,kenny)
-
-2016-05-13 (bug) registry package support any Unicode env (nijtmans)
-=> registry 1.3.2
-
-2016-05-21 (bug)[f7d4e] [namespace delete] performance (fellows)
-
-2016-06-02 (TIP 447) execution time verbosity option (cerutti)
-=> tcltest 2.4.0
-
-2016-06-16 (bug)[16828b] crash due to [vwait] trace undo fail (dah,porter)
-
-2016-06-16 (enhancement)[4b61af] good [info frame] from more cases (beric)
-
-2016-06-21 (bug)[c383eb] crash in [glob -path a] (oehlmann,porter)
-
-2016-06-21 (update) Update Unicode data to 9.0 (nijtmans)
-        *** POTENTIAL INCOMPATIBILITY ***
-
-2016-06-22 (bug)[16896d] Tcl_DString tolerate append to self. (dah,porter)
-
-2016-06-23 (bug)[d55322] crash in [dict update] (yorick,fellows)
-
-2016-06-27 (bug)[dd260a] crash in [chan configure -dictionary] (madden,aspect)
-
-2016-07-02 (bug)[f961d7] usage message with parameters with spaces (porter)
-        *** POTENTIAL INCOMPATIBILITY ***
-
-2016-07-02 (enhancement)[09fabc] Sort order of -relateddir (lanam)
-
-2016-07-07 (bug)[5d7ca0] Win: [file executable] for .cmd and .ps1 (nadkarni)
-        *** POTENTIAL INCOMPATIBILITY ***
-
-2016-07-08 (bug)[a47641] [file normalize] & Windows junctions (nadkarni)
-
-2016-07-09 [ae61a6] [file] handling of Win hardcoded names (CON) (nadkarni)
-        *** POTENTIAL INCOMPATIBILITY ***
-
-2016-07-09 [3613671] [file owned] (more) useful on Win (nadkarni)
-
-2016-07-09 (bug)[1493a4] [namespace upvar] use of resolvers (beric,fellows)
-        *** POTENTIAL INCOMPATIBILITY ***
-
-2016-07-10 (bug)[da340d] integer division in clock math (nadkarni)
-
-2016-07-20 tzdata updated to Olson's tzdata2016f (venkat)
-
--- Released 8.6.6, July 27, 2016 --- http://core.tcl.tk/tcl/ for details
-
-2016-09-07 (bug)[c09edf] Bad caching with  custom resolver (neumann,nijtmans)
-
-2016-09-07 (bug)[4dbdd9] Memleak in test var-8.3 (mr_calvin,porter)
-
-2016-10-03 (bug)[2bf561] Allow empty command as alias target (yorick,nijtmans)
-        *** POTENTIAL INCOMPATIBILITY ***
-
-2016-10-04 (bug)[4d5ae7] Crash in async connects host no address (gahr,fellows)
-
-2016-10-08 (bug)[838e99] treat application/xml as text (gahr,fellows)
-=> http 2.8.10
-
-2016-10-11 (bug)[3cc1d9] Thread finalization crash in zippy (neumann)
-
-2016-10-12 (bug)[be003d] Fix [scan 0x1 %b], [scan 0x1 %o] (porter)
-
-2016-10-14 (bug)[eb6b68] Fix stringComp-14.5 (porter)
-
-2016-10-30 (bug)[b26e38] Fix zlib-7.8 (fellows)
-
-2016-10-30 (bug)[1ae129] Fix memleak in [history] destruction (fellows)
-
-2016-11-04 (feature) Provisional Tcl 9 support in msgcat and tcltest (nijtmans)
-=> msgcat 1.6.1
-=> tcltest 2.4.1
-
-2016-11-04 (bug)[824752] Crash in Tcl_ListObjReplace() (gahr,porter)
-
-2016-11-11 (bug)[79614f] invalidate VFS mounts on sytem encoding change (yorick)
-
-2016-11-14 OSX: End panic() as legacy support macro; system conflicts (nijtmans)
-        *** POTENTIAL INCOMPATIBILITY ***
-
-2016-11-15 (bug) TclOO fix stops crash mixing Itcl and snit (fellows)
-
-2016-11-17 (update) Reconcile libtommath updates; purge unused files (nijtmans)
-        *** POTENTIAL INCOMPATIBILITY ***
-
-2017-01-09 (bug)[b87ad7] Repair drifts in timer clock (sebres)
-
-2017-01-17 (update) => zlib 1.2.11 (nijtmans)
-
-2017-01-31 (bug)[39f630] Revise Tcl_LinkVar to tolerate some prefixes (nijtmans)
-        *** POTENTIAL INCOMPATIBILITY ***
-
-2017-02-01 (bug)[d0f7ba] Improper NAN optimization. expr-22.1[01] (aspect)
-
-2017-02-26 (bug)[25842c] zlib stream finalization (aspect)
-
-2017-03-07 (deprecate) Remove unmaintained makefile.bc file (nijtmans)
-        *** POTENTIAL INCOMPATIBILITY ***
-
-2017-03-14 (enhancement) [clock] and [encoding] are now ensembles (kenny)
-
-2017-03-15 (enhancement) several [clock] subcommands bytecoded (kenny)
-
-2017-03-23 tzdata updated to Olson's tzdata2017b (jima)
-
-2017-03-29 (bug)[900cb0] Fix OO unexport introspection (napier)
-
-2017-04-12 (bug)[42202b] Nesting imbalance in coro injection (nadkarni,sebres)
-
-2017-04-18 (bug)[bc4322] http package support for safe interps (nash,nijtmans)
-
-2017-04-28 (bug)[f34cf8] [file join a //b] => /b (neumann,porter)
-
-2017-05-01 (bug)[8bd13f] Windows threads and pipes (sebres,nijtmans)
-
-2017-05-01 (bug)[f9fe90] [file join //a b] EIAS violation (aspect,porter)
-
-2017-05-04 (bug) Make test filesystem-1.52 pass on Windows (nijtmans)
-
-2017-05-05 (bug)[601522] [binary] field spec overflow -> segfault (porter)
-
-2017-05-08 (bug)[6ca52a] http memleak handling keep-alive (aspect,nijtmans)
-=> http 2.8.11
-
-2017-05-29 (bug)[a3fb33] crash in [lsort] on long lists (sebres)
-
-2017-06-05 (bug)[67aa9a] Tcl_UtfToUniChar() revised handling invalid UTF-8 (nijtmans)
-        *** POTENTIAL INCOMPATIBILITY ***
-
-2017-06-08 (bug)[2738427] Tcl_NumUtfChars() corner case utf-4.9 (nijtmans)
-
-2017-06-22 (update) Update Unicode data to 10.0 (nijtmans)
-        *** POTENTIAL INCOMPATIBILITY ***
-
-2017-06-22 (TIP 473) Let [oo::copy] specify target namespace (fellows)
-
-2017-06-26 (bug)[46f801] Repair autoloader fragility (porter)
-
-2017-07-06 (bug)[adb198] Plug memleak in TclJoinPath (sebres,porter)
-
-2017-07-17 (bug)[fb2208] Repeatable tclIndex generation (wiedemann,nijtmans)
-
--- Released 8.6.7, August 9, 2017 --- http://core.tcl.tk/tcl/ for details
-
-2017-08-10 [array names -regexp] supports backrefs (goth)
-
-2017-08-10 Fix gcc build failures due to #pragma placement (cassoff,fellows)
-
-2017-08-29 (bug)[b50fb2] exec redir append stdout and stderr to file (coulter)
-
-2017-08-31 (bug)[2a9465] http state 100 continue handling broken (oehlmann)
-=> http 2.8.12
-
-2017-09-02 (bug)[0e4d88] replace command, delete trace kills namespace (porter)
-
-2017-10-19 (bug)[1a5655] [info * methods] includes mixins (fellows)
-
-2017-10-23 tzdata updated to Olson's tzdata2017c (jima)
-
-2017-10-24 (bug)[fc1409] segfault in method cloning, oo-15.15 (coulter,fellows)
-
-2017-11-03 (bug)[6f2f83] More robust [load] for ReactOS (werner)
-
-2017-11-08 (bug)[3298012] Stop crash when hash tables overflow 32 bits (porter)
-
-2017-11-14 (bug)[5d6de6] Close failing case of [package prefer stable] (kupries)
-
-2017-11-17 (bug)[fab924] Fix misleading [load] message on Windows (oehlmann)
-
-2017-12-05 (bug)[4f6a1e] Crash when ensemble map and list are same (sebres)
-
-2017-12-06 (bug)[ce3a21] file normalize failure when tail is empty (porter)
-
-2017-12-08 (new)[TIP 477] nmake build system reform (nadkarni)
-
-2017-12-19 (bug)[586e71] EvalObjv exception handling at level #0 (sebres,porter)
-
--- Released 8.6.8, December 22, 2017 --- http://core.tcl.tk/tcl/ for details
-
-Changes to 8.7a1 include all changes to the 8.6 line through 8.6.7,
-plus the following, which focuses on the high-level feature changes
-in this changeset (new minor version) rather than bug fixes:
-
-2016-03-17 (bug)[0b8c38] socket accept callbacks always in global ns (porter)
-        *** POTENTIAL INCOMPATIBILITY ***
-
-2016-07-01 Hack accommodations for legacy Itcl 3 disabled (porter)
-
-2016-07-12 Make TCL_HASH_TYPE build-time configurable (nijtmans)
-
-2016-07-19 (bug)[0363f0] Partial array search ID reform (porter)
-
-2016-07-19 (feature removed) Tcl_ObjType "array search" unregistered (porter)
-	*** POTENTIAL INCOMPATIBILITY for Tcl_GetObjType("array search") ***
-
-2016-10-04 Server socket on port 0 chooses port supporting IPv4 * IPv6 (max)
-
-2016-11-25 [array named -regexp] supports backrefs (goth)
-
-2017-01-04 (TIP 456) New routine Tcl_OpenTcpServerEx() (limeboy)
-
-2017-01-04 (TIP 459) New subcommand [package files] (nijtmans)
-
-2017-01-16 threaded allocator initialization repair (vasiljevic,nijtmans)
-
-2017-01-30 Add to Win shell builtins: assoc ftype move (ashok)
-
-2017-03-31 TCL_MEM_DEBUG facilities better support 64-bit memory (nijtmans)
-
-2017-04-13 \u escaped content in msg files converted to true utf-8 (nijtmans)
-
-2017-05-18 (TIP 458) New epoll or kqueue notifiers are default (alborboz)
-
-2017-05-31 Purge build support for SunOS-4.* (stu)
-
-2017-06-22 (TIP 463) New option [regsub ... -command ...] (fellows)
-
-2017-06-22 (TIP 470) Tcl_GetDefineContextObject();[oo::define [self]] (fellows)
-=> TclOO 1.2.0
-
-2017-06-23 (TIP 472) Support 0d as prefix of decimal numbers (iyer,griffin)
-
-2017-08-31 (bug)[2a9465] http state 100 continue handling broken (oehlmann)
-
-2017-09-02 (bug)[0e4d88] replace command, delete trace kills namespace (porter)
-
--- Released 8.7a1, September 8, 2017 --- http://core.tcl.tk/tcl/ for details
-
-2018-03-12 (TIP 490) add oo support for msgcat => msgcat 1.7.0 (oehlmann)
-
-2018-03-12 (TIP 499) custom locale preference list (oehlmann)
-=> msgcat 1.7.0
@@ -0,0 +1,14 @@
+/*
+ * float.h --
+ *
+ *	This is a dummy header file to #include in Tcl when there
+ *	is no float.h in /usr/include.  Right now this file is empty:
+ *	Tcl contains #ifdefs to deal with the lack of definitions;
+ *	all it needs is for the #include statement to work.
+ *
+ * Copyright (c) 1993 The Regents of the University of California.
+ * Copyright (c) 1994 Sun Microsystems, Inc.
+ *
+ * See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution
+ * of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES.
+ */
@@ -9,7 +9,7 @@
 .so man.macros
 .BS
 .SH NAME
-Tcl_GetReturnOptions, Tcl_SetReturnOptions, Tcl_AddErrorInfo, Tcl_AppendObjToErrorInfo, Tcl_AddObjErrorInfo, Tcl_SetObjErrorCode, Tcl_SetErrorCode, Tcl_SetErrorLine, Tcl_GetErrorLine, Tcl_PosixError, Tcl_LogCommandInfo \- retrieve or record information about errors and other return options
+Tcl_GetReturnOptions, Tcl_SetReturnOptions, Tcl_AddErrorInfo, Tcl_AppendObjToErrorInfo, Tcl_AddObjErrorInfo, Tcl_SetObjErrorCode, Tcl_SetErrorCode, Tcl_SetErrorCodeVA, Tcl_SetErrorLine, Tcl_GetErrorLine, Tcl_PosixError, Tcl_LogCommandInfo \- retrieve or record information about errors and other return options
 .SH SYNOPSIS
 .nf
 \fB#include <tcl.h>\fR
@@ -30,6 +30,8 @@ int
 .sp
 \fBTcl_SetErrorCode\fR(\fIinterp, element, element, ... \fB(char *) NULL\fR)
 .sp
+\fBTcl_SetErrorCodeVA\fR(\fIinterp, argList\fR)
+.sp
 \fBTcl_GetErrorLine\fR(\fIinterp\fR)
 .sp
 \fBTcl_SetErrorLine\fR(\fIinterp, lineNum\fR)
@@ -243,6 +245,9 @@ The procedure \fBTcl_SetErrorCode\fR is also used to set the
 record instead of a value. Otherwise, it is similar to
 \fBTcl_SetObjErrorCode\fR in behavior.
 .PP
+\fBTcl_SetErrorCodeVA\fR is the same as \fBTcl_SetErrorCode\fR except that
+instead of taking a variable number of arguments it takes an argument list.
+.PP
 The procedure \fBTcl_GetErrorLine\fR is used to read the integer value
 of the \fB\-errorline\fR return option without the overhead of a full
 call to \fBTcl_GetReturnOptions\fR.  Likewise, \fBTcl_SetErrorLine\fR
@@ -30,7 +30,8 @@ or \fBTCL_RETURN\fR, then Tcl normally converts this into a \fBTCL_ERROR\fR
 return with an appropriate message.  The particular script
 evaluation procedures of Tcl that act in the manner are
 \fBTcl_EvalObjEx\fR, \fBTcl_EvalObjv\fR, \fBTcl_Eval\fR, \fBTcl_EvalEx\fR,
-\fBTcl_GlobalEval\fR, \fBTcl_GlobalEvalObj\fR and \fBTcl_VarEval\fR.
+\fBTcl_GlobalEval\fR, \fBTcl_GlobalEvalObj\fR, \fBTcl_VarEval\fR and
+\fBTcl_VarEvalVA\fR.
 .PP
 However, if \fBTcl_AllowExceptions\fR is invoked immediately before
 calling one of those a procedures, then arbitrary completion
@@ -0,0 +1,47 @@
+'\"
+'\" Copyright (c) 1989-1993 The Regents of the University of California.
+'\" Copyright (c) 1994-1996 Sun Microsystems, Inc.
+'\"
+'\" See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution
+'\" of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES.
+'\"
+.TH Tcl_Backslash 3 "8.1" Tcl "Tcl Library Procedures"
+.so man.macros
+.BS
+.SH NAME
+Tcl_Backslash \- parse a backslash sequence
+.SH SYNOPSIS
+.nf
+\fB#include <tcl.h>\fR
+.sp
+char
+\fBTcl_Backslash\fR(\fIsrc, countPtr\fR)
+.SH ARGUMENTS
+.AS char *countPtr out
+.AP char *src in
+Pointer to a string starting with a backslash.
+.AP int *countPtr out
+If \fIcountPtr\fR is not NULL, \fI*countPtr\fR gets filled
+in with number of characters in the backslash sequence, including
+the backslash character.
+.BE
+
+.SH DESCRIPTION
+.PP
+The use of \fBTcl_Backslash\fR is deprecated in favor of
+\fBTcl_UtfBackslash\fR.
+.PP
+This is a utility procedure provided for backwards compatibility with
+non-internationalized Tcl extensions.  It parses a backslash sequence and
+returns the low byte of the Unicode character corresponding to the sequence.
+\fBTcl_Backslash\fR modifies \fI*countPtr\fR to contain the number of
+characters in the backslash sequence.
+.PP
+See the Tcl manual entry for information on the valid backslash sequences.
+All of the sequences described in the Tcl manual entry are supported by
+\fBTcl_Backslash\fR.
+.SH "SEE ALSO"
+Tcl(n), Tcl_UtfBackslash(3)
+
+.SH KEYWORDS
+backslash, parse
@@ -0,0 +1,162 @@
+'\"
+'\" Copyright (c) 1989-1993 The Regents of the University of California.
+'\" Copyright (c) 1994-1996 Sun Microsystems, Inc.
+'\"
+'\" See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution
+'\" of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES.
+'\"
+.TH Tcl_CreateMathFunc 3 8.4 Tcl "Tcl Library Procedures"
+.so man.macros
+.BS
+.SH NAME
+Tcl_CreateMathFunc, Tcl_GetMathFuncInfo, Tcl_ListMathFuncs \- Define, query and enumerate math functions for expressions
+.SH "NOTICE OF EVENTUAL DEPRECATION"
+.PP
+The \fBTcl_CreateMathFunc\fR and \fBTcl_GetMathFuncInfo\fR functions
+are rendered somewhat obsolete by the ability to create functions for
+expressions by placing commands in the \fBtcl::mathfunc\fR namespace,
+as described in the \fBmathfunc\fR manual page; the API described on
+this page is not expected to be maintained indefinitely.
+.SH SYNOPSIS
+.nf
+\fB#include <tcl.h>\fR
+.sp
+void
+\fBTcl_CreateMathFunc\fR(\fIinterp, name, numArgs, argTypes, proc, clientData\fR)
+.sp
+int
+\fBTcl_GetMathFuncInfo\fR(\fIinterp, name, numArgsPtr, argTypesPtr, procPtr,
+                    clientDataPtr\fR)
+.sp
+Tcl_Obj *
+\fBTcl_ListMathFuncs\fR(\fIinterp, pattern\fR)
+.SH ARGUMENTS
+.AS Tcl_ValueType *clientDataPtr out
+.AP Tcl_Interp *interp in
+Interpreter in which new function will be defined.
+.AP "const char" *name in
+Name for new function.
+.AP int numArgs in
+Number of arguments to new function;  also gives size of \fIargTypes\fR array.
+.AP Tcl_ValueType *argTypes in
+Points to an array giving the permissible types for each argument to
+function.
+.AP Tcl_MathProc *proc in
+Procedure that implements the function.
+.AP ClientData clientData in
+Arbitrary one-word value to pass to \fIproc\fR when it is invoked.
+.AP int *numArgsPtr out
+Points to a variable that will be set to contain the number of
+arguments to the function.
+.AP Tcl_ValueType **argTypesPtr out
+Points to a variable that will be set to contain a pointer to an array
+giving the permissible types for each argument to the function which
+will need to be freed up using \fITcl_Free\fR.
+.AP Tcl_MathProc **procPtr out
+Points to a variable that will be set to contain a pointer to the
+implementation code for the function (or NULL if the function is
+implemented directly in bytecode).
+.AP ClientData *clientDataPtr out
+Points to a variable that will be set to contain the clientData
+argument passed to \fITcl_CreateMathFunc\fR when the function was
+created if the function is not implemented directly in bytecode.
+.AP "const char" *pattern in
+Pattern to match against function names so as to filter them (by
+passing to \fITcl_StringMatch\fR), or NULL to not apply any filter.
+.BE
+.SH DESCRIPTION
+.PP
+Tcl allows a number of mathematical functions to be used in
+expressions, such as \fBsin\fR, \fBcos\fR, and \fBhypot\fR.
+These functions are represented by commands in the namespace,
+\fBtcl::mathfunc\fR.  The \fBTcl_CreateMathFunc\fR function is
+an obsolete way for applications to add additional functions
+to those already provided by Tcl or to replace existing functions.
+It should not be used by new applications, which should create
+math functions using \fBTcl_CreateObjCommand\fR to create a command
+in the \fBtcl::mathfunc\fR namespace.
+.PP
+In the \fBTcl_CreateMathFunc\fR interface,
+\fIName\fR is the name of the function as it will appear in expressions.
+If \fIname\fR does not already exist in the \fB::tcl::mathfunc\fR
+namespace, then a new command is created in that namespace.
+If \fIname\fR does exist, then the existing function is replaced.
+\fINumArgs\fR and \fIargTypes\fR describe the arguments to the function.
+Each entry in the \fIargTypes\fR array must be
+one of \fBTCL_INT\fR, \fBTCL_DOUBLE\fR, \fBTCL_WIDE_INT\fR,
+or \fBTCL_EITHER\fR to indicate whether the corresponding argument must be an
+integer, a double-precision floating value, a wide (64-bit) integer,
+or any, respectively.
+.PP
+Whenever the function is invoked in an expression Tcl will invoke
+\fIproc\fR.  \fIProc\fR should have arguments and result that match
+the type \fBTcl_MathProc\fR:
+.PP
+.CS
+typedef int \fBTcl_MathProc\fR(
+        ClientData \fIclientData\fR,
+        Tcl_Interp *\fIinterp\fR,
+        Tcl_Value *\fIargs\fR,
+        Tcl_Value *\fIresultPtr\fR);
+.CE
+.PP
+When \fIproc\fR is invoked the \fIclientData\fR and \fIinterp\fR
+arguments will be the same as those passed to \fBTcl_CreateMathFunc\fR.
+\fIArgs\fR will point to an array of \fInumArgs\fR Tcl_Value structures,
+which describe the actual arguments to the function:
+.PP
+.CS
+typedef struct Tcl_Value {
+    Tcl_ValueType \fItype\fR;
+    long \fIintValue\fR;
+    double \fIdoubleValue\fR;
+    Tcl_WideInt \fIwideValue\fR;
+} \fBTcl_Value\fR;
+.CE
+.PP
+The \fItype\fR field indicates the type of the argument and is
+one of \fBTCL_INT\fR, \fBTCL_DOUBLE\fR or \fBTCL_WIDE_INT\fR.
+It will match the \fIargTypes\fR value specified for the function unless
+the \fIargTypes\fR value was \fBTCL_EITHER\fR. Tcl converts
+the argument supplied in the expression to the type requested in
+\fIargTypes\fR, if that is necessary.
+Depending on the value of the \fItype\fR field, the \fIintValue\fR,
+\fIdoubleValue\fR or \fIwideValue\fR
+field will contain the actual value of the argument.
+.PP
+\fIProc\fR should compute its result and store it either as an integer
+in \fIresultPtr->intValue\fR or as a floating value in
+\fIresultPtr->doubleValue\fR.
+It should set also \fIresultPtr->type\fR to one of
+\fBTCL_INT\fR, \fBTCL_DOUBLE\fR or \fBTCL_WIDE_INT\fR
+to indicate which value was set.
+Under normal circumstances \fIproc\fR should return \fBTCL_OK\fR.
+If an error occurs while executing the function, \fIproc\fR should
+return \fBTCL_ERROR\fR and leave an error message in the interpreter's result.
+.PP
+\fBTcl_GetMathFuncInfo\fR retrieves the values associated with
+function \fIname\fR that were passed to a preceding
+\fBTcl_CreateMathFunc\fR call.  Normally, the return code is
+\fBTCL_OK\fR but if the named function does not exist, \fBTCL_ERROR\fR
+is returned and an error message is placed in the interpreter's
+result.
+.PP
+If an error did not occur, the array reference placed in the variable
+pointed to by \fIargTypesPtr\fR is newly allocated, and should be
+released by passing it to \fBTcl_Free\fR.  Some functions (the
+standard set implemented in the core, and those defined by placing
+commands in the \fBtcl::mathfunc\fR namespace) do not have
+argument type information; attempting to retrieve values for
+them causes a NULL to be stored in the variable pointed to by
+\fIprocPtr\fR and the variable pointed to by \fIclientDataPtr\fR
+will not be modified.  The variable pointed to by \fInumArgsPointer\fR
+will contain -1, and no argument types will be stored in the variable
+pointed to by \fIargTypesPointer\fR.
+.PP
+\fBTcl_ListMathFuncs\fR returns a Tcl value containing a list of all
+the math functions defined in the interpreter whose name matches
+\fIpattern\fR.  The returned value has a reference count of zero.
+.SH "SEE ALSO"
+expr(n), info(n), Tcl_CreateObjCommand(3), Tcl_Free(3), Tcl_NewListObj(3)
+.SH KEYWORDS
+expression, mathematical function
@@ -9,7 +9,7 @@
 .so man.macros
 .BS
 .SH NAME
-Tcl_DStringInit, Tcl_DStringAppend, Tcl_DStringAppendElement, Tcl_DStringStartSublist, Tcl_DStringEndSublist, Tcl_DStringLength, Tcl_DStringValue, Tcl_DStringSetLength, Tcl_DStringFree, Tcl_DStringResult, Tcl_DStringGetResult \- manipulate dynamic strings
+Tcl_DStringInit, Tcl_DStringAppend, Tcl_DStringAppendElement, Tcl_DStringStartSublist, Tcl_DStringEndSublist, Tcl_DStringLength, Tcl_DStringValue, Tcl_DStringSetLength, Tcl_DStringTrunc, Tcl_DStringFree, Tcl_DStringResult, Tcl_DStringGetResult \- manipulate dynamic strings
 .SH SYNOPSIS
 .nf
 \fB#include <tcl.h>\fR
@@ -34,6 +34,8 @@ char *
 .sp
 \fBTcl_DStringSetLength\fR(\fIdsPtr, newLength\fR)
 .sp
+\fBTcl_DStringTrunc\fR(\fIdsPtr, newLength\fR)
+.sp
 \fBTcl_DStringFree\fR(\fIdsPtr\fR)
 .sp
 \fBTcl_DStringResult\fR(\fIinterp, dsPtr\fR)
@@ -126,6 +128,10 @@ caller to fill in the new space.
 even if the string is truncated to zero length, so \fBTcl_DStringFree\fR
 will still need to be called.
 .PP
+\fBTcl_DStringTrunc\fR changes the length of a dynamic string.
+This procedure is now deprecated.  \fBTcl_DStringSetLength\fR  should
+be used instead.
+.PP
 \fBTcl_DStringFree\fR should be called when you are finished using
 the string.  It frees up any memory that was allocated for the string
 and reinitializes the string's value to an empty string.
@@ -8,7 +8,7 @@
 .so man.macros
 .BS
 .SH NAME
-Tcl_GetEncoding, Tcl_FreeEncoding, Tcl_GetEncodingFromObj, Tcl_ExternalToUtfDString, Tcl_ExternalToUtf, Tcl_UtfToExternalDString, Tcl_UtfToExternal, Tcl_WinTCharToUtf, Tcl_WinUtfToTChar, Tcl_GetEncodingName, Tcl_SetSystemEncoding, Tcl_GetEncodingNameFromEnvironment, Tcl_GetEncodingNames, Tcl_CreateEncoding, Tcl_GetEncodingSearchPath, Tcl_SetEncodingSearchPath \- procedures for creating and using encodings
+Tcl_GetEncoding, Tcl_FreeEncoding, Tcl_GetEncodingFromObj, Tcl_ExternalToUtfDString, Tcl_ExternalToUtf, Tcl_UtfToExternalDString, Tcl_UtfToExternal, Tcl_WinTCharToUtf, Tcl_WinUtfToTChar, Tcl_GetEncodingName, Tcl_SetSystemEncoding, Tcl_GetEncodingNameFromEnvironment, Tcl_GetEncodingNames, Tcl_CreateEncoding, Tcl_GetEncodingSearchPath, Tcl_SetEncodingSearchPath, Tcl_GetDefaultEncodingDir, Tcl_SetDefaultEncodingDir \- procedures for creating and using encodings
 .SH SYNOPSIS
 .nf
 \fB#include <tcl.h>\fR
@@ -62,6 +62,12 @@ Tcl_Obj *
 .sp
 int
 \fBTcl_SetEncodingSearchPath\fR(\fIsearchPath\fR)
+.sp
+const char *
+\fBTcl_GetDefaultEncodingDir\fR(\fIvoid\fR)
+.sp
+void
+\fBTcl_SetDefaultEncodingDir\fR(\fIpath\fR)
 .SH ARGUMENTS
 .AS "const Tcl_EncodingType" *dstWrotePtr in/out
 .AP Tcl_Interp *interp in
@@ -254,6 +260,10 @@ Windows-only convenience
 functions for converting between UTF-8 and Windows strings
 based on the TCHAR type which is by convention
 a Unicode character on Windows NT.
+These functions are essentially wrappers around
+\fBTcl_UtfToExternalDString\fR and
+\fBTcl_ExternalToUtfDString\fR that convert to and from the
+Unicode encoding.
 .PP
 \fBTcl_GetEncodingName\fR is roughly the inverse of \fBTcl_GetEncoding\fR.
 Given an \fIencoding\fR, the return value is the \fIname\fR argument that
@@ -281,7 +291,7 @@ the encoding name to it.  The \fBTcl_DStringValue\fR is returned.
 \fBTcl_GetEncodingNames\fR sets the \fIinterp\fR result to a list
 consisting of the names of all the encodings that are currently defined
 or can be dynamically loaded, searching the encoding path specified by
-\fBTcl_SetEncodingSearchPath\fR.  This procedure does not ensure that the
+\fBTcl_SetDefaultEncodingDir\fR.  This procedure does not ensure that the
 dynamically-loadable encoding files contain valid data, but merely that they
 exist.
 .PP
@@ -396,6 +406,15 @@ are not verified as existing readable filesystem directories.  When
 searching for encoding data files takes place, and non-existent or
 non-readable filesystem directories on the \fIsearchPath\fR are silently
 ignored.
+.PP
+\fBTcl_GetDefaultEncodingDir\fR and \fBTcl_SetDefaultEncodingDir\fR
+are obsolete interfaces best replaced with calls to
+\fBTcl_GetEncodingSearchPath\fR and \fBTcl_SetEncodingSearchPath\fR.
+They are called to access and set the first element of the \fIsearchPath\fR
+list.  Since Tcl searches \fIsearchPath\fR for encoding data files in
+list order, these routines establish the
+.QW default
+directory in which to find encoding data files.
 .SH "ENCODING FILES"
 Space would prohibit precompiling into Tcl every possible encoding
 algorithm, so many encodings are stored on disk as dynamically-loadable
@@ -10,7 +10,7 @@
 .so man.macros
 .BS
 .SH NAME
-Tcl_EvalObjEx, Tcl_EvalFile, Tcl_EvalObjv, Tcl_Eval, Tcl_EvalEx, Tcl_GlobalEval, Tcl_GlobalEvalObj, Tcl_VarEval \- execute Tcl scripts
+Tcl_EvalObjEx, Tcl_EvalFile, Tcl_EvalObjv, Tcl_Eval, Tcl_EvalEx, Tcl_GlobalEval, Tcl_GlobalEvalObj, Tcl_VarEval, Tcl_VarEvalVA \- execute Tcl scripts
 .SH SYNOPSIS
 .nf
 \fB#include <tcl.h>\fR
@@ -38,6 +38,9 @@ int
 .sp
 int
 \fBTcl_VarEval\fR(\fIinterp, part, part, ... \fB(char *) NULL\fR)
+.sp
+int
+\fBTcl_VarEvalVA\fR(\fIinterp, argList\fR)
 .SH ARGUMENTS
 .AS Tcl_Interp **termPtr
 .AP Tcl_Interp *interp in
@@ -64,6 +67,9 @@ first null byte are used.
 Points to first byte of script to execute (null-terminated and UTF-8).
 .AP char *part in
 String forming part of a Tcl script.
+.AP va_list argList in
+An argument list which must have been initialized using
+\fBva_start\fR, and cleared using \fBva_end\fR.
 .BE

 .SH DESCRIPTION
@@ -122,10 +128,16 @@ might be a UTF-8 special code.  The string is parsed and executed directly
 bytecodes.  In situations where it is known that the script will never be
 executed again, \fBTcl_Eval\fR may be faster than \fBTcl_EvalObjEx\fR.
 \fBTcl_Eval\fR returns a completion code and result just like
-\fBTcl_EvalObjEx\fR.
+\fBTcl_EvalObjEx\fR.  Note: for backward compatibility with versions before
+Tcl 8.0, \fBTcl_Eval\fR copies the value result in \fIinterp\fR to
+\fIinterp->result\fR (use is deprecated) where it can be accessed directly.
+ This makes \fBTcl_Eval\fR somewhat slower than \fBTcl_EvalEx\fR, which
+does not do the copy.
 .PP
 \fBTcl_EvalEx\fR is an extended version of \fBTcl_Eval\fR that takes
-additional arguments \fInumBytes\fR and \fIflags\fR.
+additional arguments \fInumBytes\fR and \fIflags\fR.  For the
+efficiency reason given above, \fBTcl_EvalEx\fR is generally preferred
+over \fBTcl_Eval\fR.
 .PP
 \fBTcl_GlobalEval\fR and \fBTcl_GlobalEvalObj\fR are older procedures
 that are now deprecated.  They are similar to \fBTcl_EvalEx\fR and
@@ -141,6 +153,10 @@ It returns the result of the command and also modifies
 \fIinterp->result\fR in the same way as \fBTcl_Eval\fR.
 The last argument to \fBTcl_VarEval\fR must be NULL to indicate the end
 of arguments.  \fBTcl_VarEval\fR is now deprecated.
+.PP
+\fBTcl_VarEvalVA\fR is the same as \fBTcl_VarEval\fR except that
+instead of taking a variable number of arguments it takes an argument
+list. Like \fBTcl_VarEval\fR, \fBTcl_VarEvalVA\fR is deprecated.

 .SH "FLAG BITS"
 .PP
@@ -160,10 +176,10 @@ it is faster to execute the script directly.
 .TP 23
 \fBTCL_EVAL_GLOBAL\fR
 .
-If this flag is set, the script is evaluated in the global namespace instead of
-the current namespace and its variable context consists of global variables
-only (it ignores any Tcl procedures that are active).
-.\" TODO: document TCL_EVAL_INVOKE and TCL_EVAL_NOERR.
+If this flag is set, the script is processed at global level.  This
+means that it is evaluated in the global namespace and its variable
+context consists of global variables only (it ignores any Tcl
+procedures that are active).

 .SH "MISCELLANEOUS DETAILS"
 .PP
@@ -57,15 +57,15 @@ after the optional white space and sign are
 .QW \fB0x\fR
 then \fIsrc\fR is expected to be in hexadecimal form;  otherwise,
 if the first such characters are
-.QW \fB0d\fR
-then \fIsrc\fR is expected to be in decimal form; otherwise,
-if the first such characters are
 .QW \fB0o\fR
 then \fIsrc\fR is expected to be in octal form;  otherwise,
 if the first such characters are
 .QW \fB0b\fR
+then \fIsrc\fR is expected to be in binary form;  otherwise,
+if the first such character is
+.QW \fB0\fR
 then \fIsrc\fR
-is expected to be in binary form;  otherwise, \fIsrc\fR is
+is expected to be in octal form;  otherwise, \fIsrc\fR is
 expected to be in decimal form.
 .PP
 \fBTcl_GetDouble\fR expects \fIsrc\fR to consist of a floating-point
@@ -63,9 +63,9 @@ Define the \fBUSE_TCL_STUBS\fR symbol.  Typically, you would include the
 \fB\-DUSE_TCL_STUBS\fR flag when compiling the extension.
 .IP 3) 5
 Link the extension with the Tcl stubs library instead of the standard
-Tcl library.  For example, to use the Tcl 9.0 ABI on Unix platforms,
-the library name is \fIlibtclstub9.0.a\fR; on Windows platforms, the
-library name is \fItclstub90.lib\fR.
+Tcl library.  For example, to use the Tcl 8.6 ABI on Unix platforms,
+the library name is \fIlibtclstub8.6.a\fR; on Windows platforms, the
+library name is \fItclstub86.lib\fR.
 .PP
 If the extension also requires the Tk API, it must also call
 \fBTk_InitStubs\fR to initialize the Tk stubs interface and link
@@ -97,7 +97,7 @@ are provided by the C language standard.  The \fBTcl_WideInt\fR type is a
 typedef defined to be whatever signed integral type covers at least the
 64-bit integer range (-9223372036854775808 to 9223372036854775807).  Depending
 on the platform and the C compiler, the actual type might be
-\fBlong long int\fR, \fB__int64\fR, or something else.
+\fBlong int\fR, \fBlong long int\fR, \fB__int64\fR, or something else.
 The \fBmp_int\fR type is a multiple-precision integer type defined
 by the LibTomMath multiple-precision integer library.
 .PP
@@ -33,6 +33,19 @@ the pointer as described below is no longer supported.  The supported
 public routines \fBTcl_SetResult\fR, \fBTcl_GetResult\fR,
 \fBTcl_SetErrorLine\fR, \fBTcl_GetErrorLine\fR must be used instead.
 .PP
+For legacy programs and extensions no longer being maintained, compiles
+against the Tcl 8.6 header files are only possible with the compiler
+directives
+.CS
+#define USE_INTERP_RESULT
+.CE
+and/or
+.CS
+#define USE_INTERP_ERRORLINE
+.CE
+depending on which fields of the \fBTcl_Interp\fR struct are accessed.
+These directives may be embedded in code or supplied via compiler options.
+.PP
 The \fIresult\fR and \fIfreeProc\fR fields are used to return
 results or error messages from commands.
 This information is returned by command procedures back to \fBTcl_Eval\fR,
@@ -88,7 +101,7 @@ the command.  The \fIfreeProc\fR field will be initialized to zero,
 and \fIinterp->result\fR will point to an empty string.  Commands that
 do not return any value can simply leave the fields alone.
 Furthermore, the empty string pointed to by \fIresult\fR is actually
-part of an array of approximately 200 characters.
+part of an array of \fBTCL_RESULT_SIZE\fR characters (approximately 200).
 If a command wishes to return a short string, it can simply copy
 it to the area pointed to by \fIinterp->result\fR.  Or, it can use
 the sprintf procedure to generate a short result string at the location
@@ -1,6 +1,5 @@
 .\"
 .\" Copyright (c) 2008 by Kevin B. Kenny.
-.\" Copyright (c) 2018 by Nathan Coulter. 
 .\"
 '\" See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution
 '\" of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES.
@@ -39,39 +38,43 @@ void
 .SH ARGUMENTS
 .AS Tcl_CmdDeleteProc *interp in
 .AP Tcl_Interp *interp in
-The relevant Interpreter.
+Interpreter in which to create or evaluate a command.
 .AP char *cmdName in
-Name of the command to create.
+Name of a new command to create.
 .AP Tcl_ObjCmdProc *proc in
-Called in order to evaluate a command.  Is often just a small wrapper that uses
-\fBTcl_NRCallObjProc\fR to call \fInreProc\fR using a new trampoline.  Behaves
-in the same way as the \fIproc\fR argument to \fBTcl_CreateObjCommand\fR(3)
-(\fIq.v.\fR).
+Implementation of a command that will be called whenever \fIcmdName\fR
+is invoked as a command in the unoptimized way.
 .AP Tcl_ObjCmdProc *nreProc in
-Called instead of \fIproc\fR when a trampoline is already in use.
+Implementation of a command that will be called whenever \fIcmdName\fR
+is invoked and requested to conserve the C stack.
 .AP ClientData clientData in
-Arbitrary one-word value passed to \fIproc\fR, \fInreProc\fR, \fIdeleteProc\fR
-and \fIobjProc\fR.
+Arbitrary one-word value that will be passed to \fIproc\fR, \fInreProc\fR,
+\fIdeleteProc\fR and \fIobjProc\fR.
 .AP Tcl_CmdDeleteProc *deleteProc in/out
-Called before \fIcmdName\fR is deleted from the interpreter, allowing for
-command-specific cleanup. May be NULL.
+Procedure to call before \fIcmdName\fR is deleted from the interpreter.
+This procedure allows for command-specific cleanup. If \fIdeleteProc\fR
+is \fBNULL\fR, then no procedure is called before the command is deleted.
 .AP int objc in
-Number of items in \fIobjv\fR.
+Count of parameters provided to the implementation of a command.
 .AP Tcl_Obj **objv in
-Words in the command.
+Pointer to an array of Tcl values. Each value holds the value of a
+single word in the command to execute.
 .AP Tcl_Obj *objPtr in
-A script or expression to evaluate.
+Pointer to a Tcl_Obj whose value is a script or expression to execute.
 .AP int flags in
-As described for \fITcl_EvalObjv\fR.
-.PP
+ORed combination of flag bits that specify additional options.
+\fBTCL_EVAL_GLOBAL\fR is the only flag that is currently supported.
+.\" TODO: This is a lie. But kbk didn't grasp TCL_EVAL_INVOKE and
+.\"       TCL_EVAL_NOERR well enough to document them.
 .AP Tcl_Command cmd in
-Token to use instead of one derived from the first word of \fIobjv\fR in order
-to evaluate a command.
+Token for a command that is to be used instead of the currently
+executing command.
 .AP Tcl_Obj *resultPtr out
-Pointer to an unshared Tcl_Obj where the result of the evaluation is stored if
-the return code is TCL_OK.
+Pointer to an unshared Tcl_Obj where the result of expression
+evaluation is written.
 .AP Tcl_NRPostProc *postProcPtr in
-A function to push.
+Pointer to a function that will be invoked when the command currently
+executing in the interpreter designated by \fIinterp\fR completes.
 .AP ClientData data0 in
 .AP ClientData data1 in
 .AP ClientData data2 in
@@ -81,51 +84,98 @@ to the function designated by \fIpostProcPtr\fR when it is invoked.
 .BE
 .SH DESCRIPTION
 .PP
-These functions provide an interface to the function stack that an interpreter
-iterates through to evaluate commands.  The routine behind a command is
-implemented by an initial function and any additional functions that the
-routine pushes onto the stack as it progresses.  The interpreter itself pushes
-functions onto the stack to react to the end of a routine and to exercise other
-forms of control such as switching between in-progress stacks and the
-evaluation of other scripts at additional levels without adding frames to the C
-stack.  To execute a routine, the initial function for the routine is called
-and then a small bit of code called a \fItrampoline\fR iteratively takes
-functions off the stack and calls them, using the value of the last call as the
-value of the routine.
+This series of C functions provides an interface whereby commands that
+are implemented in C can be evaluated, and invoke Tcl commands scripts
+and scripts, without consuming space on the C stack. The non-recursive
+evaluation is done by installing a \fItrampoline\fR, a small piece of
+code that invokes a command or script, and then executes a series of
+callbacks when the command or script returns.
 .PP
-\fBTcl_NRCallObjProc\fR calls \fInreProc\fR using a new trampoline.
+The \fBTcl_NRCreateCommand\fR function creates a Tcl command in the
+interpreter designated by \fIinterp\fR that is prepared to handle
+nonrecursive evaluation with a trampoline. The \fIcmdName\fR argument
+gives the name of the new command. If \fIcmdName\fR contains any
+namespace qualifiers, then the new command is added to the specified
+namespace; otherwise, it is added to the global namespace. \fIproc\fR
+gives the procedure that will be called when the interpreter wishes to
+evaluate the command in an unoptimized manner, and \fInreProc\fR is
+the procedure that will be called when the interpreter wishes to
+evaluate the command using a trampoline. \fIdeleteProc\fR is a
+function that will be called before the command is deleted from the
+interpreter. When any of the three functions is invoked, it is passed
+the \fIclientData\fR parameter.
 .PP
-\fBTcl_NRCreateCommand\fR, an alternative to \fBTcl_CreateObjCommand\fR,
-resolves \fIcmdName\fR, which may contain namespace qualifiers, relative to the
-current namespace, creates a command by that name, and returns a token for the
-command which may be used in subsequent calls to \fBTcl_GetCommandName\fR.
-Except for a few cases noted below any existing command by the same name is
-first deleted.  If \fIinterp\fR is in the process of being deleted
-\fBTcl_NRCreateCommand\fR does not create any command, does not delete any
-command, and returns NULL.
+\fBTcl_NRCreateCommand\fR deletes any existing command
+\fIname\fR already associated with the interpreter
+(however see below for an exception where the existing command
+is not deleted).
+It returns a token that may be used to refer
+to the command in subsequent calls to \fBTcl_GetCommandName\fR.
+If \fBTcl_NRCreateCommand\fR is called for an interpreter that is in
+the process of being deleted, then it does not create a new command,
+does not delete any existing command of the same name, and returns NULL.
 .PP
-\fBTcl_NREvalObj\fR pushes a function that is like \fBTcl_EvalObjEx\fR but
-consumes no space on the C stack.
+The \fIproc\fR and \fInreProc\fR function are expected to conform to
+all the rules set forth for the \fIproc\fR argument to
+\fBTcl_CreateObjCommand\fR(3) (\fIq.v.\fR).
 .PP
-\fBTcl_NREvalObjv\fR pushes a function that is like \fBTcl_EvalObjv\fR but
-consumes no space on the C stack.
+When a command that is written to cope with evaluation via trampoline
+is invoked without a trampoline on the stack, it will usually respond
+to the invocation by creating a trampoline and calling the
+trampoline-enabled implementation of the same command. This call is done by
+means of \fBTcl_NRCallObjProc\fR. In the call to
+\fBTcl_NRCallObjProc\fR, the \fIinterp\fR, \fIclientData\fR,
+\fIobjc\fR and \fIobjv\fR parameters should be the same ones that were
+passed to \fIproc\fR. The \fInreProc\fR parameter should designate the
+trampoline-enabled implementation of the command.
 .PP
-\fBTcl_NRCmdSwap\fR is like \fBTcl_NREvalObjv\fR, but uses \fIcmd\fR, a token
-previously returned by \fBTcl_CreateObjCommand\fR or
-\fBTcl_GetCommandFromObj\fR, instead of resolving the first word of \fIobjv\fR.
-.  The name of this command must be the same as \fIobjv[0]\fR.
+\fBTcl_NREvalObj\fR arranges for the script contained in \fIobjPtr\fR
+to be evaluated in the interpreter designated by \fIinterp\fR after
+the current command (which must be trampoline-enabled) returns. It is
+the method by which a command may invoke a script without consuming
+space on the C stack. Similarly, \fBTcl_NREvalObjv\fR arranges to
+invoke a single Tcl command whose words have already been separated
+and substituted. The \fIobjc\fR and \fIobjv\fR parameters give the
+words of the command to be evaluated when execution reaches the
+trampoline.
 .PP
-\fBTcl_NRExprObj\fR pushes a function that evaluates \fIobjPtr\fR as an
-expression in the same manner as \fBTcl_ExprObj\fR but without consuming space
-on the C stack.
+\fBTcl_NRCmdSwap\fR allows for trampoline evaluation of a command whose
+resolution is already known.  The \fIcmd\fR parameter gives a
+\fBTcl_Command\fR token (returned from \fBTcl_CreateObjCommand\fR or
+\fBTcl_GetCommandFromObj\fR) identifying the command to be invoked in
+the trampoline; this command must match the word in \fIobjv[0]\fR.
+The remaining arguments are as for \fBTcl_NREvalObjv\fR.
 .PP
-All of the functions return \fBTCL_OK\fR if the evaluation of the script,
-command, or expression has been scheduled successfully.  Otherwise (for example
-if the command name cannot be resolved), they return \fBTCL_ERROR\fR and store
-a message as the interpreter's result.
+\fBTcl_NREvalObj\fR, \fBTcl_NREvalObjv\fR and \fBTcl_NRCmdSwap\fR
+all accept a \fIflags\fR parameter, which is an OR-ed-together set of
+bits to control evaluation. At the present time, the only supported flag
+available to callers is \fBTCL_EVAL_GLOBAL\fR.
+.\" TODO: Again, this is a lie. Do we want to explain TCL_EVAL_INVOKE
+.\"       and TCL_EVAL_NOERR?
+If the \fBTCL_EVAL_GLOBAL\fR flag is set, the script or command is
+evaluated in the global namespace. If it is not set, it is evaluated
+in the current namespace.
 .PP
-\fBTcl_NRAddCallback\fR pushes \fIpostProcPtr\fR.  The signature for
-\fBTcl_NRPostProc\fR is:
+\fBTcl_NRExprObj\fR arranges for the expression contained in \fIobjPtr\fR
+to be evaluated in the interpreter designated by \fIinterp\fR after
+the current command (which must be trampoline-enabled) returns. It is
+the method by which a command may evaluate a Tcl expression without consuming
+space on the C stack.  The argument \fIresultPtr\fR is a pointer to an
+unshared Tcl_Obj where the result of expression evaluation is to be written.
+If expression evaluation returns any code other than TCL_OK, the
+\fIresultPtr\fR value is left untouched.
+.PP
+All of the routines return \fBTCL_OK\fR if command or expression invocation
+has been scheduled successfully. If for any reason the scheduling cannot
+be completed (for example, if the interpreter is unable to find
+the requested command), they return \fBTCL_ERROR\fR with an
+appropriate message left in the interpreter's result.
+.PP
+\fBTcl_NRAddCallback\fR arranges to have a C function called when the
+current trampoline-enabled command in the Tcl interpreter designated
+by \fIinterp\fR returns.  The \fIpostProcPtr\fR argument is a pointer
+to the callback function, which must have arguments and return value
+consistent with the \fBTcl_NRPostProc\fR data type:
 .PP
 .CS
 typedef int
@@ -135,13 +185,25 @@ typedef int
        int \fIresult\fR);
 .CE
 .PP
-\fIdata\fR is a pointer to an array containing \fIdata0\fR through \fIdata3\fR.
-\fIresult\fR is the value returned by the previous function implementing part
-the routine.
+When the trampoline invokes the callback function, the \fIdata\fR
+parameter will point to an array containing the four one-word
+quantities that were passed to \fBTcl_NRAddCallback\fR in the
+\fIdata0\fR through \fIdata3\fR parameters. The Tcl interpreter will
+be designated by the \fIinterp\fR parameter, and the \fIresult\fR
+parameter will contain the result (\fBTCL_OK\fR, \fBTCL_ERROR\fR,
+\fBTCL_RETURN\fR, \fBTCL_BREAK\fR or \fBTCL_CONTINUE\fR) that was
+returned by the command evaluation. The callback function is expected,
+in turn, either to return a \fIresult\fR to control further evaluation.
+.PP
+Multiple \fBTcl_NRAddCallback\fR invocations may request multiple
+callbacks, which may be to the same or different callback
+functions. If multiple callbacks are requested, they are executed in
+last-in, first-out order, that is, the most recently requested
+callback is executed first.
 .SH EXAMPLE
 .PP
-The following command uses \fBTcl_EvalObjEx\fR, which consumes space on the C
-stack, to evalute a script:
+The usual pattern for Tcl commands that invoke other Tcl commands
+is something like:
 .PP
 .CS
 int
@@ -166,17 +228,28 @@ int
        \fITheCmdOldObjProc\fR, clientData, TheCmdDeleteProc);
 .CE
 .PP
-To avoid consuming space on the C stack, \fITheCmdOldObjProc\fR is renamed to
-\fITheCmdNRObjProc\fR and the postprocessing step is split into a separate
-function, \fITheCmdPostProc\fR, which is pushed onto the function stack.
-\fITcl_EvalObjEx\fR is replaced with \fITcl_NREvalObj\fR, which uses a
-trampoline instead of consuming space on the C stack.  A new version of
-\fITheCmdOldObjProc\fR is just a a wrapper that uses \fBTcl_NRCallObjProc\fR to
-call \fITheCmdNRObjProc\fR:
+To enable a command like this one for trampoline-based evaluation,
+it must be split into three pieces:
+.IP \(bu
+A non-trampoline implementation, \fITheCmdNewObjProc\fR,
+which will simply create a trampoline
+and invoke the trampoline-based implementation.
+.IP \(bu
+A trampoline-enabled implementation, \fITheCmdNRObjProc\fR.  This
+function will perform the initialization, request that the trampoline
+call the postprocessing routine after command evaluation, and finally,
+request that the trampoline call the inner command.
+.IP \(bu
+A postprocessing routine, \fITheCmdPostProc\fR. This function will
+perform the postprocessing formerly done after the return from the
+inner command in \fITheCmdObjProc\fR.
+.PP
+The non-trampoline implementation is simple and stylized, containing
+a single statement:
 .PP
 .CS
 int
-\fITheCmdOldObjProc\fR(
+\fITheCmdNewObjProc\fR(
    ClientData clientData,
    Tcl_Interp *interp,
    int objc,
@@ -187,6 +260,9 @@ int
 }
 .CE
 .PP
+The trampoline-enabled implementation requests postprocessing,
+and returns to the trampoline requesting command evaluation.
+.PP
 .CS
 int
 \fITheCmdNRObjProc\fR
@@ -208,6 +284,9 @@ int
 }
 .CE
 .PP
+The postprocessing procedure does whatever the original command did
+upon return from the inner evaluation.
+.PP
 .CS
 int
 \fITheCmdNRPostProc\fR(
@@ -224,13 +303,26 @@ int
 }
 .CE
 .PP
-Any function comprising a routine can push other functions, making it possible
-implement looping and sequencing constructs using the function stack.
+If \fItheCommand\fR is a command that results in multiple commands or
+scripts being evaluated, its postprocessing routine may schedule
+additional postprocessing and then request another command evaluation
+by means of \fBTcl_NREvalObj\fR or one of the other evaluation
+routines. Looping and sequencing constructs may be implemented in this way.
 .PP
+Finally, to install a trampoline-enabled command in the interpreter,
+\fBTcl_NRCreateCommand\fR is used in place of
+\fBTcl_CreateObjCommand\fR.  It accepts two command procedures instead
+of one. The first is for use when no trampoline is yet on the stack,
+and the second is for use when there is already a trampoline in place.
+.PP
+.CS
+\fBTcl_NRCreateCommand\fR(interp, "theCommand",
+        \fITheCmdNewObjProc\fR, \fITheCmdNRObjProc\fR, clientData,
+        TheCmdDeleteProc);
+.CE
 .SH "SEE ALSO"
 Tcl_CreateCommand(3), Tcl_CreateObjCommand(3), Tcl_EvalObjEx(3), Tcl_GetCommandFromObj(3), Tcl_ExprObj(3)
 .SH KEYWORDS
 stackless, nonrecursive, execute, command, global, value, result, script
 .SH COPYRIGHT
-Copyright (c) 2008 by Kevin B. Kenny.
-Copyright (c) 2018 by Nathan Coulter.
+Copyright (c) 2008 by Kevin B. Kenny
@@ -257,7 +257,7 @@ The \fBincr\fR command first gets an integer from \fIx\fR's value
 by calling \fBTcl_GetIntFromObj\fR.
 This procedure checks whether the value is already an integer value.
 Since it is not, it converts the value
-by setting the value's internal representation
+by setting the value's \fIinternalRep.longValue\fR member
 to the integer \fB123\fR
 and setting the value's \fItypePtr\fR
 to point to the integer Tcl_ObjType structure.
@@ -32,7 +32,7 @@ int
 int
 \fBTcl_GetChannelNamesEx\fR(\fIinterp, pattern\fR)
 .sp
-void
+Tcl_Channel
 \fBTcl_RegisterChannel\fR(\fIinterp, channel\fR)
 .sp
 int
@@ -319,6 +319,8 @@ the name given in the call to \fBTcl_CreateChannel\fR.  After this call,
 the channel becomes the property of the interpreter, and the caller should
 not call \fBTcl_Close\fR for the channel; the channel will be closed
 automatically when it is unregistered from the interpreter.
+\fBTcl_RegisterChannel\fR returns the channel, as a convenience to the
+programmer, 
 .PP
 Code executing outside of any Tcl interpreter can call
 \fBTcl_RegisterChannel\fR with \fIinterp\fR as NULL, to indicate that it
@@ -7,7 +7,7 @@
 .BS
 '\"  Note:  do not modify the .SH NAME line immediately below!
 .SH NAME
-Tcl_Panic, Tcl_SetPanicProc \- report fatal error and abort
+Tcl_Panic, Tcl_PanicVA, Tcl_SetPanicProc \- report fatal error and abort
 .SH SYNOPSIS
 .nf
 \fB#include <tcl.h>\fR
@@ -16,6 +16,9 @@ void
 \fBTcl_Panic\fR(\fIformat\fR, \fIarg\fR, \fIarg\fR, \fI...\fR)
 .sp
 void
+\fBTcl_PanicVA\fR(\fIformat\fR, \fIargList\fR)
+.sp
+void
 \fBTcl_SetPanicProc\fR(\fIpanicProc\fR)
 .sp
 .SH ARGUMENTS
@@ -77,6 +80,9 @@ the Tcl library, \fBTcl_Panic\fR is a public function and may be called
 by any extension or application that wishes to abort the process and
 have a panic message displayed the same way that panic messages from Tcl
 will be displayed.
+.PP
+\fBTcl_PanicVA\fR is the same as \fBTcl_Panic\fR except that instead of
+taking a variable number of arguments it takes an argument list.
 .SH "SEE ALSO"
 abort(3), printf(3), exec(n), format(n)
 .SH KEYWORDS
@@ -8,7 +8,7 @@
 .so man.macros
 .BS
 .SH NAME
-Tcl_ParseCommand, Tcl_ParseExpr, Tcl_ParseBraces, Tcl_ParseQuotedString, Tcl_ParseVarName, Tcl_ParseVar, Tcl_FreeParse, Tcl_EvalTokensStandard \- parse Tcl scripts and expressions
+Tcl_ParseCommand, Tcl_ParseExpr, Tcl_ParseBraces, Tcl_ParseQuotedString, Tcl_ParseVarName, Tcl_ParseVar, Tcl_FreeParse, Tcl_EvalTokens, Tcl_EvalTokensStandard \- parse Tcl scripts and expressions
 .SH SYNOPSIS
 .nf
 \fB#include <tcl.h>\fR
@@ -33,16 +33,20 @@ const char *
 .sp
 \fBTcl_FreeParse\fR(\fIusedParsePtr\fR)
 .sp
+Tcl_Obj *
+\fBTcl_EvalTokens\fR(\fIinterp, tokenPtr, numTokens\fR)
+.sp
 int
 \fBTcl_EvalTokensStandard\fR(\fIinterp, tokenPtr, numTokens\fR)
 .SH ARGUMENTS
 .AS Tcl_Interp *usedParsePtr out
 .AP Tcl_Interp *interp out
-For procedures other than \fBTcl_FreeParse\fR and
-\fBTcl_EvalTokensStandard\fR, used only for error reporting;
+For procedures other than \fBTcl_FreeParse\fR, \fBTcl_EvalTokens\fR
+and \fBTcl_EvalTokensStandard\fR, used only for error reporting;
 if NULL, then no error messages are left after errors.
-For \fBTcl_EvalTokensStandard\fR, determines the context for evaluating
-the script and also is used for error reporting; must not be NULL.
+For \fBTcl_EvalTokens\fR and \fBTcl_EvalTokensStandard\fR,
+determines the context for evaluating the
+script and also is used for error reporting; must not be NULL.
 .AP "const char" *start in
 Pointer to first character in string to parse.
 .AP int numBytes in
@@ -187,6 +191,16 @@ code with one of the values \fBTCL_OK\fR, \fBTCL_ERROR\fR,
 some other integer value originating in an extension.
 In addition, a result value or error message is left in \fIinterp\fR's
 result; it can be retrieved using \fBTcl_GetObjResult\fR.
+.PP
+\fBTcl_EvalTokens\fR differs from \fBTcl_EvalTokensStandard\fR only in
+the return convention used: it returns the result in a new Tcl_Obj.
+The reference count of the value returned as result has been
+incremented, so the caller must
+invoke \fBTcl_DecrRefCount\fR when it is finished with the value.
+If an error or other exception occurs while evaluating the tokens
+(such as a reference to a non-existent variable) then the return value
+is NULL and an error message is left in \fIinterp\fR's result. The use
+of \fBTcl_EvalTokens\fR is deprecated.
 .SH "TCL_PARSE STRUCTURE"
 .PP
 \fBTcl_ParseCommand\fR, \fBTcl_ParseExpr\fR, \fBTcl_ParseBraces\fR,
@@ -18,7 +18,10 @@ Tcl_PrintDouble \- Convert floating value to string
 .SH ARGUMENTS
 .AS Tcl_Interp *interp out
 .AP Tcl_Interp *interp in
-This argument is ignored.
+Before Tcl 8.0, the \fBtcl_precision\fR variable in this interpreter
+controlled the conversion.  As of Tcl 8.0, this argument is ignored and
+the conversion is controlled by the \fBtcl_precision\fR variable
+that is now shared by all interpreters.
 .AP double value in
 Floating-point value to be converted.
 .AP char *dst out
@@ -38,7 +41,9 @@ so that it does not look like an integer.  Where \fB%g\fR would
 generate an integer with no decimal point, \fBTcl_PrintDouble\fR adds
 .QW .0 .
 .PP
-The result will have the fewest digits needed to
+If the \fBtcl_precision\fR value is non-zero, the result will have
+precisely that many digits of significance.  If the value is zero
+(the default), the result will have the fewest digits needed to
 represent the number in such a way that \fBTcl_NewDoubleObj\fR
 will generate the same number when presented with the given string.
 IEEE semantics of rounding to even apply to the conversion.
@@ -31,7 +31,7 @@ the command at global level instead of the current stack level.
 .SH DESCRIPTION
 .PP
 \fBTcl_RecordAndEvalObj\fR is invoked to record a command as an event
-on the history list and then execute it using \fBTcl_EvalObjEx\fR.
+on the history list and then execute it using \fBTcl_EvalObjEx\fR
 It returns a completion code such as \fBTCL_OK\fR just like \fBTcl_EvalObjEx\fR,
 as well as a result value containing additional information
 (a result value or error message)
@@ -54,9 +54,9 @@ is called, Tcl will take care of memory management.
 .PP
 The second triplet stores the snapshot of only the interpreter
 result (not its complete state) in memory allocated by the caller.
-These routines are passed a pointer to \fBTcl_SavedResult\fR
+These routines are passed a pointer to a \fBTcl_SavedResult\fR structure
 that is used to store enough information to restore the interpreter result.
-\fBTcl_SavedResult\fR can be allocated on the stack of the calling
+This structure can be allocated on the stack of the calling
 procedure.  These routines do not save the state of any error
 information in the interpreter (e.g. the \fB\-errorcode\fR or
 \fB\-errorinfo\fR return options, when an error is in progress).
@@ -29,7 +29,7 @@ New limit for nested calls to \fBTcl_Eval\fR for \fIinterp\fR.
 .PP
 At any given time Tcl enforces a limit on the number of recursive
 calls that may be active for \fBTcl_Eval\fR and related procedures
-such as \fBTcl_EvalEx\fR.
+such as \fBTcl_GlobalEval\fR.
 Any call to \fBTcl_Eval\fR that exceeds this depth is aborted with
 an error.
 By default the recursion limit is 1000.
@@ -9,7 +9,7 @@
 .so man.macros
 .BS
 .SH NAME
-Tcl_SetObjResult, Tcl_GetObjResult, Tcl_SetResult, Tcl_GetStringResult, Tcl_AppendResult, Tcl_AppendElement, Tcl_ResetResult, Tcl_TransferResult, Tcl_FreeResult \- manipulate Tcl result
+Tcl_SetObjResult, Tcl_GetObjResult, Tcl_SetResult, Tcl_GetStringResult, Tcl_AppendResult, Tcl_AppendResultVA, Tcl_AppendElement, Tcl_ResetResult, Tcl_TransferResult, Tcl_FreeResult \- manipulate Tcl result
 .SH SYNOPSIS
 .nf
 \fB#include <tcl.h>\fR
@@ -26,6 +26,8 @@ const char *
 .sp
 \fBTcl_AppendResult\fR(\fIinterp, result, result, ... , \fB(char *) NULL\fR)
 .sp
+\fBTcl_AppendResultVA\fR(\fIinterp, argList\fR)
+.sp
 \fBTcl_ResetResult\fR(\fIinterp\fR)
 .sp
 .VS 8.6
@@ -150,6 +152,9 @@ extensions.
 Any number of \fIresult\fR arguments may be passed in a single
 call; the last argument in the list must be a NULL pointer.
 .PP
+\fBTcl_AppendResultVA\fR is the same as \fBTcl_AppendResult\fR except that
+instead of taking a variable number of arguments it takes an argument list.
+.PP
 .VS 8.6
 \fBTcl_TransferResult\fR moves a result from one interpreter to another,
 optionally (dependent on the \fIresult\fR parameter) including the error
@@ -192,6 +197,19 @@ It also sets \fIinterp->freeProc\fR to zero, but does not
 change \fIinterp->result\fR or clear error state.
 \fBTcl_FreeResult\fR is most commonly used when a procedure
 is about to replace one result value with another.
+.SS "DIRECT ACCESS TO INTERP->RESULT"
+.PP
+It used to be legal for programs to
+directly read and write \fIinterp->result\fR
+to manipulate the interpreter result.  The Tcl headers no longer
+permit this access by default, and C code still doing this must
+be updated to use supported routines \fBTcl_GetObjResult\fR,
+\fBTcl_GetStringResult\fR, \fBTcl_SetObjResult\fR, and \fBTcl_SetResult\fR.
+As a migration aid, access can be restored with the compiler directive
+.CS
+#define USE_INTERP_RESULT
+.CE
+but this is meant only to offer life support to otherwise dead code.
 .SH "THE TCL_FREEPROC ARGUMENT TO TCL_SETRESULT"
 .PP
 \fBTcl_SetResult\fR's \fIfreeProc\fR argument specifies how
@@ -8,7 +8,7 @@
 .so man.macros
 .BS
 .SH NAME
-Tcl_NewStringObj, Tcl_NewUnicodeObj, Tcl_SetStringObj, Tcl_SetUnicodeObj, Tcl_GetStringFromObj, Tcl_GetString, Tcl_GetUnicodeFromObj, Tcl_GetUnicode, Tcl_GetUniChar, Tcl_GetCharLength, Tcl_GetRange, Tcl_AppendToObj, Tcl_AppendUnicodeToObj, Tcl_AppendObjToObj, Tcl_AppendStringsToObj, Tcl_AppendLimitedToObj, Tcl_Format, Tcl_AppendFormatToObj, Tcl_ObjPrintf, Tcl_AppendPrintfToObj, Tcl_SetObjLength, Tcl_AttemptSetObjLength, Tcl_ConcatObj \- manipulate Tcl values as strings
+Tcl_NewStringObj, Tcl_NewUnicodeObj, Tcl_SetStringObj, Tcl_SetUnicodeObj, Tcl_GetStringFromObj, Tcl_GetString, Tcl_GetUnicodeFromObj, Tcl_GetUnicode, Tcl_GetUniChar, Tcl_GetCharLength, Tcl_GetRange, Tcl_AppendToObj, Tcl_AppendUnicodeToObj, Tcl_AppendObjToObj, Tcl_AppendStringsToObj, Tcl_AppendStringsToObjVA, Tcl_AppendLimitedToObj, Tcl_Format, Tcl_AppendFormatToObj, Tcl_ObjPrintf, Tcl_AppendPrintfToObj, Tcl_SetObjLength, Tcl_AttemptSetObjLength, Tcl_ConcatObj \- manipulate Tcl values as strings
 .SH SYNOPSIS
 .nf
 \fB#include <tcl.h>\fR
@@ -37,7 +37,7 @@ Tcl_UniChar *
 Tcl_UniChar *
 \fBTcl_GetUnicode\fR(\fIobjPtr\fR)
 .sp
-int
+Tcl_UniChar
 \fBTcl_GetUniChar\fR(\fIobjPtr, index\fR)
 .sp
 int
@@ -59,6 +59,9 @@ void
 \fBTcl_AppendStringsToObj\fR(\fIobjPtr, string, string, ... \fB(char *) NULL\fR)
 .sp
 void
+\fBTcl_AppendStringsToObjVA\fR(\fIobjPtr, argList\fR)
+.sp
+void
 \fBTcl_AppendLimitedToObj\fR(\fIobjPtr, bytes, length, limit, ellipsis\fR)
 .sp
 Tcl_Obj *
@@ -201,8 +204,7 @@ where the caller does not need the length of the unicode string
 representation.
 .PP
 \fBTcl_GetUniChar\fR returns the \fIindex\fR'th character in the
-value's Unicode representation. If the index is out of range or
-it references a low surrogate preceded by a high surrogate, it returns -1;
+value's Unicode representation.
 .PP
 \fBTcl_GetRange\fR returns a newly created value comprised of the
 characters between \fIfirst\fR and \fIlast\fR (inclusive) in the
@@ -244,6 +246,10 @@ values may contain internal null characters).  Any number of
 \fIstring\fR arguments may be provided, but the last argument
 must be a NULL pointer to indicate the end of the list.
 .PP
+\fBTcl_AppendStringsToObjVA\fR is the same as \fBTcl_AppendStringsToObj\fR
+except that instead of taking a variable number of arguments it takes an
+argument list.
+.PP
 \fBTcl_AppendLimitedToObj\fR is similar to \fBTcl_AppendToObj\fR
 except that it imposes a limit on how many bytes are appended.
 This can be handy when the string to be appended might be
@@ -13,13 +13,13 @@ Tcl_UniCharToUpper, Tcl_UniCharToLower, Tcl_UniCharToTitle, Tcl_UtfToUpper, Tcl_
 .nf
 \fB#include <tcl.h>\fR
 .sp
-int
+Tcl_UniChar
 \fBTcl_UniCharToUpper\fR(\fIch\fR)
 .sp
-int
+Tcl_UniChar
 \fBTcl_UniCharToLower\fR(\fIch\fR)
 .sp
-int
+Tcl_UniChar
 \fBTcl_UniCharToTitle\fR(\fIch\fR)
 .sp
 int
@@ -33,7 +33,7 @@ int
 .SH ARGUMENTS
 .AS char *str in/out
 .AP int ch in
-The Unicode character to be converted.
+The Tcl_UniChar to be converted.
 .AP char *str in/out
 Pointer to UTF-8 string to be converted in place.
 .BE
@@ -48,16 +48,19 @@ int
 .SH ARGUMENTS
 .AS int ch
 .AP int ch in
-The Unicode character to be examined.
+The Tcl_UniChar to be examined.
 .BE

 .SH DESCRIPTION
 .PP
-All of the routines described examine Unicode characters and return a
+All of the routines described examine Tcl_UniChars and return a
 boolean value. A non-zero return value means that the character does
 belong to the character class associated with the called routine. The
 rest of this document just describes the character classes associated
 with the various routines.
+.PP
+Note: A Tcl_UniChar is a Unicode character represented as an unsigned,
+fixed-size quantity.

 .SH "CHARACTER CLASSES"
 .PP
@@ -63,7 +63,7 @@ const char *
 const char *
 \fBTcl_UtfPrev\fR(\fIsrc, start\fR)
 .sp
-int
+Tcl_UniChar
 \fBTcl_UniCharAtIndex\fR(\fIsrc, index\fR)
 .sp
 const char *
@@ -77,7 +77,7 @@ int
 Buffer in which the UTF-8 representation of the Tcl_UniChar is stored.  At most
 \fBTCL_UTF_MAX\fR bytes are stored in the buffer.
 .AP int ch in
-The Unicode character to be converted or examined.
+The Tcl_UniChar to be converted or examined.
 .AP Tcl_UniChar *chPtr out
 Filled with the Tcl_UniChar represented by the head of the UTF-8 string.
 .AP "const char" *src in
@@ -140,9 +140,6 @@ number of bytes read from \fIsrc\fR.  The caller must ensure that the
 source buffer is long enough such that this routine does not run off the
 end and dereference non-existent or random memory; if the source buffer
 is known to be null-terminated, this will not happen.  If the input is
-a byte in the range 0x80 - 0x9F, \fBTcl_UtfToUniChar\fR assumes the
-cp1252 encoding, stores the corresponding Tcl_UniChar in \fI*chPtr\fR
-and returns 1. If the input is otherwise
 not in proper UTF-8 format, \fBTcl_UtfToUniChar\fR will store the first
 byte of \fIsrc\fR in \fI*chPtr\fR as a Tcl_UniChar between 0x0000 and
 0x00ff and return 1.
@@ -13,6 +13,7 @@ Tcl_WrongNumArgs \- generate standard error message for wrong number of argument
 .nf
 \fB#include <tcl.h>\fR
 .sp
+int
 \fBTcl_WrongNumArgs\fR(\fIinterp, objc, objv, message\fR)
 .SH ARGUMENTS
 .AS "Tcl_Obj *const" *message
@@ -73,6 +74,9 @@ is now an \fIindexObject\fR because it was passed to
 .CS
 wrong # args: should be "foo barfly fileName count"
 .CE
+.PP
+\fBTcl_WrongNumArgs\fR always returns TCL_ERRROR, as a convenience to
+the programmer.
 .SH "SEE ALSO"
 Tcl_GetIndexFromObj(3)
 .SH KEYWORDS
@@ -47,15 +47,6 @@ been the return value from a previous invocation of
 Returns 1 if \fIarrayName\fR is an array variable, 0 if there
 is no variable by that name or if it is a scalar variable.
 .TP
-\fBarray for {\fIkeyVariable valueVariable\fB} \fIarrayName body\fP
-The first argument is a two element list of variable names for the
-key and value of each entry in the array.  The second argument is the
-array name to iterate over.  The third argument is the body to execute
-for each key and value returned.
-The ordering of the returned keys is undefined.
-If an array element is deleted or a new array element is inserted during
-the \fIarray for\fP process, the command will terminate with an error.
-.TP
 \fBarray get \fIarrayName\fR ?\fIpattern\fR?
 Returns a list containing pairs of elements.  The first
 element in each pair is the name of an element in \fIarrayName\fR
@@ -846,8 +846,13 @@ stored in \fIvar2\fR.
 Moves the cursor to the absolute location in the data string specified
 by \fIcount\fR.  Note that position 0 refers to the first byte in
 \fIstring\fR.  If \fIcount\fR refers to a position beyond the end of
-\fIstring\fR, then the cursor is positioned after the last byte.  If
-\fIcount\fR is omitted, then an error will be generated.  For example,
+\fIstring\fR, then the cursor is positioned after the last byte.
+.VS 8.6
+If \fIcount\fR is omitted, then the cursor position in the data string
+will be stored in the corresponding variable and an argument will be
+consumed.  If count is supplied then no argument is consumed.
+.VE 8.6
+For example,
 .RS
 .CS
 \fBbinary scan\fR \ex01\ex02\ex03\ex04 c2@1H* var1 var2
@@ -0,0 +1,60 @@
+'\"
+'\" Copyright (c) 1993 The Regents of the University of California.
+'\" Copyright (c) 1994-1996 Sun Microsystems, Inc.
+'\"
+'\" See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution
+'\" of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES.
+'\"
+.TH case n 7.0 Tcl "Tcl Built-In Commands"
+.so man.macros
+.BS
+'\" Note:  do not modify the .SH NAME line immediately below!
+.SH NAME
+case \- Evaluate one of several scripts, depending on a given value
+.SH SYNOPSIS
+\fBcase\fI string \fR?\fBin\fR? \fIpatList body \fR?\fIpatList body \fR...?
+.sp
+\fBcase\fI string \fR?\fBin\fR? {\fIpatList body \fR?\fIpatList body \fR...?}
+.BE
+
+.SH DESCRIPTION
+.PP
+\fINote: the \fBcase\fI command is obsolete and is supported only
+for backward compatibility.  At some point in the future it may be
+removed entirely.  You should use the \fBswitch\fI command instead.\fR
+.PP
+The \fBcase\fR command matches \fIstring\fR against each of
+the \fIpatList\fR arguments in order.
+Each \fIpatList\fR argument is a list of one or
+more patterns.  If any of these patterns matches \fIstring\fR then
+\fBcase\fR evaluates the following \fIbody\fR argument
+by passing it recursively to the Tcl interpreter and returns the result
+of that evaluation.
+Each \fIpatList\fR argument consists of a single
+pattern or list of patterns.  Each pattern may contain any of the wild-cards
+described under \fBstring match\fR.  If a \fIpatList\fR
+argument is \fBdefault\fR, the corresponding body will be evaluated
+if no \fIpatList\fR matches \fIstring\fR.  If no \fIpatList\fR argument
+matches \fIstring\fR and no default is given, then the \fBcase\fR
+command returns an empty string.
+.PP
+Two syntaxes are provided for the \fIpatList\fR and \fIbody\fR arguments.
+The first uses a separate argument for each of the patterns and commands;
+this form is convenient if substitutions are desired on some of the
+patterns or commands.
+The second form places all of the patterns and commands together into
+a single argument; the argument must have proper list structure, with
+the elements of the list being the patterns and commands.
+The second form makes it easy to construct multi-line case commands,
+since the braces around the whole list make it unnecessary to include a
+backslash at the end of each line.
+Since the \fIpatList\fR arguments are in braces in the second form,
+no command or variable substitutions are performed on them;  this makes
+the behavior of the second form different than the first form in some
+cases.
+
+.SH "SEE ALSO"
+switch(n)
+
+.SH KEYWORDS
+case, match, regular expression
@@ -87,6 +87,15 @@ slowing its clock by a tiny fraction for some minutes until it is
 back in sync with UTC; its data model does not represent minutes that
 have 59 or 61 seconds.
 .TP
+\fI\-now\fR
+Instead of \fItimeVal\fR a non-integer option \fI\-now\fR can be used as
+replacement for today, which is simply interpolated to the runt-time as value
+of \fBclock seconds\fR. For example:
+.sp
+\fBclock format -now -f %a; # current day of the week\fR
+.sp
+\fBclock add -now 1 month; # next month\fR
+.TP
 \fIunit\fR
 One of the words, \fBseconds\fR, \fBminutes\fR, \fBhours\fR,
 \fBdays\fR, \fBweekdays\fR, \fBweeks\fR, \fBmonths\fR, or \fByears\fR.
@@ -527,6 +536,12 @@ abbreviation appropriate to the current locale, and uses it to fix
 whether \fB%Y\fR refers to years before or after Year 1 of the
 Common Era.
 .TP
+\fB%Es\fR
+This affects similar to \fB%s\fR, but in opposition to \fB%s\fR it parses
+or formats local seconds (not the posix seconds).
+Because \fB%s\fR has the same precedence as \fB%s\fR (uniquely determines 
+a point in time), it overrides all other input formats.
+.TP
 \fB%Ex\fR
 On output, produces a locale-dependent representation of the date
 in the locale's alternative calendar.  On input, matches
@@ -721,13 +736,15 @@ week number \fB%V\fR; programs should use \fB%G\fR for that purpose.
 On output, produces the current time zone, expressed in hours and
 minutes east (+hhmm) or west (\-hhmm) of Greenwich. On input, accepts a
 time zone specifier (see \fBTIME ZONES\fR below) that will be used to
-determine the time zone.
+determine the time zone (this token is optionally applicable on input, 
+so the value is not mandatory and can be missing in input).
 .TP
 \fB%Z\fR
 On output, produces the current time zone's name, possibly
 translated to the given locale. On input, accepts a time zone
 specifier (see \fBTIME ZONES\fR below) that will be used to determine the
-time zone. This option should, in general, be used on input only when
+time zone (token is also like \fB%z\fR optionally applicable on input).
+This option should, in general, be used on input only when
 parsing RFC822 dates. Other uses are fraught with ambiguity; for
 instance, the string \fBBST\fR may represent British Summer Time or
 Brazilian Standard Time. It is recommended that date/time strings for
@@ -926,6 +943,24 @@ used.  Finally, a correction is applied so that the correct hour of
 the day is produced after allowing for daylight savings time
 differences and the correct date is given when going from the end
 of a long month to a short month.
+.PP
+The precedence of the applying of single tokens resp. which sequence will be
+used by calculating of the time is complex, e. g. heavily dependent on the
+precision of type of the token.
+.sp
+In example below the second date-string contains "next January", therefore
+it results in next year but in January. And third date-string besides "January"
+contains also additionally "Fri", so it results in the nearest Friday.
+Thus both win before "385 days" resp. make it more precise, because of higher 
+precision of this token types.
+.CS
+% clock format [clock scan "5 years 18 months 385 days" -base 0 -gmt 1] -gmt 1
+Thu Jul 21 00:00:00 GMT 1977
+% clock format [clock scan "5 years 18 months 385 days next January" -base 0 -gmt 1] -gmt 1
+Sat Jan 21 00:00:00 GMT 1978
+% clock format [clock scan "5 years 18 months 385 days next January Fri" -base 0 -gmt 1] -gmt 1
+Fri Jan 27 00:00:00 GMT 1978
+.CE
 .SH "SEE ALSO"
 msgcat(n)
 .SH KEYWORDS
@@ -23,7 +23,7 @@ exception to occur.
 The exception causes the current script to be aborted
 out to the innermost containing loop command, which then
 continues with the next iteration of the loop.
-Continue exceptions are also handled in a few other situations, such
+Catch exceptions are also handled in a few other situations, such
 as the \fBcatch\fR command and the outermost scripts of procedure
 bodies.
 .SH EXAMPLE
@@ -14,7 +14,7 @@ oo::copy \- create copies of objects and classes
 .nf
 package require TclOO

-\fBoo::copy\fI sourceObject \fR?\fItargetObject\fR? ?\fItargetNamespace\fR?
+\fBoo::copy\fI sourceObject \fR?\fItargetObject\fR?
 .fi
 .BE
 .SH DESCRIPTION
@@ -22,21 +22,11 @@ package require TclOO
 The \fBoo::copy\fR command creates a copy of an object or class. It takes the
 name of the object or class to be copied, \fIsourceObject\fR, and optionally
 the name of the object or class to create, \fItargetObject\fR, which will be
-resolved relative to the current namespace if not an absolute qualified name
-and
-.VS TIP473
-\fItargetNamespace\fR which is the name of the namespace that will hold the
-internal state of the object (\fBmy\fR command, etc.); it \fImust not\fR
-refer to an existing namespace.
-If either \fItargetObject\fR or \fItargetNamespace\fR is omitted or is given
-as the empty string, a new name is chosen. Names, unless specified, are
-chosen with the same algorithm used by the \fBnew\fR method of
-\fBoo::class\fR.
-.VE TIP473
-The copied object will be of the same class as the source object, and will have
-all its per-object methods copied. If it is a class, it will also have all the
-class methods in the class copied, but it will not have any of its instances
-copied.
+resolved relative to the current namespace if not an absolute qualified name.
+If \fItargetObject\fR is omitted, a new name is chosen. The copied object will
+be of the same class as the source object, and will have all its per-object
+methods copied. If it is a class, it will also have all the class methods in
+the class copied, but it will not have any of its instances copied.
 .PP
 .VS
 After the \fItargetObject\fR has been created and all definitions of its
@@ -50,7 +50,7 @@ being constructed. Within the constructor, the \fBnext\fR command should be
 used to call the superclasses' constructors. If \fIbodyScript\fR is the empty
 string, the constructor will be deleted.
 .TP
-\fBdeletemethod\fI name\fR ?\fIname ...\fR?
+\fBdeletemethod\fI name\fR ?\fIname ...\fR
 .
 This deletes each of the methods called \fIname\fR from a class. The methods
 must have previously existed in that class. Does not affect the superclasses
@@ -142,8 +142,6 @@ be afterwards.
 \fBself\fI subcommand arg ...\fR
 .TP
 \fBself\fI script\fR
-.TP
-\fBself\fR
 .
 This command is equivalent to calling \fBoo::objdefine\fR on the class being
 defined (see \fBCONFIGURING OBJECTS\fR below for a description of the
@@ -153,13 +151,6 @@ and
 .QW "\fBoo::define \fIcls \fBself \fIsubcommand ...\fR"
 operates identically to
 .QW "\fBoo::objdefine \fIcls subcommand ...\fR" .
-.RS
-.PP
-.VS TIP470
-If no arguments at all are used, this gives the name of the class currently
-being configured.
-.VE TIP470
-.RE
 .TP
 \fBsuperclass\fR ?\fI\-slotOperation\fR? ?\fIclassName ...\fR?
 .VS
@@ -274,12 +265,6 @@ not previously refer to a method in that object. Does not affect the classes
 that the object is an instance of. Does not change the export status of the
 method; if it was exported before, it will be afterwards.
 .TP
-\fBself \fR
-.
-.VS TIP470
-This gives the name of the object currently being configured.
-.VE TIP470
-.TP
 \fBunexport\fI name \fR?\fIname ...\fR?
 .
 This arranges for each of the named methods, \fIname\fR, to be not exported
@@ -437,7 +437,7 @@ puts $foo
 #    prints: \fIa b foo {a b} bar 2 baz 3\fR
 .CE
 .SH "SEE ALSO"
-append(n), array(n), foreach(n), incr(n), list(n), lappend(n), lmap(n), set(n)
+append(n), array(n), foreach(n), mapeach(n), incr(n), list(n), lappend(n), set(n)
 .SH KEYWORDS
 dictionary, create, update, lookup, iterate, filter, map
 '\" Local Variables:
@@ -46,11 +46,12 @@ value is the form produced by the \fB%g\fR format specifier of Tcl's
 An expression consists of a combination of operands, operators, parentheses and
 commas, possibly with whitespace between any of these elements, which is
 ignored.
-An integer operand may be specified in decimal (the normal case, the optional
-first two characters are \fB0d\fR), binary
+An integer operand may be specified in decimal, binary
 (the first two characters are \fB0b\fR), octal
 (the first two characters are \fB0o\fR), or hexadecimal
-(the first two characters are \fB0x\fR) form.
+(the first two characters are \fB0x\fR) form.  For
+compatibility with older Tcl releases, an operand that begins with \fB0\fR is
+interpreted as an octal integer even if the second character is not \fBo\fR.
 A floating-point number may be specified in any of several
 common decimal formats, and may use the decimal point \fB.\fR,
 \fBe\fR or \fBE\fR for scientific notation, and
@@ -83,15 +83,12 @@ Specifies that the number should be padded on the left with
 zeroes instead of spaces.
 .TP 10
 \fB#\fR
-Requests an alternate output form. For \fBo\fR conversions,
-\fB0o\fR will be added to the beginning of the result unless
-it is zero. For \fBx\fR or \fBX\fR conversions, \fB0x\fR
+Requests an alternate output form. For \fBo\fR and \fBO\fR
+conversions it guarantees that the first digit is always \fB0\fR.
+For \fBx\fR or \fBX\fR conversions, \fB0x\fR or \fB0X\fR (respectively)
 will be added to the beginning of the result unless it is zero.
 For \fBb\fR conversions, \fB0b\fR
 will be added to the beginning of the result unless it is zero.
-For \fBd\fR conversions, \fB0d\fR there is no effect unless
-the \fB0\fR specifier is used as well: In that case, \fB0d\fR
-will be added to the beginning.
 For all floating-point conversions (\fBe\fR, \fBE\fR, \fBf\fR,
 \fBg\fR, and \fBG\fR) it guarantees that the result always
 has a decimal point.
@@ -133,7 +130,7 @@ it must be a numeric string.
 .SS "OPTIONAL SIZE MODIFIER"
 .PP
 The fifth part of a conversion specifier is a size modifier,
-which must be \fBll\fR, \fBh\fR, \fBl\fR, or \fBL\fR.
+which must be \fBll\fR, \fBh\fR, or \fBl\fR.
 If it is \fBll\fR it specifies that an integer value is taken
 without truncation for conversion to a formatted substring.
 If it is \fBh\fR it specifies that an integer value is
@@ -141,9 +138,7 @@ truncated to a 16-bit range before converting.  This option is rarely useful.
 If it is \fBl\fR it specifies that the integer value is
 truncated to the same range as that produced by the \fBwide()\fR
 function of the \fBexpr\fR command (at least a 64-bit range).
-If it is \fBL\fR it specifies that an integer or double value is taken
-without truncation for conversion to a formatted substring.
-If neither \fBh\fR nor \fBl\fR nor \fBL\fR are present, the integer value is
+If neither \fBh\fR nor \fBl\fR are present, the integer value is
 truncated to the same range as that produced by the \fBint()\fR
 function of the \fBexpr\fR command (at least a 32-bit range, but
 determined by the value of the \fBwordSize\fR element of the
@@ -174,7 +169,7 @@ for \fBx\fR and
 for \fBX\fR).
 .TP 10
 \fBb\fR
-Convert integer to unsigned binary string, using digits 0 and 1.
+Convert integer to binary string, using digits 0 and 1.
 .TP 10
 \fBc\fR
 Convert integer to the Unicode character it represents.
@@ -203,19 +198,8 @@ precision, then convert number as for \fB%e\fR or
 Otherwise convert as for \fB%f\fR.
 Trailing zeroes and a trailing decimal point are omitted.
 .TP 10
-\fBa\fR or \fBA\fR
-Convert double to hexadecimal notation in the form
-\fI0x1.yyy\fBp\(+-\fIzz\fR, where the number of \fIy\fR's is
-determined by the precision (default: 13).
-If the \fBA\fR form is used then the hex characters
-are printed in uppercase.
-.TP 10
 \fB%\fR
 No conversion: just insert \fB%\fR.
-.TP 10
-\fBp\fR
-Shorthand form for \fB0x%zx\fR, so it outputs the integer in
-hexadecimal form with \fB0x\fR prefix.
 .SH "DIFFERENCES FROM ANSI SPRINTF"
 .PP
 The behavior of the format command is the same as the
@@ -224,12 +208,13 @@ differences:
 .IP [1]
 Tcl guarantees that it will be working with UNICODE characters.
 .IP [2]
-\fB%n\fR specifier is not supported.
+\fB%p\fR and \fB%n\fR specifiers are not supported.
 .IP [3]
 For \fB%c\fR conversions the argument must be an integer value,
 which will then be converted to the corresponding character value.
 .IP [4]
 The size modifiers are ignored when formatting floating-point values.
+The \fBll\fR modifier has no \fBsprintf\fR counterpart.
 The \fBb\fR specifier has no \fBsprintf\fR counterpart.
 .SH EXAMPLES
 .PP
@@ -148,19 +148,6 @@ or \fB\-not\fR.
 These options are used to search lists of lists.  They may be used
 with any other options.
 .TP
-\fB\-stride\0\fIstrideLength\fR
-.
-If this option is specified, the list is treated as consisting of
-groups of \fIstrideLength\fR elements and the groups are searched by
-either their first element or, if the \fB\-index\fR option is used,
-by the element within each group given by the first index passed to
-\fB\-index\fR (which is then ignored by \fB\-index\fR). The resulting
-index always points to the first element in a group.
-.PP
-The list length must be an integer multiple of \fIstrideLength\fR, which
-in turn must be at least 1. A \fIstrideLength\fR of 1 is the default and
-indicates no grouping.
-.TP
 \fB\-index\fR\0\fIindexList\fR
 .
 This option is designed for use when searching within nested lists.
@@ -221,13 +208,6 @@ It is also possible to search inside elements:
 \fBlsearch\fR -index 1 -all -inline {{a abc} {b bcd} {c cde}} *bc*
      \fI\(-> {a abc} {b bcd}\fR
 .CE
-.PP
-The same thing for a flattened list:
-.PP
-.CS
-\fBlsearch\fR -stride 2 -index 1 -all -inline {a abc b bcd c cde} *bc*
-      \fI\(-> {a abc b bcd}\fR
-.CE
 .SH "SEE ALSO"
 foreach(n), list(n), lappend(n), lindex(n), linsert(n), llength(n),
 lset(n), lsort(n), lrange(n), lreplace(n),
@@ -106,7 +106,10 @@ of which work solely with floating-point numbers unless otherwise noted:
 In addition to these predefined functions, applications may
 define additional functions by using \fBproc\fR (or any other method,
 such as \fBinterp alias\fR or \fBTcl_CreateObjCommand\fR) to define
-new commands in the \fBtcl::mathfunc\fR namespace.
+new commands in the \fBtcl::mathfunc\fR namespace.  In addition, an
+obsolete interface named \fBTcl_CreateMathFunc\fR() is available to
+extensions that are written in C. The latter interface is not recommended
+for new implementations.
 .SS "DETAILED DEFINITIONS"
 .TP
 \fBabs \fIarg\fR
@@ -11,9 +11,9 @@
 .SH NAME
 msgcat \- Tcl message catalog
 .SH SYNOPSIS
-\fBpackage require Tcl 8.7\fR
+\fBpackage require Tcl 8.5\fR
 .sp
-\fBpackage require msgcat 1.7\fR
+\fBpackage require msgcat 1.6\fR
 .sp
 \fB::msgcat::mc \fIsrc-string\fR ?\fIarg arg ...\fR?
 .sp
@@ -23,15 +23,9 @@ msgcat \- Tcl message catalog
 \fB::msgcat::mcexists\fR ?\fB-exactnamespace\fR? ?\fB-exactlocale\fR? \fIsrc-string\fR
 .VE "TIP 412"
 .sp
-.VS "TIP 490"
-\fB::msgcat::mcpackagenamespaceget\fR
-.VE "TIP 490"
-.sp
 \fB::msgcat::mclocale \fR?\fInewLocale\fR?
 .sp
-.VS "TIP 499"
-\fB::msgcat::mcpreferences\fR ?\fIlocale preference\fR? ...
-.VE "TIP 499"
+\fB::msgcat::mcpreferences\fR
 .sp
 .VS "TIP 412"
 \fB::msgcat::mcloadedlocales subcommand\fR ?\fIlocale\fR?
@@ -56,10 +50,6 @@ msgcat \- Tcl message catalog
 .sp
 \fB::msgcat::mcforgetpackage\fR
 .VE "TIP 412"
-.sp
-.VS "TIP 499"
-\fB::msgcat::mcutil subcommand\fR ?\fIlocale\fR?
-.VS "TIP 499"
 .BE
 .SH DESCRIPTION
 .PP
@@ -81,11 +71,6 @@ In \fBmsgcat\fR, there is a global locale initialized by the system locale of th
 Each package may decide to use the global locale or to use a package specific locale.
 .PP
 The global locale may be changed on demand, for example by a user initiated language change or within a multi user application like a web server.
-.PP
-.VS tip490
-Object oriented programming is supported by the use of a package namespace.
-.VE tip490
-.PP
 .SH COMMANDS
 .TP
 \fB::msgcat::mc \fIsrc-string\fR ?\fIarg arg ...\fR?
@@ -110,17 +95,6 @@ use the result.  If an application is written for a single language in
 this fashion, then it is easy to add support for additional languages
 later simply by defining new message catalog entries.
 .RE
-.VS "TIP 490"
-.TP
-\fB::msgcat::mcn \fInamespace\fR \fIsrc-string\fR ?\fIarg arg ...\fR?
-.
-Like \fB::msgcat::mc\fR, but with the message namespace specified as first argument.
-.PP
-.RS
-\fBmcn\fR may be used for cases where the package namespace is not the namespace of the caller.
-An example is shown within the description of the command \fB::msgcat::mcpackagenamespaceget\fR below.
-.RE
-.PP
 .TP
 \fB::msgcat::mcmax ?\fIsrc-string src-string ...\fR?
 .
@@ -128,69 +102,29 @@ Given several source strings, \fB::msgcat::mcmax\fR returns the length
 of the longest translated string.  This is useful when designing
 localized GUIs, which may require that all buttons, for example, be a
 fixed width (which will be the width of the widest button).
-.VS "TIP 412"
 .TP
-\fB::msgcat::mcexists\fR ?\fB-exactnamespace\fR? ?\fB-exactlocale\fR? ?\fB-namespace\fR \fInamespace\fR? \fIsrc-string\fR
+\fB::msgcat::mcexists\fR ?\fB-exactnamespace\fR? ?\fB-exactlocale\fR? \fIsrc-string\fR
 .
+.VS "TIP 412"
 Return true, if there is a translation for the given \fIsrc-string\fR.
 .PP
 .RS
 The search may be limited by the option \fB\-exactnamespace\fR to only check the current namespace and not any parent namespaces.
 .PP
 It may also be limited by the option \fB\-exactlocale\fR to only check the first prefered locale (e.g. first element returned by \fB::msgcat::mcpreferences\fR if global locale is used).
-.PP
+.RE
 .VE "TIP 412"
-.VS "TIP 490"
-An explicit package namespace may be specified by the option \fB-namespace\fR.
-The namespace of the caller is used if not explicitly specified.
-.RE
-.PP
-.VE "TIP 490"
-.VS "TIP 490"
-.TP
-\fB::msgcat::mcpackagenamespaceget\fR
-.
-Return the package namespace of the caller.
-This command handles all cases described in section \fBOBJECT ORIENTED PROGRAMMING\fR.
-.PP
-.RS
-Example usage is a tooltip package, which saves the caller package namespace to update the translation each time the tooltip is shown:
-.CS
-proc ::tooltip::tooltip {widget message} {
-    ...
-    set messagenamespace [uplevel 1 {::msgcat::mcpackagenamespaceget}]
-    ...
-    bind $widget  [list ::tooltip::show $widget $messagenamespace $message]
-}
-
-proc ::tooltip::show {widget messagenamespace message} {
-    ...
-    set message [::msgcat::mcn $messagenamespace $message]
-    ...
-}
-.CE
-.RE
-.PP
-.VE "TIP 490"
 .TP
 \fB::msgcat::mclocale \fR?\fInewLocale\fR?
 .
-If \fInewLocale\fR is omitted, the current locale is returned, otherwise the current locale
-is set to \fInewLocale\fR.
-.PP
-.RS
-If the new locale is set to \fInewLocale\fR, the corresponding preferences are calculated and set.
-For example, if the current locale is en_US_funky, then \fB::msgcat::mcpreferences\fR returns \fB{en_us_funky en_us en {}}\fR.
-.PP
-The same result may be acheved by \fB::msgcat::mcpreferences\fR {*}[\fB::msgcat::mcutil getpreferences\fR \fInewLocale\fR].
-.PP
-The current locale is always the first element of the list returned by \fBmcpreferences\fR.
-.PP
-msgcat stores and compares the locale in a
+This function sets the locale to \fInewLocale\fR.  If \fInewLocale\fR
+is omitted, the current locale is returned, otherwise the current locale
+is set to \fInewLocale\fR.  msgcat stores and compares the locale in a
 case-insensitive manner, and returns locales in lowercase.
 The initial locale is determined by the locale specified in
 the user's environment.  See \fBLOCALE SPECIFICATION\fR
 below for a description of the locale string format.
+.RS
 .PP
 .VS "TIP 412"
 If the locale is set, the preference list of locales is evaluated.
@@ -198,26 +132,16 @@ Locales in this list are loaded now, if not jet loaded.
 .VE "TIP 412"
 .RE
 .TP
-\fB::msgcat::mcpreferences\fR ?\fIlocale preference\fR? ...
+\fB::msgcat::mcpreferences\fR
 .
-Without arguments, returns an ordered list of the locales preferred by
-the user.
-The list is ordered from most specific to least preference.
-.PP
-.VS "TIP 499"
-.RS
-A set of locale preferences may be given to set the list of locale preferences.
-The current locale is also set, which is the first element of the locale preferences list.
-.PP
-Locale preferences are loaded now, if not jet loaded.
-.PP
-As an example, the user may prefer French or English text. This may be configured by:
-.CS
-::msgcat::mcpreferences fr en {}
-.CE
-.RE
-.PP
-.VS "TIP 499"
+Returns an ordered list of the locales preferred by
+the user, based on the user's language specification.
+The list is ordered from most specific to least
+preference.  The list is derived from the current
+locale set in msgcat by \fB::msgcat::mclocale\fR, and
+cannot be set independently.  For example, if the
+current locale is en_US_funky, then \fB::msgcat::mcpreferences\fR
+returns \fB{en_us_funky en_us en {}}\fR.
 .TP
 \fB::msgcat:mcloadedlocales subcommand\fR ?\fIlocale\fR?
 .
@@ -308,22 +232,6 @@ Note that this routine is only called if the concerned package did not set a pac
 The calling package clears all its state within the \fBmsgcat\fR package including all settings and translations.
 .VE "TIP 412"
 .PP
-.VS "TIP 499"
-.TP
-\fB::msgcat::mcutil getpreferences\fR \fIlocale\fR
-.
-Return the preferences list of the given locale as described in section \fBLOCALE SPECIFICATION\fR.
-An example is the composition of a preference list for the bilingual region "Biel/Bienne" as a concatenation of swiss german and swiss french:
-.CS
-% concat [lrange [msgcat::mcutil getpreferences fr_CH] 0 end-1] [msgcat::mcutil getpreferences de_CH]
-fr_ch fr de_ch de {}
-.CE
-.TP
-\fB::msgcat::mcutil getsystemlocale\fR
-.
-The system locale is returned as described by the section \fBLOCALE SPECIFICATION\fR.
-.VE "TIP 499"
-.PP
 .SH "LOCALE SPECIFICATION"
 .PP
 The locale is specified to \fBmsgcat\fR by a locale string
@@ -529,7 +437,7 @@ formatting substitution is done directly.
 # human-oriented versions by \fBmsgcat::mcset\fR
 .CE
 .VS "TIP 412"
-.SH "PACKAGE PRIVATE LOCALE"
+.SH Package private locale
 .PP
 A package using \fBmsgcat\fR may choose to use its own package private
 locale and its own set of loaded locales, independent to the global
@@ -553,22 +461,10 @@ This command may cause the load of locales.
 .
 Return the package private locale or the global locale, if no package private locale is set.
 .TP
-\fB::msgcat::mcpackagelocale preferences\fR ?\fIlocale preference\fR? ...
+\fB::msgcat::mcpackagelocale preferences\fR
 .
-With no parameters, return the package private preferences or the global preferences,
+Return the package private preferences or the global preferences,
 if no package private locale is set.
-The package locale state (set or not) is not changed (in contrast to the command \fB::msgcat::mcpackagelocale set\fR).
-.PP
-.RS
-.VS "TIP 499"
-If a set of locale preferences is given, it is set as package locale preference list.
-The package locale is set to the first element of the preference list.
-A package locale is activated, if it was not set so far.
-.PP
-Locale preferences are loaded now for the package, if not jet loaded.
-.VE "TIP 499"
-.RE
-.PP
 .TP
 \fB::msgcat::mcpackagelocale loaded\fR
 .
@@ -592,7 +488,7 @@ Returns true, if the given locale is loaded for the package.
 .
 Clear any loaded locales of the package not present in the package preferences.
 .PP
-.SH "CHANGING PACKAGE OPTIONS"
+.SH Changing package options
 .PP
 Each package using msgcat has a set of options within \fBmsgcat\fR.
 The package options are described in the next sectionPackage options.
@@ -667,7 +563,7 @@ A generic unknown handler is used if set to the empty string. This consists in r
 See section \fBcallback invocation\fR below.
 The appended arguments are identical to \fB::msgcat::mcunknown\fR.
 .RE
-.SH "Callback invocation"
+.SS Callback invocation
 A package may decide to register one or multiple callbacks, as described above.
 .PP
 Callbacks are invoked, if:
@@ -681,54 +577,7 @@ Callbacks are invoked, if:
 If a called routine fails with an error, the \fBbgerror\fR routine for the interpreter is invoked after command completion.
 Only exception is the callback \fBunknowncmd\fR, where an error causes the invoking \fBmc\fR-command to fail with that error.
 .PP
-.VS tip490
-.SH "OBJECT ORIENTED PROGRAMMING"
-\fBmsgcat\fR supports packages implemented by object oriented programming.
-Objects and classes should be defined within a package namespace.
-.PP
-There are 3 supported cases where package namespace sensitive commands of msgcat (\fBmc\fR, \fBmcexists\fR, \fBmcpackagelocale\fR, \fBmcforgetpackage\fR, \fBmcpackagenamespaceget\fR, \fBmcpackageconfig\fR, \fBmcset\fR and \fBmcmset\fR) may be called:
-.PP
-.TP
-\fB1) In class definition script\fR
-.
-\fBmsgcat\fR command is called within a class definition script.
-.CS
-namespace eval ::N2 {
-    mcload $dir/msgs
-    oo::class create C1 {puts [mc Hi!]}
-}
-.CE
-.PP
-.TP
-\fB2) method defined in a class\fR
-.
-\fBmsgcat\fR command is called from a method in an object and the method is defined in a class.
-.CS
-namespace eval ::N3Class {
-    mcload $dir/msgs
-    oo::class create C1
-    oo::define C1 method m1 {
-        puts [mc Hi!]
-    }
-}
-.CE
-.PP
-.TP
-\fB3) method defined in a classless object\fR
-.
-\fBmsgcat\fR command is called from a method of a classless object.
-.CS
-namespace eval ::N4 {
-    mcload $dir/msgs
-    oo::object create O1
-    oo::objdefine O1 method m1 {} {
-        puts [mc Hi!]
-    }
-}
-.CE
-.PP
-.VE tip490
-.SH EXAMPLES
+.SS Examples
 Packages which display a GUI may update their widgets when the global locale changes.
 To register to a callback, use:
 .CS
@@ -794,9 +643,9 @@ proc ::tcl::clock::LocalizeFormat { locale format } {
 .PP
 The message catalog code was developed by Mark Harrison.
 .SH "SEE ALSO"
-format(n), scan(n), namespace(n), package(n), oo::class(n), oo::object
+format(n), scan(n), namespace(n), package(n)
 .SH KEYWORDS
-internationalization, i18n, localization, l10n, message, text, translation, class, object
+internationalization, i18n, localization, l10n, message, text, translation
 .\" Local Variables:
 .\" mode: nroff
 .\" End:
@@ -68,33 +68,6 @@ and
 sequences are handled for each substitution using the information
 from the corresponding match.
 .TP
-\fB\-command\fR
-.VS 8.7
-Changes the handling of \fIsubSpec\fR so that it is not treated
-as a template for a substitution string and the substrings
-.QW &
-and
-.QW \e\fIn\fR
-no longer have special meaning. Instead \fIsubSpec\fR must be a
-command prefix, that is, a non-empty list.  The substring of \fIstring\fR
-that matches \fIexp\fR, and then each substring that matches each
-capturing sub-RE within \fIexp\fR are appended as additional elements
-to that list. (The items appended to the list are much like what
-\fBregexp\fR \fB-inline\fR would return).  The completed list is then
-evaluated as a Tcl command, and the result of that command is the
-substitution string.  Any error or exception from command evaluation
-becomes an error or exception from the \fBregsub\fR command.
-.RS
-.PP
-If \fB\-all\fR is not also given, the command callback will be invoked at most
-once (exactly when the regular expression matches). If \fB\-all\fR is given,
-the command callback will be invoked for each matched location, in sequence.
-The exact location indices that matched are not made available to the script.
-.PP
-See \fBEXAMPLES\fR below for illustrative cases.
-.RE
-.VE 8.7
-.TP
 \fB\-expanded\fR
 .
 Enables use of the expanded regular expression syntax where
@@ -210,53 +183,6 @@ set substitution {[format \e\e\e\eu%04x [scan "\e\e&" %c]]}
 set quoted [subst [string map {\en {\e\eu000a}} \e
        [\fBregsub\fR -all $RE $string $substitution]]]
 .CE
-.PP
-.VS 8.7
-The above operation can be done using \fBregsub \-command\fR instead, which is
-often faster. (A full pre-computed \fBstring map\fR would be faster still, but
-the cost of computing the map for a transformation as complex as this can be
-quite large.)
-.PP
-.CS
-# This RE is just a character class for everything "bad"
-set RE {[][{};#\e\e\e$\es\eu0080-\euffff]}
-
-# This encodes what the RE described above matches
-proc encodeChar {ch} {
-    # newline is handled specially since backslash-newline is a
-    # special sequence.
-    if {$ch eq "\en"} {
-        return "\e\eu000a"
-    }
-    # No point in writing this as a one-liner
-    scan $ch %c charNumber
-    format "\e\eu%04x" $charNumber
-}
-
-set quoted [\fBregsub\fR -all -command $RE $string encodeChar]
-.CE
-.PP
-Decoding a URL-encoded string using \fBregsub \-command\fR, a lambda term and
-the \fBapply\fR command.
-.PP
-.CS
-# Match one of the sequences in a URL-encoded string that needs
-# fixing, converting + to space and %XX to the right character
-# (e.g., %7e becomes ~)
-set RE {(\e+)|%([0-9A-Fa-f]{2})}
-
-# Note that -command uses a command prefix, not a command name
-set decoded [\fBregsub\fR -all -command $RE $string {apply {{- p h} {
-    # + is a special case; handle directly
-    if {$p eq "+"} {
-        return " "
-    }
-    # convert hex to a char
-    scan $h %x charNumber
-    format %c $charNumber
-}}}]
-.CE
-.VE 8.7
 .SH "SEE ALSO"
 regexp(n), re_syntax(n), subst(n), string(n)
 .SH KEYWORDS
@@ -224,10 +224,12 @@ set string "#08D03F"
 \fBscan\fR $string "#%2x%2x%2x" r g b
 .CE
 .PP
-Parse a \fIHH:MM\fR time string:
+Parse a \fIHH:MM\fR time string, noting that this avoids problems with
+octal numbers by forcing interpretation as decimals (if we did not
+care, we would use the \fB%i\fR conversion instead):
 .PP
 .CS
-set string "08:08"
+set string "08:08"   ;# *Not* octal!
 if {[\fBscan\fR $string "%d:%d" hours minutes] != 2} {
    error "not a valid time string"
 }
@@ -115,7 +115,9 @@ Any Unicode control character.
 Any Unicode digit character.  Note that this includes characters
 outside of the [0\-9] range.
 .IP \fBdouble\fR 12
-Any of the forms allowed to \fBTcl_GetDoubleFromObj\fR.
+Any of the valid forms for a double in Tcl, with optional surrounding
+whitespace.  In case of under/overflow in the value, 0 is returned and
+the \fIvarname\fR will contain \-1.
 .IP \fBentier\fR 12
 .VS 8.6
 Any of the valid string formats for an integer value of arbitrary size
@@ -129,7 +131,7 @@ false.
 Any Unicode printing character, except space.
 .IP \fBinteger\fR 12
 Any of the valid string formats for a 32-bit integer value in Tcl,
-with optional surrounding whitespace.  In case of overflow in
+with optional surrounding whitespace.  In case of under/overflow in
 the value, 0 is returned and the \fIvarname\fR will contain \-1.
 .IP \fBlist\fR 12
 Any proper list structure, with optional surrounding whitespace. In
@@ -154,7 +156,7 @@ true.
 Any upper case alphabet character in the Unicode character set.
 .IP \fBwideinteger\fR 12
 Any of the valid forms for a wide integer in Tcl, with optional
-surrounding whitespace.  In case of overflow in the value, 0 is
+surrounding whitespace.  In case of under/overflow in the value, 0 is
 returned and the \fIvarname\fR will contain \-1.
 .IP \fBwordchar\fR 12
 Any Unicode word character.  That is any alphanumeric character, and
@@ -10,7 +10,7 @@
 .BS
 '\" Note:  do not modify the .SH NAME line immediately below!
 .SH NAME
-argc, argv, argv0, auto_path, env, errorCode, errorInfo, tcl_interactive, tcl_library, tcl_nonwordchars, tcl_patchLevel, tcl_pkgPath, tcl_platform, tcl_rcFileName, tcl_traceCompile, tcl_traceExec, tcl_wordchars, tcl_version \- Variables used by Tcl
+argc, argv, argv0, auto_path, env, errorCode, errorInfo, tcl_interactive, tcl_library, tcl_nonwordchars, tcl_patchLevel, tcl_pkgPath, tcl_platform, tcl_precision, tcl_rcFileName, tcl_traceCompile, tcl_traceExec, tcl_wordchars, tcl_version \- Variables used by Tcl
 .BE
 .SH DESCRIPTION
 .PP
@@ -356,6 +356,70 @@ This gives the size of the native-machine word in bytes (strictly, it
 is same as the result of evaluating \fIsizeof(long)\fR in C.)
 .RE
 .TP
+\fBtcl_precision\fR
+.
+This variable controls the number of digits to generate
+when converting floating-point values to strings.  It defaults
+to 0.  \fIApplications should not change this value;\fR it is
+provided for compatibility with legacy code.
+.PP
+.RS
+The default value of 0 is special, meaning that Tcl should
+convert numbers using as few digits as possible while still
+distinguishing any floating point number from its nearest
+neighbours.  It differs from using an arbitrarily high value
+for \fItcl_precision\fR in that an inexact number like \fI1.4\fR
+will convert as \fI1.4\fR rather than \fI1.3999999999999999\fR
+even though the latter is nearer to the exact value of the
+binary number.
+.RE
+.PP
+.RS
+If \fBtcl_precision\fR is not zero, then when Tcl converts a floating
+point number, it creates a decimal representation of at most
+\fBtcl_precision\fR significant digits; the result may be shorter if
+the shorter result represents the original number exactly. If no
+result of at most \fBtcl_precision\fR digits is an exact representation
+of the original number, the one that is closest to the original
+number is chosen.
+If the original number lies precisely between two equally accurate
+decimal representations, then the one with an even value for the least
+significant digit is chosen; for instance, if \fBtcl_precision\fR is 3, then
+0.3125 will convert to 0.312, not 0.313, while 0.6875 will convert to
+0.688, not 0.687. Any string of trailing zeroes that remains is trimmed.
+.RE
+.PP
+.RS
+a \fBtcl_precision\fR value of 17 digits is
+.QW perfect
+for IEEE floating-point in that it allows
+double-precision values to be converted to strings and back to
+binary with no loss of information. For this reason, you will often
+see it as a value in legacy code that must run on Tcl versions before
+8.5. It is no longer recommended; as noted above, a zero value is the
+preferred method.
+.RE
+.PP
+.RS
+All interpreters in a thread share a single \fBtcl_precision\fR value:
+changing it in one interpreter will affect all other interpreters as
+well.  Safe interpreters are not allowed to modify the
+variable.
+.RE
+.PP
+.RS
+Valid values for \fBtcl_precision\fR range from 0 to 17.
+.RE
+.TP
+\fBtcl_rcFileName\fR
+.
+This variable is used during initialization to indicate the name of a
+user-specific startup file.  If it is set by application-specific
+initialization, then the Tcl startup code will check for the existence
+of this file and \fBsource\fR it if it exists.  For example, for \fBwish\fR
+the variable is set to \fB~/.wishrc\fR for Unix and \fB~/wishrc.tcl\fR
+for Windows.
+.TP
 \fBtcl_traceCompile\fR
 .
 The value of this variable can be set to control
@@ -0,0 +1,114 @@
+'\"
+'\" Copyright (c) 2005 Sergey Brester aka sebres.
+'\"
+'\" See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution
+'\" of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES.
+'\"
+.TH timerate n "" Tcl "Tcl Built-In Commands"
+.so man.macros
+.BS
+'\" Note:  do not modify the .SH NAME line immediately below!
+.SH NAME
+timerate \- Time-related execution resp. performance measurement of a script
+.SH SYNOPSIS
+\fBtimerate \fIscript\fR \fI?time?\fR
+.sp
+\fBtimerate \fI?-direct?\fR \fI?-overhead double?\fR \fIscript\fR \fI?time?\fR
+.sp
+\fBtimerate \fI?-calibrate?\fR \fI?-direct?\fR \fIscript\fR \fI?time?\fR
+.BE
+.SH DESCRIPTION
+.PP
+The first and second form will evaluate \fIscript\fR until the interval
+\fItime\fR given in milliseconds elapses, or for 1000 milliseconds (1 second)
+if \fItime\fR is not specified. 
+.sp
+It will then return a canonical tcl-list of the form
+.PP
+.CS
+\f0.095977 µs/# 52095836 # 10419167 #/sec 5000.000 nett-ms\fR
+.CE
+.PP
+which indicates:
+.IP \(bu
+the average amount of time required per iteration, in microseconds (lindex $result 0)
+.IP \(bu
+the count how many times it was executed (lindex $result 2)
+.IP \(bu
+the estimated rate per second (lindex $result 4)
+.IP \(bu
+the estimated real execution time without measurement overhead (lindex $result 6)
+.PP
+Time is measured in elapsed time using heighest timer resolution as possible, not CPU time.
+This command may be used to provide information as to how well the script or a tcl-command 
+is performing and can help determine bottlenecks and fine-tune application performance.
+.PP
+\fI-calibrate\fR
+.
+To measure very fast scripts as exact as posible the calibration process
+may be required.
+
+This parameter used to calibrate \fBtimerate\fR calculating the estimated overhead 
+of given \fIscript\fR as default overhead for further execution of \fBtimerate\fR.
+It can take up to 10 seconds if parameter \fItime\fR is not specified.
+.PP
+\fI-overhead double\fR
+.
+This parameter used to supply the measurement overhead of single iteration 
+(in microseconds) that should be ignored during whole evaluation process.
+.PP
+\fI-direct\fR
+.
+Causes direct execution per iteration (not compiled variant of evaluation used).
+.PP
+In opposition to \fBtime\fR the execution limited here by fixed time instead of 
+repetition count.
+Additionally the compiled variant of the script will be used during whole evaluation 
+(as if it were part of a compiled \fBproc\fR), if parameter \fI-direct\fR is not specified.
+Therefore it provides more precise results and prevents very long execution time 
+by slow scripts resp. scripts with unknown speed.
+
+.SH EXAMPLE
+Estimate how fast it takes for a simple Tcl \fBfor\fR loop (including
+operations on variable \fIi\fR) to count to a ten:
+.PP
+.CS
+# calibrate:
+timerate -calibrate {}
+# measure:
+timerate { for {set i 0} {$i<10} {incr i} {} } 5000
+.CE
+.PP
+Estimate how fast it takes for a simple Tcl \fBfor\fR loop only (ignoring the 
+overhead for operations on variable \fIi\fR) to count to a ten:
+.PP
+.CS
+# calibrate for overhead of variable operations:
+set i 0; timerate -calibrate {expr {$i<10}; incr i} 1000
+# measure:
+timerate { for {set i 0} {$i<10} {incr i} {} } 5000
+.CE
+.PP
+Estimate the rate of calculating the hour using \fBclock format\fR only, ignoring 
+overhead of the rest, without measurement how fast it takes for a whole script:
+.PP
+.CS
+# calibrate:
+timerate -calibrate {}
+# estimate overhead:
+set tm 0
+set ovh [lindex [timerate { incr tm [expr {24*60*60}] }] 0]
+# measure using esimated overhead:
+set tm 0
+timerate -overhead $ovh {
+    clock format $tm -format %H
+    incr tm [expr {24*60*60}]; # overhead for this is ignored
+} 5000
+.CE
+.SH "SEE ALSO"
+time(n)
+.SH KEYWORDS
+script, timerate, time
+.\" Local Variables:
+.\" mode: nroff
+.\" End:
@@ -91,7 +91,7 @@ typedef int celt;		/* Type to hold chr, or NOCELT */
 #if TCL_UTF_MAX > 4
 #define	CHRBITS	32		/* Bits in a chr; must not use sizeof */
 #define	CHR_MIN	0x00000000	/* Smallest and largest chr; the value */
-#define	CHR_MAX	0x10ffff	/* CHR_MAX-CHR_MIN+1 should fit in uchr */
+#define	CHR_MAX	0xffffffff	/* CHR_MAX-CHR_MIN+1 should fit in uchr */
 #else
 #define	CHRBITS	16		/* Bits in a chr; must not use sizeof */
 #define	CHR_MIN	0x0000		/* Smallest and largest chr; the value */
@@ -70,6 +70,7 @@
 */

 #define	NOTREACHED	0
+#define	xxx		1

 #define	DUPMAX	_POSIX2_RE_DUP_MAX
 #define	DUPINF	(DUPMAX+1)
@@ -32,7 +32,7 @@ declare 0 {
 	    const char *version, const void *clientData)
 }
 declare 1 {
-    const char *Tcl_PkgRequireEx(Tcl_Interp *interp,
+    CONST84_RETURN char *Tcl_PkgRequireEx(Tcl_Interp *interp,
 	    const char *name, const char *version, int exact,
 	    void *clientDataPtr)
 }
@@ -104,10 +104,9 @@ declare 20 {
 declare 21 {
    int Tcl_DbIsShared(Tcl_Obj *objPtr, const char *file, int line)
 }
-# Removed in 9.0 (changed to macro):
-#declare 22 {
-#    Tcl_Obj *Tcl_DbNewBooleanObj(int boolValue, const char *file, int line)
-#}
+declare 22 {
+    Tcl_Obj *Tcl_DbNewBooleanObj(int boolValue, const char *file, int line)
+}
 declare 23 {
    Tcl_Obj *Tcl_DbNewByteArrayObj(const unsigned char *bytes, int length,
 	    const char *file, int line)
@@ -120,10 +119,9 @@ declare 25 {
    Tcl_Obj *Tcl_DbNewListObj(int objc, Tcl_Obj *const *objv,
 	    const char *file, int line)
 }
-# Removed in 9.0 (changed to macro):
-#declare 26 {
-#    Tcl_Obj *Tcl_DbNewLongObj(long longValue, const char *file, int line)
-#}
+declare 26 {
+    Tcl_Obj *Tcl_DbNewLongObj(long longValue, const char *file, int line)
+}
 declare 27 {
    Tcl_Obj *Tcl_DbNewObj(const char *file, int line)
 }
@@ -156,7 +154,7 @@ declare 35 {
 }
 declare 36 {
    int Tcl_GetIndexFromObj(Tcl_Interp *interp, Tcl_Obj *objPtr,
-	    const char *const *tablePtr, const char *msg, int flags, int *indexPtr)
+	    CONST84 char *const *tablePtr, const char *msg, int flags, int *indexPtr)
 }
 declare 37 {
    int Tcl_GetInt(Tcl_Interp *interp, const char *src, int *intPtr)
@@ -168,7 +166,7 @@ declare 39 {
    int Tcl_GetLongFromObj(Tcl_Interp *interp, Tcl_Obj *objPtr, long *longPtr)
 }
 declare 40 {
-    const Tcl_ObjType *Tcl_GetObjType(const char *typeName)
+    CONST86 Tcl_ObjType *Tcl_GetObjType(const char *typeName)
 }
 declare 41 {
    char *Tcl_GetStringFromObj(Tcl_Obj *objPtr, int *lengthPtr)
@@ -200,37 +198,33 @@ declare 48 {
    int Tcl_ListObjReplace(Tcl_Interp *interp, Tcl_Obj *listPtr, int first,
 	    int count, int objc, Tcl_Obj *const objv[])
 }
-# Removed in 9.0 (changed to macro):
-#declare 49 {
-#    Tcl_Obj *Tcl_NewBooleanObj(int boolValue)
-#}
+declare 49 {
+    Tcl_Obj *Tcl_NewBooleanObj(int boolValue)
+}
 declare 50 {
    Tcl_Obj *Tcl_NewByteArrayObj(const unsigned char *bytes, int length)
 }
 declare 51 {
    Tcl_Obj *Tcl_NewDoubleObj(double doubleValue)
 }
-# Removed in 9.0 (changed to macro):
-#declare 52 {
-#    Tcl_Obj *Tcl_NewIntObj(int intValue)
-#}
+declare 52 {
+    Tcl_Obj *Tcl_NewIntObj(int intValue)
+}
 declare 53 {
    Tcl_Obj *Tcl_NewListObj(int objc, Tcl_Obj *const objv[])
 }
-# Removed in 9.0 (changed to macro):
-#declare 54 {
-#    Tcl_Obj *Tcl_NewLongObj(long longValue)
-#}
+declare 54 {
+    Tcl_Obj *Tcl_NewLongObj(long longValue)
+}
 declare 55 {
    Tcl_Obj *Tcl_NewObj(void)
 }
 declare 56 {
    Tcl_Obj *Tcl_NewStringObj(const char *bytes, int length)
 }
-# Removed in 9.0 (changed to macro):
-#declare 57 {
-#    void Tcl_SetBooleanObj(Tcl_Obj *objPtr, int boolValue)
-#}
+declare 57 {
+    void Tcl_SetBooleanObj(Tcl_Obj *objPtr, int boolValue)
+}
 declare 58 {
    unsigned char *Tcl_SetByteArrayLength(Tcl_Obj *objPtr, int length)
 }
@@ -241,17 +235,15 @@ declare 59 {
 declare 60 {
    void Tcl_SetDoubleObj(Tcl_Obj *objPtr, double doubleValue)
 }
-# Removed in 9.0 (changed to macro):
-#declare 61 {
-#    void Tcl_SetIntObj(Tcl_Obj *objPtr, int intValue)
-#}
+declare 61 {
+    void Tcl_SetIntObj(Tcl_Obj *objPtr, int intValue)
+}
 declare 62 {
    void Tcl_SetListObj(Tcl_Obj *objPtr, int objc, Tcl_Obj *const objv[])
 }
-# Removed in 9.0 (changed to macro):
-#declare 63 {
-#    void Tcl_SetLongObj(Tcl_Obj *objPtr, long longValue)
-#}
+declare 63 {
+    void Tcl_SetLongObj(Tcl_Obj *objPtr, long longValue)
+}
 declare 64 {
    void Tcl_SetObjLength(Tcl_Obj *objPtr, int length)
 }
@@ -293,10 +285,9 @@ declare 75 {
 declare 76 {
    void Tcl_BackgroundError(Tcl_Interp *interp)
 }
-# Removed in 9.0:
-#declare 77 {deprecated {Use Tcl_UtfBackslash}} {
-#    char Tcl_Backslash(const char *src, int *readPtr)
-#}
+declare 77 {
+    char Tcl_Backslash(const char *src, int *readPtr)
+}
 declare 78 {
    int Tcl_BadChannelOption(Tcl_Interp *interp, const char *optionName,
 	    const char *optionList)
@@ -315,7 +306,7 @@ declare 82 {
    int Tcl_CommandComplete(const char *cmd)
 }
 declare 83 {
-    char *Tcl_Concat(int argc, const char *const *argv)
+    char *Tcl_Concat(int argc, CONST84 char *const *argv)
 }
 declare 84 {
    int Tcl_ConvertElement(const char *src, char *dst, int flags)
@@ -327,7 +318,7 @@ declare 85 {
 declare 86 {
    int Tcl_CreateAlias(Tcl_Interp *slave, const char *slaveCmd,
 	    Tcl_Interp *target, const char *targetCmd, int argc,
-	    const char *const *argv)
+	    CONST84 char *const *argv)
 }
 declare 87 {
    int Tcl_CreateAliasObj(Tcl_Interp *slave, const char *slaveCmd,
@@ -361,12 +352,11 @@ declare 93 {
 declare 94 {
    Tcl_Interp *Tcl_CreateInterp(void)
 }
-# Removed in 9.0:
-#declare 95 {deprecated {}} {
-#    void Tcl_CreateMathFunc(Tcl_Interp *interp, const char *name,
-#	    int numArgs, Tcl_ValueType *argTypes,
-#	    Tcl_MathProc *proc, ClientData clientData)
-#}
+declare 95 {
+    void Tcl_CreateMathFunc(Tcl_Interp *interp, const char *name,
+	    int numArgs, Tcl_ValueType *argTypes,
+	    Tcl_MathProc *proc, ClientData clientData)
+}
 declare 96 {
    Tcl_Command Tcl_CreateObjCommand(Tcl_Interp *interp,
 	    const char *cmdName,
@@ -471,21 +461,21 @@ declare 126 {
    int Tcl_Eof(Tcl_Channel chan)
 }
 declare 127 {
-    const char *Tcl_ErrnoId(void)
+    CONST84_RETURN char *Tcl_ErrnoId(void)
 }
 declare 128 {
-    const char *Tcl_ErrnoMsg(int err)
+    CONST84_RETURN char *Tcl_ErrnoMsg(int err)
 }
 declare 129 {
    int Tcl_Eval(Tcl_Interp *interp, const char *script)
 }
+# This is obsolete, use Tcl_FSEvalFile
 declare 130 {
    int Tcl_EvalFile(Tcl_Interp *interp, const char *fileName)
 }
-# Removed in 9.0, replaced by macro.
-#declare 131 {
-#    int Tcl_EvalObj(Tcl_Interp *interp, Tcl_Obj *objPtr)
-#}
+declare 131 {
+    int Tcl_EvalObj(Tcl_Interp *interp, Tcl_Obj *objPtr)
+}
 declare 132 {
    void Tcl_EventuallyFree(ClientData clientData, Tcl_FreeProc *freeProc)
 }
@@ -539,12 +529,12 @@ declare 147 {
 }
 declare 148 {
    int Tcl_GetAlias(Tcl_Interp *interp, const char *slaveCmd,
-	    Tcl_Interp **targetInterpPtr, const char **targetCmdPtr,
-	    int *argcPtr, const char ***argvPtr)
+	    Tcl_Interp **targetInterpPtr, CONST84 char **targetCmdPtr,
+	    int *argcPtr, CONST84 char ***argvPtr)
 }
 declare 149 {
    int Tcl_GetAliasObj(Tcl_Interp *interp, const char *slaveCmd,
-	    Tcl_Interp **targetInterpPtr, const char **targetCmdPtr,
+	    Tcl_Interp **targetInterpPtr, CONST84 char **targetCmdPtr,
 	    int *objcPtr, Tcl_Obj ***objv)
 }
 declare 150 {
@@ -569,28 +559,28 @@ declare 155 {
    int Tcl_GetChannelMode(Tcl_Channel chan)
 }
 declare 156 {
-    const char *Tcl_GetChannelName(Tcl_Channel chan)
+    CONST84_RETURN char *Tcl_GetChannelName(Tcl_Channel chan)
 }
 declare 157 {
    int Tcl_GetChannelOption(Tcl_Interp *interp, Tcl_Channel chan,
 	    const char *optionName, Tcl_DString *dsPtr)
 }
 declare 158 {
-    const Tcl_ChannelType *Tcl_GetChannelType(Tcl_Channel chan)
+    CONST86 Tcl_ChannelType *Tcl_GetChannelType(Tcl_Channel chan)
 }
 declare 159 {
    int Tcl_GetCommandInfo(Tcl_Interp *interp, const char *cmdName,
 	    Tcl_CmdInfo *infoPtr)
 }
 declare 160 {
-    const char *Tcl_GetCommandName(Tcl_Interp *interp,
+    CONST84_RETURN char *Tcl_GetCommandName(Tcl_Interp *interp,
 	    Tcl_Command command)
 }
 declare 161 {
    int Tcl_GetErrno(void)
 }
 declare 162 {
-    const char *Tcl_GetHostName(void)
+    CONST84_RETURN char *Tcl_GetHostName(void)
 }
 declare 163 {
    int Tcl_GetInterpPath(Tcl_Interp *askInterp, Tcl_Interp *slaveInterp)
@@ -633,23 +623,22 @@ declare 173 {
    Tcl_Channel Tcl_GetStdChannel(int type)
 }
 declare 174 {
-    const char *Tcl_GetStringResult(Tcl_Interp *interp)
+    CONST84_RETURN char *Tcl_GetStringResult(Tcl_Interp *interp)
 }
 declare 175 {
-    const char *Tcl_GetVar(Tcl_Interp *interp, const char *varName,
+    CONST84_RETURN char *Tcl_GetVar(Tcl_Interp *interp, const char *varName,
 	    int flags)
 }
 declare 176 {
-    const char *Tcl_GetVar2(Tcl_Interp *interp, const char *part1,
+    CONST84_RETURN char *Tcl_GetVar2(Tcl_Interp *interp, const char *part1,
 	    const char *part2, int flags)
 }
 declare 177 {
    int Tcl_GlobalEval(Tcl_Interp *interp, const char *command)
 }
-# Removed in 9.0, replaced by macro.
-#declare 178 {
-#    int Tcl_GlobalEvalObj(Tcl_Interp *interp, Tcl_Obj *objPtr)
-#}
+declare 178 {
+    int Tcl_GlobalEvalObj(Tcl_Interp *interp, Tcl_Obj *objPtr)
+}
 declare 179 {
    int Tcl_HideCommand(Tcl_Interp *interp, const char *cmdName,
 	    const char *hiddenCmdToken)
@@ -674,7 +663,7 @@ declare 185 {
 }
 # Obsolete, use Tcl_FSJoinPath
 declare 186 {
-    char *Tcl_JoinPath(int argc, const char *const *argv,
+    char *Tcl_JoinPath(int argc, CONST84 char *const *argv,
 	    Tcl_DString *resultPtr)
 }
 declare 187 {
@@ -697,7 +686,7 @@ declare 191 {
    Tcl_Channel Tcl_MakeTcpClientChannel(ClientData tcpSocket)
 }
 declare 192 {
-    char *Tcl_Merge(int argc, const char *const *argv)
+    char *Tcl_Merge(int argc, CONST84 char *const *argv)
 }
 declare 193 {
    Tcl_HashEntry *Tcl_NextHashEntry(Tcl_HashSearch *searchPtr)
@@ -715,7 +704,7 @@ declare 196 {
 }
 declare 197 {
    Tcl_Channel Tcl_OpenCommandChannel(Tcl_Interp *interp, int argc,
-	    const char **argv, int flags)
+	    CONST84 char **argv, int flags)
 }
 # This is obsolete, use Tcl_FSOpenFileChannel
 declare 198 {
@@ -741,7 +730,7 @@ declare 203 {
    int Tcl_PutEnv(const char *assignment)
 }
 declare 204 {
-    const char *Tcl_PosixError(Tcl_Interp *interp)
+    CONST84_RETURN char *Tcl_PosixError(Tcl_Interp *interp)
 }
 declare 205 {
    void Tcl_QueueEvent(Tcl_Event *evPtr, Tcl_QueuePosition position)
@@ -759,7 +748,7 @@ declare 209 {
    int Tcl_RecordAndEvalObj(Tcl_Interp *interp, Tcl_Obj *cmdPtr, int flags)
 }
 declare 210 {
-    void Tcl_RegisterChannel(Tcl_Interp *interp, Tcl_Channel chan)
+    Tcl_Channel Tcl_RegisterChannel(Tcl_Interp *interp, Tcl_Channel chan)
 }
 declare 211 {
    void Tcl_RegisterObjType(const Tcl_ObjType *typePtr)
@@ -777,7 +766,7 @@ declare 214 {
 }
 declare 215 {
    void Tcl_RegExpRange(Tcl_RegExp regexp, int index,
-	    const char **startPtr, const char **endPtr)
+	    CONST84 char **startPtr, CONST84 char **endPtr)
 }
 declare 216 {
    void Tcl_Release(ClientData clientData)
@@ -791,10 +780,10 @@ declare 218 {
 declare 219 {
    int Tcl_ScanCountedElement(const char *src, int length, int *flagPtr)
 }
-# Removed in 9.0:
-#declare 220 {
-#    int Tcl_SeekOld(Tcl_Channel chan, int offset, int mode)
-#}
+# Obsolete
+declare 220 {
+    int Tcl_SeekOld(Tcl_Channel chan, int offset, int mode)
+}
 declare 221 {
    int Tcl_ServiceAll(void)
 }
@@ -848,29 +837,29 @@ declare 236 {
    void Tcl_SetStdChannel(Tcl_Channel channel, int type)
 }
 declare 237 {
-    const char *Tcl_SetVar(Tcl_Interp *interp, const char *varName,
+    CONST84_RETURN char *Tcl_SetVar(Tcl_Interp *interp, const char *varName,
 	    const char *newValue, int flags)
 }
 declare 238 {
-    const char *Tcl_SetVar2(Tcl_Interp *interp, const char *part1,
+    CONST84_RETURN char *Tcl_SetVar2(Tcl_Interp *interp, const char *part1,
 	    const char *part2, const char *newValue, int flags)
 }
 declare 239 {
-    const char *Tcl_SignalId(int sig)
+    CONST84_RETURN char *Tcl_SignalId(int sig)
 }
 declare 240 {
-    const char *Tcl_SignalMsg(int sig)
+    CONST84_RETURN char *Tcl_SignalMsg(int sig)
 }
 declare 241 {
    void Tcl_SourceRCFile(Tcl_Interp *interp)
 }
 declare 242 {
    int Tcl_SplitList(Tcl_Interp *interp, const char *listStr, int *argcPtr,
-	    const char ***argvPtr)
+	    CONST84 char ***argvPtr)
 }
 # Obsolete, use Tcl_FSSplitPath
 declare 243 {
-    void Tcl_SplitPath(const char *path, int *argcPtr, const char ***argvPtr)
+    void Tcl_SplitPath(const char *path, int *argcPtr, CONST84 char ***argvPtr)
 }
 declare 244 {
    void Tcl_StaticPackage(Tcl_Interp *interp, const char *pkgName,
@@ -879,10 +868,10 @@ declare 244 {
 declare 245 {
    int Tcl_StringMatch(const char *str, const char *pattern)
 }
-# Removed in 9.0:
-#declare 246 {
-#    int Tcl_TellOld(Tcl_Channel chan)
-#}
+# Obsolete
+declare 246 {
+    int Tcl_TellOld(Tcl_Channel chan)
+}
 declare 247 {
    int Tcl_TraceVar(Tcl_Interp *interp, const char *varName, int flags,
 	    Tcl_VarTraceProc *proc, ClientData clientData)
@@ -947,7 +936,7 @@ declare 263 {
    int Tcl_Write(Tcl_Channel chan, const char *s, int slen)
 }
 declare 264 {
-    void Tcl_WrongNumArgs(Tcl_Interp *interp, int objc,
+    int Tcl_WrongNumArgs(Tcl_Interp *interp, int objc,
 	    Tcl_Obj *const objv[], const char *message)
 }
 declare 265 {
@@ -956,27 +945,25 @@ declare 265 {
 declare 266 {
    void Tcl_ValidateAllMemory(const char *file, int line)
 }
-# Removed in 9.0:
-#declare 267 {
-#    void Tcl_AppendResultVA(Tcl_Interp *interp, va_list argList)
-#}
-# Removed in 9.0:
-#declare 268 {
-#    void Tcl_AppendStringsToObjVA(Tcl_Obj *objPtr, va_list argList)
-#}
+declare 267 {
+    void Tcl_AppendResultVA(Tcl_Interp *interp, va_list argList)
+}
+declare 268 {
+    void Tcl_AppendStringsToObjVA(Tcl_Obj *objPtr, va_list argList)
+}
 declare 269 {
    char *Tcl_HashStats(Tcl_HashTable *tablePtr)
 }
 declare 270 {
-    const char *Tcl_ParseVar(Tcl_Interp *interp, const char *start,
-	    const char **termPtr)
+    CONST84_RETURN char *Tcl_ParseVar(Tcl_Interp *interp, const char *start,
+	    CONST84 char **termPtr)
 }
 declare 271 {
-    const char *Tcl_PkgPresent(Tcl_Interp *interp, const char *name,
+    CONST84_RETURN char *Tcl_PkgPresent(Tcl_Interp *interp, const char *name,
 	    const char *version, int exact)
 }
 declare 272 {
-    const char *Tcl_PkgPresentEx(Tcl_Interp *interp,
+    CONST84_RETURN char *Tcl_PkgPresentEx(Tcl_Interp *interp,
 	    const char *name, const char *version, int exact,
 	    void *clientDataPtr)
 }
@@ -986,24 +973,21 @@ declare 273 {
 }
 # TIP #268: The internally used new Require function is in slot 573.
 declare 274 {
-    const char *Tcl_PkgRequire(Tcl_Interp *interp, const char *name,
+    CONST84_RETURN char *Tcl_PkgRequire(Tcl_Interp *interp, const char *name,
 	    const char *version, int exact)
 }
-# Removed in 9.0:
-#declare 275 {
-#    void Tcl_SetErrorCodeVA(Tcl_Interp *interp, va_list argList)
-#}
-# Removed in 9.0:
-#declare 276 {
-#    int  Tcl_VarEvalVA(Tcl_Interp *interp, va_list argList)
-#}
+declare 275 {
+    void Tcl_SetErrorCodeVA(Tcl_Interp *interp, va_list argList)
+}
+declare 276 {
+    int  Tcl_VarEvalVA(Tcl_Interp *interp, va_list argList)
+}
 declare 277 {
    Tcl_Pid Tcl_WaitPid(Tcl_Pid pid, int *statPtr, int options)
 }
-# Removed in 9.0:
-#declare 278 {
-#    TCL_NORETURN void Tcl_PanicVA(const char *format, va_list argList)
-#}
+declare 278 {
+    TCL_NORETURN void Tcl_PanicVA(const char *format, va_list argList)
+}
 declare 279 {
    void Tcl_GetVersion(int *major, int *minor, int *patchLevel, int *type)
 }
@@ -1103,7 +1087,7 @@ declare 301 {
    Tcl_Encoding Tcl_GetEncoding(Tcl_Interp *interp, const char *name)
 }
 declare 302 {
-    const char *Tcl_GetEncodingName(Tcl_Encoding encoding)
+    CONST84_RETURN char *Tcl_GetEncodingName(Tcl_Encoding encoding)
 }
 declare 303 {
    void Tcl_GetEncodingNames(Tcl_Interp *interp)
@@ -1164,22 +1148,22 @@ declare 319 {
 	    Tcl_QueuePosition position)
 }
 declare 320 {
-    int Tcl_UniCharAtIndex(const char *src, int index)
+    Tcl_UniChar Tcl_UniCharAtIndex(const char *src, int index)
 }
 declare 321 {
-    int Tcl_UniCharToLower(int ch)
+    Tcl_UniChar Tcl_UniCharToLower(int ch)
 }
 declare 322 {
-    int Tcl_UniCharToTitle(int ch)
+    Tcl_UniChar Tcl_UniCharToTitle(int ch)
 }
 declare 323 {
-    int Tcl_UniCharToUpper(int ch)
+    Tcl_UniChar Tcl_UniCharToUpper(int ch)
 }
 declare 324 {
    int Tcl_UniCharToUtf(int ch, char *buf)
 }
 declare 325 {
-    const char *Tcl_UtfAtIndex(const char *src, int index)
+    CONST84_RETURN char *Tcl_UtfAtIndex(const char *src, int index)
 }
 declare 326 {
    int Tcl_UtfCharComplete(const char *src, int length)
@@ -1188,16 +1172,16 @@ declare 327 {
    int Tcl_UtfBackslash(const char *src, int *readPtr, char *dst)
 }
 declare 328 {
-    const char *Tcl_UtfFindFirst(const char *src, int ch)
+    CONST84_RETURN char *Tcl_UtfFindFirst(const char *src, int ch)
 }
 declare 329 {
-    const char *Tcl_UtfFindLast(const char *src, int ch)
+    CONST84_RETURN char *Tcl_UtfFindLast(const char *src, int ch)
 }
 declare 330 {
-    const char *Tcl_UtfNext(const char *src)
+    CONST84_RETURN char *Tcl_UtfNext(const char *src)
 }
 declare 331 {
-    const char *Tcl_UtfPrev(const char *src, const char *start)
+    CONST84_RETURN char *Tcl_UtfPrev(const char *src, const char *start)
 }
 declare 332 {
    int Tcl_UtfToExternal(Tcl_Interp *interp, Tcl_Encoding encoding,
@@ -1230,14 +1214,12 @@ declare 339 {
 declare 340 {
    char *Tcl_GetString(Tcl_Obj *objPtr)
 }
-# Removed in 9.0:
-#declare 341 {deprecated {Use Tcl_GetEncodingSearchPath}} {
-#    const char *Tcl_GetDefaultEncodingDir(void)
-#}
-# Removed in 9.0:
-#declare 342 {deprecated {Use Tcl_SetEncodingSearchPath}} {
-#    void Tcl_SetDefaultEncodingDir(const char *path)
-#}
+declare 341 {
+    CONST84_RETURN char *Tcl_GetDefaultEncodingDir(void)
+}
+declare 342 {
+    void Tcl_SetDefaultEncodingDir(const char *path)
+}
 declare 343 {
    void Tcl_AlertNotifier(ClientData clientData)
 }
@@ -1284,11 +1266,10 @@ declare 356 {
    Tcl_RegExp Tcl_GetRegExpFromObj(Tcl_Interp *interp, Tcl_Obj *patObj,
 	    int flags)
 }
-# Removed in 9.0:
-#declare 357 {deprecated {Use Tcl_EvalTokensStandard}} {
-#    Tcl_Obj *Tcl_EvalTokens(Tcl_Interp *interp, Tcl_Token *tokenPtr,
-#	    int count)
-#}
+declare 357 {
+    Tcl_Obj *Tcl_EvalTokens(Tcl_Interp *interp, Tcl_Token *tokenPtr,
+	    int count)
+}
 declare 358 {
    void Tcl_FreeParse(Tcl_Parse *parsePtr)
 }
@@ -1298,7 +1279,7 @@ declare 359 {
 }
 declare 360 {
    int Tcl_ParseBraces(Tcl_Interp *interp, const char *start, int numBytes,
-	    Tcl_Parse *parsePtr, int append, const char **termPtr)
+	    Tcl_Parse *parsePtr, int append, CONST84 char **termPtr)
 }
 declare 361 {
    int Tcl_ParseCommand(Tcl_Interp *interp, const char *start, int numBytes,
@@ -1311,7 +1292,7 @@ declare 362 {
 declare 363 {
    int Tcl_ParseQuotedString(Tcl_Interp *interp, const char *start,
 	    int numBytes, Tcl_Parse *parsePtr, int append,
-	    const char **termPtr)
+	    CONST84 char **termPtr)
 }
 declare 364 {
    int Tcl_ParseVarName(Tcl_Interp *interp, const char *start, int numBytes,
@@ -1370,7 +1351,7 @@ declare 380 {
    int Tcl_GetCharLength(Tcl_Obj *objPtr)
 }
 declare 381 {
-    int Tcl_GetUniChar(Tcl_Obj *objPtr, int index)
+    Tcl_UniChar Tcl_GetUniChar(Tcl_Obj *objPtr, int index)
 }
 declare 382 {
    Tcl_UniChar *Tcl_GetUnicode(Tcl_Obj *objPtr)
@@ -1427,7 +1408,7 @@ declare 397 {
    int Tcl_ChannelBuffered(Tcl_Channel chan)
 }
 declare 398 {
-    const char *Tcl_ChannelName(const Tcl_ChannelType *chanTypePtr)
+    CONST84_RETURN char *Tcl_ChannelName(const Tcl_ChannelType *chanTypePtr)
 }
 declare 399 {
    Tcl_ChannelTypeVersion Tcl_ChannelVersion(
@@ -1512,15 +1493,13 @@ declare 420 {
    int Tcl_UniCharCaseMatch(const Tcl_UniChar *uniStr,
 	    const Tcl_UniChar *uniPattern, int nocase)
 }
-# Removed in 9.0, as it is actually a macro:
-#declare 421 {
-#    Tcl_HashEntry *Tcl_FindHashEntry(Tcl_HashTable *tablePtr, const void *key)
-#}
-# Removed in 9.0, as it is actually a macro:
-#declare 422 {
-#    Tcl_HashEntry *Tcl_CreateHashEntry(Tcl_HashTable *tablePtr,
-#	    const void *key, int *newPtr)
-#}
+declare 421 {
+    Tcl_HashEntry *Tcl_FindHashEntry(Tcl_HashTable *tablePtr, const void *key)
+}
+declare 422 {
+    Tcl_HashEntry *Tcl_CreateHashEntry(Tcl_HashTable *tablePtr,
+	    const void *key, int *newPtr)
+}
 declare 423 {
    void Tcl_InitCustomHashTable(Tcl_HashTable *tablePtr, int keyType,
 	    const Tcl_HashKeyType *typePtr)
@@ -1569,16 +1548,14 @@ declare 434 {
 }

 # TIP#15 (math function introspection) dkf
-# Removed in 9.0:
-#declare 435 {deprecated {}} {
-#    int Tcl_GetMathFuncInfo(Tcl_Interp *interp, const char *name,
-#	    int *numArgsPtr, Tcl_ValueType **argTypesPtr,
-#	    Tcl_MathProc **procPtr, ClientData *clientDataPtr)
-#}
-# Removed in 9.0:
-#declare 436 {deprecated {}} {
-#    Tcl_Obj *Tcl_ListMathFuncs(Tcl_Interp *interp, const char *pattern)
-#}
+declare 435 {
+    int Tcl_GetMathFuncInfo(Tcl_Interp *interp, const char *name,
+	    int *numArgsPtr, Tcl_ValueType **argTypesPtr,
+	    Tcl_MathProc **procPtr, ClientData *clientDataPtr)
+}
+declare 436 {
+    Tcl_Obj *Tcl_ListMathFuncs(Tcl_Interp *interp, const char *pattern)
+}

 # TIP#36 (better access to 'subst') dkf
 declare 437 {
@@ -1640,7 +1617,7 @@ declare 452 {
 	    int index, Tcl_Obj *pathPtr, Tcl_Obj *objPtr)
 }
 declare 453 {
-    const char *const *Tcl_FSFileAttrStrings(Tcl_Obj *pathPtr,
+    const char *CONST86 *Tcl_FSFileAttrStrings(Tcl_Obj *pathPtr,
 	    Tcl_Obj **objPtrRef)
 }
 declare 454 {
@@ -1718,7 +1695,7 @@ declare 476 {
 	    Tcl_Obj *pathPtr)
 }
 declare 477 {
-    const Tcl_Filesystem *Tcl_FSGetFileSystemForPath(Tcl_Obj *pathPtr)
+    CONST86 Tcl_Filesystem *Tcl_FSGetFileSystemForPath(Tcl_Obj *pathPtr)
 }
 declare 478 {
    Tcl_PathType Tcl_FSGetPathType(Tcl_Obj *pathPtr)
@@ -2401,6 +2378,9 @@ declare 1 macosx {

 # Public functions that are not accessible via the stubs table.

+export {
+    void Tcl_Main(int argc, char **argv, Tcl_AppInitProc *appInitProc)
+}
 export {
    const char *Tcl_InitStubs(Tcl_Interp *interp, const char *version,
 	int exact)
@@ -52,15 +52,30 @@ extern "C" {
 * tools/tcl.hpj.in	(not patchlevel, for windows installer)
 */

-#define TCL_MAJOR_VERSION   9
-#define TCL_MINOR_VERSION   0
+#define TCL_MAJOR_VERSION   8
+#define TCL_MINOR_VERSION   7
 #define TCL_RELEASE_LEVEL   TCL_ALPHA_RELEASE
 #define TCL_RELEASE_SERIAL  0

-#define TCL_VERSION	    "9.0"
-#define TCL_PATCH_LEVEL	    "9.0a0"
+#define TCL_VERSION	    "8.7"
+#define TCL_PATCH_LEVEL	    "8.7a0"

-#if defined(RC_INVOKED)
+#if !defined(TCL_NO_DEPRECATED) || defined(RC_INVOKED)
+/*
+ *----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+ * The following definitions set up the proper options for Windows compilers.
+ * We use this method because there is no autoconf equivalent.
+ */
+
+#ifdef _WIN32
+#   ifndef __WIN32__
+#	define __WIN32__
+#   endif
+#   ifndef WIN32
+#	define WIN32
+#   endif
+#endif
+
 /*
 * Utility macros: STRINGIFY takes an argument and wraps it in "" (double
 * quotation marks), JOIN joins two arguments.
@@ -74,7 +89,7 @@ extern "C" {
 #  define JOIN(a,b) JOIN1(a,b)
 #  define JOIN1(a,b) a##b
 #endif
-#endif /* RC_INVOKED */
+#endif /* !TCL_NO_DEPRECATED */

 /*
 * A special definition used to allow this header file to be included from
@@ -110,11 +125,32 @@ extern "C" {

 #include <stdio.h>

+/*
+ *----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+ * Support for functions with a variable number of arguments.
+ *
+ * The following TCL_VARARGS* macros are to support old extensions
+ * written for older versions of Tcl where the macros permitted
+ * support for the varargs.h system as well as stdarg.h .
+ *
+ * New code should just directly be written to use stdarg.h conventions.
+ */
+
+#include <stdarg.h>
+#ifndef TCL_NO_DEPRECATED
+#    define TCL_VARARGS(type, name) (type name, ...)
+#    define TCL_VARARGS_DEF(type, name) (type name, ...)
+#    define TCL_VARARGS_START(type, name, list) (va_start(list, name), name)
+#endif /* !TCL_NO_DEPRECATED */
 #if defined(__GNUC__) && (__GNUC__ > 2)
 #   define TCL_FORMAT_PRINTF(a,b) __attribute__ ((__format__ (__printf__, a, b)))
 #   define TCL_NORETURN __attribute__ ((noreturn))
 #   define TCL_NOINLINE __attribute__ ((noinline))
-#   define TCL_NORETURN1 __attribute__ ((noreturn))
+#   if defined(BUILD_tcl) || defined(BUILD_tk)
+#	define TCL_NORETURN1 __attribute__ ((noreturn))
+#   else
+#	define TCL_NORETURN1 /* nothing */
+#   endif
 #else
 #   define TCL_FORMAT_PRINTF(a,b)
 #   if defined(_MSC_VER) && (_MSC_VER >= 1310)
@@ -189,7 +225,7 @@ extern "C" {
 * to be included in a shared library, then it should have the DLLEXPORT
 * storage class. If is being declared for use by a module that is going to
 * link against the shared library, then it should have the DLLIMPORT storage
- * class. If the symbol is being declared for a static build or for use from a
+ * class. If the symbol is beind declared for a static build or for use from a
 * stub library, then the storage class should be empty.
 *
 * The convention is that a macro called BUILD_xxxx, where xxxx is the name of
@@ -210,8 +246,55 @@ extern "C" {
 #   endif
 #endif

-#if !defined(CONST86) && !defined(TCL_NO_DEPRECATED)
-#      define CONST86 const
+/*
+ * The following _ANSI_ARGS_ macro is to support old extensions
+ * written for older versions of Tcl where it permitted support
+ * for compilers written in the pre-prototype era of C.
+ *
+ * New code should use prototypes.
+ */
+
+#ifndef TCL_NO_DEPRECATED
+#   undef _ANSI_ARGS_
+#   define _ANSI_ARGS_(x)	x
+#endif /* !TCL_NO_DEPRECATED */
+
+/*
+ * Definitions that allow this header file to be used either with or without
+ * ANSI C features.
+ */
+
+#ifndef INLINE
+#   define INLINE
+#endif
+
+#ifdef NO_CONST
+#   ifndef const
+#      define const
+#   endif
+#endif
+#ifndef CONST
+#   define CONST const
+#endif
+
+#ifdef USE_NON_CONST
+#   ifdef USE_COMPAT_CONST
+#      error define at most one of USE_NON_CONST and USE_COMPAT_CONST
+#   endif
+#   define CONST84
+#   define CONST84_RETURN
+#else
+#   ifdef USE_COMPAT_CONST
+#      define CONST84
+#      define CONST84_RETURN const
+#   else
+#      define CONST84 const
+#      define CONST84_RETURN const
+#   endif
+#endif
+
+#ifndef CONST86
+#      define CONST86 CONST84
 #endif

 /*
@@ -228,11 +311,47 @@ extern "C" {
 #   define EXTERN extern TCL_STORAGE_CLASS
 #endif

+/*
+ *----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+ * The following code is copied from winnt.h. If we don't replicate it here,
+ * then <windows.h> can't be included after tcl.h, since tcl.h also defines
+ * VOID. This block is skipped under Cygwin and Mingw.
+ */
+
+#if defined(_WIN32) && !defined(HAVE_WINNT_IGNORE_VOID)
+#ifndef VOID
+#define VOID void
+typedef char CHAR;
+typedef short SHORT;
+typedef long LONG;
+#endif
+#endif /* _WIN32 && !HAVE_WINNT_IGNORE_VOID */
+
+/*
+ * Macro to use instead of "void" for arguments that must have type "void *"
+ * in ANSI C; maps them to type "char *" in non-ANSI systems.
+ */
+
+#ifndef __VXWORKS__
+#   ifndef NO_VOID
+#	define VOID void
+#   else
+#	define VOID char
+#   endif
+#endif
+
 /*
 * Miscellaneous declarations.
 */

-typedef void *ClientData;
+#ifndef _CLIENTDATA
+#   ifndef NO_VOID
+	typedef void *ClientData;
+#   else
+	typedef int *ClientData;
+#   endif
+#   define _CLIENTDATA
+#endif

 /*
 * Darwin specific configure overrides (to support fat compiles, where
@@ -277,40 +396,44 @@ typedef void *ClientData;
 #   if defined(_WIN32)
 #      define TCL_WIDE_INT_TYPE __int64
 #      define TCL_LL_MODIFIER	"I64"
-#      if defined(_WIN64)
-#         define TCL_Z_MODIFIER	"I"
-#      endif
 #   elif defined(__GNUC__)
-#      define TCL_Z_MODIFIER	"z"
+#      define TCL_WIDE_INT_TYPE long long
+#      define TCL_LL_MODIFIER	"ll"
 #   else /* ! _WIN32 && ! __GNUC__ */
 /*
 * Don't know what platform it is and configure hasn't discovered what is
 * going on for us. Try to guess...
 */
 #      include <limits.h>
-#      if defined(LLONG_MAX) && (LLONG_MAX == LONG_MAX)
+#      if (INT_MAX < LONG_MAX)
 #         define TCL_WIDE_INT_IS_LONG	1
+#      else
+#         define TCL_WIDE_INT_TYPE long long
 #      endif
 #   endif /* _WIN32 */
 #endif /* !TCL_WIDE_INT_TYPE & !TCL_WIDE_INT_IS_LONG */
-
-#ifndef TCL_WIDE_INT_TYPE
-#   define TCL_WIDE_INT_TYPE		long long
-#endif /* !TCL_WIDE_INT_TYPE */
+#ifdef TCL_WIDE_INT_IS_LONG
+#   undef TCL_WIDE_INT_TYPE
+#   define TCL_WIDE_INT_TYPE	long
+#endif /* TCL_WIDE_INT_IS_LONG */

 typedef TCL_WIDE_INT_TYPE		Tcl_WideInt;
 typedef unsigned TCL_WIDE_INT_TYPE	Tcl_WideUInt;

-#ifndef TCL_LL_MODIFIER
-#   define TCL_LL_MODIFIER	"ll"
-#endif /* !TCL_LL_MODIFIER */
-#ifndef TCL_Z_MODIFIER
-#   if defined(__GNUC__) && !defined(_WIN32)
-#	define TCL_Z_MODIFIER	"z"
-#   else
-#	define TCL_Z_MODIFIER	""
-#   endif
-#endif /* !TCL_Z_MODIFIER */
+#ifdef TCL_WIDE_INT_IS_LONG
+#   ifndef TCL_LL_MODIFIER
+#      define TCL_LL_MODIFIER		"l"
+#   endif /* !TCL_LL_MODIFIER */
+#else /* TCL_WIDE_INT_IS_LONG */
+/*
+ * The next short section of defines are only done when not running on Windows
+ * or some other strange platform.
+ */
+#   ifndef TCL_LL_MODIFIER
+#      define TCL_LL_MODIFIER		"ll"
+#   endif /* !TCL_LL_MODIFIER */
+#endif /* TCL_WIDE_INT_IS_LONG */
+
 #define Tcl_WideAsLong(val)	((long)((Tcl_WideInt)(val)))
 #define Tcl_LongAsWide(val)	((Tcl_WideInt)((long)(val)))
 #define Tcl_WideAsDouble(val)	((double)((Tcl_WideInt)(val)))
@@ -369,7 +492,39 @@ typedef unsigned TCL_WIDE_INT_TYPE	Tcl_WideUInt;
 * accessed with Tcl_GetObjResult() and Tcl_SetObjResult().
 */

-typedef struct Tcl_Interp Tcl_Interp;
+typedef struct Tcl_Interp
+#ifndef TCL_NO_DEPRECATED
+{
+    /* TIP #330: Strongly discourage extensions from using the string
+     * result. */
+#ifdef USE_INTERP_RESULT
+    char *result TCL_DEPRECATED_API("use Tcl_GetStringResult/Tcl_SetResult");
+				/* If the last command returned a string
+				 * result, this points to it. */
+    void (*freeProc) (char *blockPtr)
+	    TCL_DEPRECATED_API("use Tcl_GetStringResult/Tcl_SetResult");
+				/* Zero means the string result is statically
+				 * allocated. TCL_DYNAMIC means it was
+				 * allocated with ckalloc and should be freed
+				 * with ckfree. Other values give the address
+				 * of function to invoke to free the result.
+				 * Tcl_Eval must free it before executing next
+				 * command. */
+#else
+    char *resultDontUse; /* Don't use in extensions! */
+    void (*freeProcDontUse) (char *); /* Don't use in extensions! */
+#endif
+#ifdef USE_INTERP_ERRORLINE
+    int errorLine TCL_DEPRECATED_API("use Tcl_GetErrorLine/Tcl_SetErrorLine");
+				/* When TCL_ERROR is returned, this gives the
+				 * line number within the command where the
+				 * error occurred (1 if first line). */
+#else
+    int errorLineDontUse; /* Don't use in extensions! */
+#endif
+}
+#endif /* !TCL_NO_DEPRECATED */
+Tcl_Interp;

 typedef struct Tcl_AsyncHandler_ *Tcl_AsyncHandler;
 typedef struct Tcl_Channel_ *Tcl_Channel;
@@ -518,6 +673,8 @@ typedef struct stat *Tcl_OldStat_;
 #define TCL_BREAK		3
 #define TCL_CONTINUE		4

+#define TCL_RESULT_SIZE		200
+
 /*
 *----------------------------------------------------------------------------
 * Flags to control what substitutions are performed by Tcl_SubstObj():
@@ -528,6 +685,22 @@ typedef struct stat *Tcl_OldStat_;
 #define TCL_SUBST_BACKSLASHES	004
 #define TCL_SUBST_ALL		007

+/*
+ * Argument descriptors for math function callbacks in expressions:
+ */
+
+typedef enum {
+    TCL_INT, TCL_DOUBLE, TCL_EITHER, TCL_WIDE_INT
+} Tcl_ValueType;
+
+typedef struct Tcl_Value {
+    Tcl_ValueType type;		/* Indicates intValue or doubleValue is valid,
+				 * or both. */
+    long intValue;		/* Integer value. */
+    double doubleValue;		/* Double-precision floating value. */
+    Tcl_WideInt wideValue;	/* Wide (min. 64-bit) integer value. */
+} Tcl_Value;
+
 /*
 * Forward declaration of Tcl_Obj to prevent an error when the forward
 * reference to Tcl_Obj is encountered in the function types declared below.
@@ -547,10 +720,10 @@ typedef void (Tcl_ChannelProc) (ClientData clientData, int mask);
 typedef void (Tcl_CloseProc) (ClientData data);
 typedef void (Tcl_CmdDeleteProc) (ClientData clientData);
 typedef int (Tcl_CmdProc) (ClientData clientData, Tcl_Interp *interp,
-	int argc, const char *argv[]);
+	int argc, CONST84 char *argv[]);
 typedef void (Tcl_CmdTraceProc) (ClientData clientData, Tcl_Interp *interp,
 	int level, char *command, Tcl_CmdProc *proc,
-	ClientData cmdClientData, int argc, const char *argv[]);
+	ClientData cmdClientData, int argc, CONST84 char *argv[]);
 typedef int (Tcl_CmdObjTraceProc) (ClientData clientData, Tcl_Interp *interp,
 	int level, const char *command, Tcl_Command commandInfo, int objc,
 	struct Tcl_Obj *const *objv);
@@ -573,6 +746,8 @@ typedef void (Tcl_FreeProc) (char *blockPtr);
 typedef void (Tcl_IdleProc) (ClientData clientData);
 typedef void (Tcl_InterpDeleteProc) (ClientData clientData,
 	Tcl_Interp *interp);
+typedef int (Tcl_MathProc) (ClientData clientData, Tcl_Interp *interp,
+	Tcl_Value *args, Tcl_Value *resultPtr);
 typedef void (Tcl_NamespaceDeleteProc) (ClientData clientData);
 typedef int (Tcl_ObjCmdProc) (ClientData clientData, Tcl_Interp *interp,
 	int objc, struct Tcl_Obj *const *objv);
@@ -585,7 +760,7 @@ typedef void (Tcl_TimerProc) (ClientData clientData);
 typedef int (Tcl_SetFromAnyProc) (Tcl_Interp *interp, struct Tcl_Obj *objPtr);
 typedef void (Tcl_UpdateStringProc) (struct Tcl_Obj *objPtr);
 typedef char * (Tcl_VarTraceProc) (ClientData clientData, Tcl_Interp *interp,
-	const char *part1, const char *part2, int flags);
+	CONST84 char *part1, CONST84 char *part2, int flags);
 typedef void (Tcl_CommandTraceProc) (ClientData clientData, Tcl_Interp *interp,
 	const char *oldName, const char *newName, int flags);
 typedef void (Tcl_CreateFileHandlerProc) (int fd, int mask, Tcl_FileProc *proc,
@@ -684,11 +859,20 @@ int		Tcl_IsShared(Tcl_Obj *objPtr);

 /*
 *----------------------------------------------------------------------------
- * The following type contains the state needed by Tcl_SaveResult. It
- * is typically allocated on the stack.
+ * The following structure contains the state needed by Tcl_SaveResult. No-one
+ * outside of Tcl should access any of these fields. This structure is
+ * typically allocated on the stack.
 */

-typedef Tcl_Obj *Tcl_SavedResult;
+typedef struct Tcl_SavedResult {
+    char *result;
+    Tcl_FreeProc *freeProc;
+    Tcl_Obj *objResultPtr;
+    char *appendResult;
+    int appendAvl;
+    int appendUsed;
+    char resultSpace[TCL_RESULT_SIZE+1];
+} Tcl_SavedResult;

 /*
 *----------------------------------------------------------------------------
@@ -813,11 +997,14 @@ typedef struct Tcl_DString {

 #define Tcl_DStringLength(dsPtr) ((dsPtr)->length)
 #define Tcl_DStringValue(dsPtr) ((dsPtr)->string)
+#ifndef TCL_NO_DEPRECATED
+#   define Tcl_DStringTrunc Tcl_DStringSetLength
+#endif /* !TCL_NO_DEPRECATED */

 /*
 * Definitions for the maximum number of digits of precision that may be
- * produced by Tcl_PrintDouble, and the number of bytes of buffer space
- * required by Tcl_PrintDouble.
+ * specified in the "tcl_precision" variable, and the number of bytes of
+ * buffer space required by Tcl_PrintDouble.
 */

 #define TCL_MAX_PREC		17
@@ -931,6 +1118,17 @@ typedef struct Tcl_DString {

 #define TCL_ALLOW_INLINE_COMPILATION 0x20000

+/*
+ * The TCL_PARSE_PART1 flag is deprecated and has no effect. The part1 is now
+ * always parsed whenever the part2 is NULL. (This is to avoid a common error
+ * when converting code to use the new object based APIs and forgetting to
+ * give the flag)
+ */
+
+#ifndef TCL_NO_DEPRECATED
+#   define TCL_PARSE_PART1	0x400
+#endif /* !TCL_NO_DEPRECATED */
+
 /*
 * Types for linked variables:
 */
@@ -984,7 +1182,9 @@ struct Tcl_HashEntry {
    Tcl_HashEntry *nextPtr;	/* Pointer to next entry in this hash bucket,
 				 * or NULL for end of chain. */
    Tcl_HashTable *tablePtr;	/* Pointer to table containing entry. */
-    unsigned int hash;		/* Hash value. */
+    void *hash;			/* Hash value, stored as pointer to ensure
+				 * that the offsets of the fields in this
+				 * structure are not changed. */
    ClientData clientData;	/* Application stores something here with
 				 * Tcl_SetHashValue. */
    union {			/* Key has one of these forms: */
@@ -1079,10 +1279,10 @@ struct Tcl_HashTable {
 				 * table. */
    int rebuildSize;		/* Enlarge table when numEntries gets to be
 				 * this large. */
-    unsigned int mask;		/* Mask value used in hashing function. */
    int downShift;		/* Shift count used in hashing function.
 				 * Designed to use high-order bits of
 				 * randomized keys. */
+    int mask;			/* Mask value used in hashing function. */
    int keyType;		/* Type of keys used in this table. It's
 				 * either TCL_CUSTOM_KEYS, TCL_STRING_KEYS,
 				 * TCL_ONE_WORD_KEYS, or an integer giving the
@@ -1144,8 +1344,8 @@ typedef struct Tcl_HashSearch {
 typedef struct {
    void *next;			/* Search position for underlying hash
 				 * table. */
-    unsigned int epoch; 	/* Epoch marker for dictionary being searched,
-				 * or 0 if search has terminated. */
+    int epoch;			/* Epoch marker for dictionary being searched,
+				 * or -1 if search has terminated. */
    Tcl_Dict dictionaryPtr;	/* Reference to dictionary being searched. */
 } Tcl_DictSearch;

@@ -1203,8 +1403,8 @@ typedef struct Tcl_Time {
    long usec;			/* Microseconds. */
 } Tcl_Time;

-typedef void (Tcl_SetTimerProc) (const Tcl_Time *timePtr);
-typedef int (Tcl_WaitForEventProc) (const Tcl_Time *timePtr);
+typedef void (Tcl_SetTimerProc) (CONST86 Tcl_Time *timePtr);
+typedef int (Tcl_WaitForEventProc) (CONST86 Tcl_Time *timePtr);

 /*
 * TIP #233 (Virtualized Time)
@@ -1278,14 +1478,14 @@ typedef int	(Tcl_DriverClose2Proc) (ClientData instanceData,
 typedef int	(Tcl_DriverInputProc) (ClientData instanceData, char *buf,
 			int toRead, int *errorCodePtr);
 typedef int	(Tcl_DriverOutputProc) (ClientData instanceData,
-			const char *buf, int toWrite, int *errorCodePtr);
+			CONST84 char *buf, int toWrite, int *errorCodePtr);
 typedef int	(Tcl_DriverSeekProc) (ClientData instanceData, long offset,
 			int mode, int *errorCodePtr);
 typedef int	(Tcl_DriverSetOptionProc) (ClientData instanceData,
 			Tcl_Interp *interp, const char *optionName,
 			const char *value);
 typedef int	(Tcl_DriverGetOptionProc) (ClientData instanceData,
-			Tcl_Interp *interp, const char *optionName,
+			Tcl_Interp *interp, CONST84 char *optionName,
 			Tcl_DString *dsPtr);
 typedef void	(Tcl_DriverWatchProc) (ClientData instanceData, int mask);
 typedef int	(Tcl_DriverGetHandleProc) (ClientData instanceData,
@@ -1476,7 +1676,7 @@ typedef int (Tcl_FSNormalizePathProc) (Tcl_Interp *interp, Tcl_Obj *pathPtr,
 	int nextCheckpoint);
 typedef int (Tcl_FSFileAttrsGetProc) (Tcl_Interp *interp, int index,
 	Tcl_Obj *pathPtr, Tcl_Obj **objPtrRef);
-typedef const char *const * (Tcl_FSFileAttrStringsProc) (Tcl_Obj *pathPtr,
+typedef const char *CONST86 * (Tcl_FSFileAttrStringsProc) (Tcl_Obj *pathPtr,
 	Tcl_Obj **objPtrRef);
 typedef int (Tcl_FSFileAttrsSetProc) (Tcl_Interp *interp, int index,
 	Tcl_Obj *pathPtr, Tcl_Obj *objPtr);
@@ -2001,7 +2201,7 @@ typedef struct Tcl_EncodingType {
 */

 #ifndef TCL_UTF_MAX
-#define TCL_UTF_MAX		4
+#define TCL_UTF_MAX		3
 #endif

 /*
@@ -2063,8 +2263,6 @@ typedef struct mp_int mp_int;
 #define MP_INT_DECLARED
 typedef unsigned int mp_digit;
 #define MP_DIGIT_DECLARED
-typedef unsigned TCL_WIDE_INT_TYPE mp_word;
-#define MP_WORD_DECLARED

 /*
 *----------------------------------------------------------------------------
@@ -2191,10 +2389,10 @@ typedef int (Tcl_NRPostProc) (ClientData data[], Tcl_Interp *interp,
 /*
 *----------------------------------------------------------------------------
 * The following constant is used to test for older versions of Tcl in the
- * stubs tables. If TCL_UTF_MAX>4 use a different value.
+ * stubs tables.
 */

-#define TCL_STUB_MAGIC		((int) 0xFCA3BACF + (TCL_UTF_MAX>4))
+#define TCL_STUB_MAGIC		((int) 0xFCA3BACF)

 /*
 * The following function is required to be defined in all stubs aware
@@ -2209,27 +2407,14 @@ const char *		TclTomMathInitializeStubs(Tcl_Interp *interp,
 			    const char *version, int epoch, int revision);

 #ifdef USE_TCL_STUBS
-#if TCL_RELEASE_LEVEL == TCL_FINAL_RELEASE
-#   define Tcl_InitStubs(interp, version, exact) \
-	(Tcl_InitStubs)(interp, version, \
+#define Tcl_InitStubs(interp, version, exact) \
+    (Tcl_InitStubs)(interp, version, \
 	    (exact)|(TCL_MAJOR_VERSION<<8)|(TCL_MINOR_VERSION<<16), \
 	    TCL_STUB_MAGIC)
 #else
-#   define Tcl_InitStubs(interp, version, exact) \
-	(Tcl_InitStubs)(interp, TCL_PATCH_LEVEL, \
-	    1|(TCL_MAJOR_VERSION<<8)|(TCL_MINOR_VERSION<<16), \
-	    TCL_STUB_MAGIC)
-#endif
-#else
-#if TCL_RELEASE_LEVEL == TCL_FINAL_RELEASE
-#   define Tcl_InitStubs(interp, version, exact) \
-	Tcl_PkgInitStubsCheck(interp, version, \
-		(exact)|(TCL_MAJOR_VERSION<<8)|(TCL_MINOR_VERSION<<16))
-#else
-#   define Tcl_InitStubs(interp, version, exact) \
-	Tcl_PkgInitStubsCheck(interp, TCL_PATCH_LEVEL, \
-		1|(TCL_MAJOR_VERSION<<8)|(TCL_MINOR_VERSION<<16))
-#endif
+#define Tcl_InitStubs(interp, version, exact) \
+    Tcl_PkgInitStubsCheck(interp, version, \
+	    (exact)|(TCL_MAJOR_VERSION<<8)|(TCL_MINOR_VERSION<<16))
 #endif

 /*
@@ -2357,9 +2542,15 @@ EXTERN void		Tcl_GetMemoryInfo(Tcl_DString *dsPtr);
 #  undef  Tcl_NewDoubleObj
 #  define Tcl_NewDoubleObj(val) \
     Tcl_DbNewDoubleObj(val, __FILE__, __LINE__)
+#  undef  Tcl_NewIntObj
+#  define Tcl_NewIntObj(val) \
+     Tcl_DbNewLongObj(val, __FILE__, __LINE__)
 #  undef  Tcl_NewListObj
 #  define Tcl_NewListObj(objc, objv) \
     Tcl_DbNewListObj(objc, objv, __FILE__, __LINE__)
+#  undef  Tcl_NewLongObj
+#  define Tcl_NewLongObj(val) \
+     Tcl_DbNewLongObj(val, __FILE__, __LINE__)
 #  undef  Tcl_NewObj
 #  define Tcl_NewObj() \
     Tcl_DbNewObj(__FILE__, __LINE__)
@@ -2389,8 +2580,10 @@ EXTERN void		Tcl_GetMemoryInfo(Tcl_DString *dsPtr);
 * hash tables:
 */

+#undef  Tcl_FindHashEntry
 #define Tcl_FindHashEntry(tablePtr, key) \
 	(*((tablePtr)->findProc))(tablePtr, (const char *)(key))
+#undef  Tcl_CreateHashEntry
 #define Tcl_CreateHashEntry(tablePtr, key, newPtr) \
 	(*((tablePtr)->createProc))(tablePtr, (const char *)(key), newPtr)

@@ -2415,6 +2608,38 @@ EXTERN void		Tcl_GetMemoryInfo(Tcl_DString *dsPtr);
 #define Tcl_ConditionFinalize(condPtr)
 #endif /* TCL_THREADS */

+/*
+ *----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+ * Deprecated Tcl functions:
+ */
+
+#ifndef TCL_NO_DEPRECATED
+/*
+ * These function have been renamed. The old names are deprecated, but we
+ * define these macros for backwards compatibilty.
+ */
+
+#   define Tcl_Ckalloc		Tcl_Alloc
+#   define Tcl_Ckfree		Tcl_Free
+#   define Tcl_Ckrealloc	Tcl_Realloc
+#   define Tcl_Return		Tcl_SetResult
+#   define Tcl_TildeSubst	Tcl_TranslateFileName
+#if !defined(__APPLE__) /* On OSX, there is a conflict with "mach/mach.h" */
+#   define panic		Tcl_Panic
+#endif
+#   define panicVA		Tcl_PanicVA
+
+/*
+ *----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+ * Convenience declaration of Tcl_AppInit for backwards compatibility. This
+ * function is not *implemented* by the tcl library, so the storage class is
+ * neither DLLEXPORT nor DLLIMPORT.
+ */
+
+extern Tcl_AppInitProc Tcl_AppInit;
+
+#endif /* !TCL_NO_DEPRECATED */
+
 #endif /* RC_INVOKED */

 /*
@@ -661,14 +661,14 @@ mstats(

    fprintf(stderr, "\nused:\t");
    for (i = 0; i < NBUCKETS; i++) {
-	fprintf(stderr, " %" TCL_Z_MODIFIER "u", numMallocs[i]);
+	fprintf(stderr, " %" TCL_LL_MODIFIER "d", (Tcl_WideInt)numMallocs[i]);
 	totalUsed += numMallocs[i] * (1 << (i + 3));
    }

-    fprintf(stderr, "\n\tTotal small in use: %" TCL_Z_MODIFIER "u, total free: %" TCL_Z_MODIFIER "u\n",
-	totalUsed, totalFree);
-    fprintf(stderr, "\n\tNumber of big (>%d) blocks in use: %" TCL_Z_MODIFIER "u\n",
-	    MAXMALLOC, numMallocs[NBUCKETS]);
+    fprintf(stderr, "\n\tTotal small in use: %" TCL_LL_MODIFIER "d, total free: %" TCL_LL_MODIFIER "d\n",
+	(Tcl_WideInt)totalUsed, (Tcl_WideInt)totalFree);
+    fprintf(stderr, "\n\tNumber of big (>%d) blocks in use: %" TCL_LL_MODIFIER "d\n",
+	    MAXMALLOC, (Tcl_WideInt)numMallocs[NBUCKETS]);

    Tcl_MutexUnlock(allocMutexPtr);
 }
@@ -406,6 +406,7 @@ static const TalInstDesc TalInstructionTable[] = {
    {"jumpTrue",	ASSEM_JUMP,	INST_JUMP_TRUE1,	1,	0},
    {"jumpTrue4",	ASSEM_JUMP4,	INST_JUMP_TRUE4,	1,	0},
    {"label",		ASSEM_LABEL,	0,			0,	0},
+    {"land",		ASSEM_1BYTE,	INST_LAND,		2,	1},
    {"lappend",		ASSEM_LVT,	(INST_LAPPEND_SCALAR1<<8
 					 | INST_LAPPEND_SCALAR4),
 								1,	1},
@@ -433,6 +434,7 @@ static const TalInstDesc TalInstructionTable[] = {
 					 | INST_LOAD_ARRAY4),	1,	1},
    {"loadArrayStk",	ASSEM_1BYTE,	INST_LOAD_ARRAY_STK,	2,	1},
    {"loadStk",		ASSEM_1BYTE,	INST_LOAD_STK,		1,	1},
+    {"lor",		ASSEM_1BYTE,	INST_LOR,		2,	1},
    {"lsetFlat",	ASSEM_LSET_FLAT,INST_LSET_FLAT,		INT_MIN,1},
    {"lsetList",	ASSEM_1BYTE,	INST_LSET_LIST,		3,	1},
    {"lshift",		ASSEM_1BYTE,	INST_LSHIFT,		2,	1},
@@ -2244,24 +2246,23 @@ GetListIndexOperand(
    Tcl_Token* tokenPtr = *tokenPtrPtr;
 				/* INOUT: Pointer to the next token in the
 				 * source code */
-    Tcl_Obj *value;
-    int status;
+    Tcl_Obj* intObj;		/* Integer from the source code */
+    int status;			/* Tcl status return */

-    /* General operand validity check */
-    if (GetNextOperand(assemEnvPtr, tokenPtrPtr, &value) != TCL_OK) {
+    /*
+     * Extract the next token as a string.
+     */
+
+    if (GetNextOperand(assemEnvPtr, tokenPtrPtr, &intObj) != TCL_OK) {
 	return TCL_ERROR;
    }
-     
-    /* Convert to an integer, advance to the next token and return. */
-    /*
-     * NOTE: Indexing a list with an index before it yields the
-     * same result as indexing after it, and might be more easily portable
-     * when list size limits grow.
-     */
-    status = TclIndexEncode(interp, value,
-	    TCL_INDEX_BEFORE,TCL_INDEX_BEFORE, result);

-    Tcl_DecrRefCount(value);
+    /*
+     * Convert to an integer, advance to the next token and return.
+     */
+
+    status = TclGetIntForIndex(interp, intObj, -2, result);
+    Tcl_DecrRefCount(intObj);
    *tokenPtrPtr = TokenAfter(tokenPtr);
    return status;
 }
@@ -4265,7 +4266,7 @@ AddBasicBlockRangeToErrorInfo(
    Tcl_AppendObjToErrorInfo(interp, lineNo);
    Tcl_AddErrorInfo(interp, " and ");
    if (bbPtr->successor1 != NULL) {
-	TclSetIntObj(lineNo, bbPtr->successor1->startLine);
+	TclSetLongObj(lineNo, bbPtr->successor1->startLine);
 	Tcl_AppendObjToErrorInfo(interp, lineNo);
    } else {
 	Tcl_AddErrorInfo(interp, "end of assembly code");
@@ -267,7 +267,7 @@ const Tcl_ObjType tclByteArrayType = {
 * fewer mallocs.
 */

-typedef struct {
+typedef struct ByteArray {
    int used;			/* The number of bytes used in the byte
 				 * array. */
    int allocated;		/* The amount of space actually allocated
@@ -536,7 +536,7 @@ SetByteArrayFromAny(
    const char *src, *srcEnd;
    unsigned char *dst;
    ByteArray *byteArrayPtr;
-    Tcl_UniChar ch = 0;
+    Tcl_UniChar ch;

    if (objPtr->typePtr == &properByteArrayType) {
 	return TCL_OK;
@@ -1300,7 +1300,7 @@ BinaryFormatCmd(

 badField:
    {
-	Tcl_UniChar ch = 0;
+	Tcl_UniChar ch;
 	char buf[TCL_UTF_MAX + 1];

 	TclUtfToUniChar(errorString, &ch);
@@ -1634,10 +1634,19 @@ BinaryScanCmd(
 	    break;
 	case '@':
 	    if (count == BINARY_NOCOUNT) {
-		DeleteScanNumberCache(numberCachePtr);
-		goto badCount;
-	    }
-	    if ((count == BINARY_ALL) || (count > length)) {
+		if (arg >= objc) {
+		    DeleteScanNumberCache(numberCachePtr);
+		    goto badIndex;
+		}
+		valuePtr = Tcl_NewIntObj(offset);
+		resultPtr = Tcl_ObjSetVar2(interp, objv[arg], NULL,
+			valuePtr, TCL_LEAVE_ERR_MSG);
+		arg++;
+		if (resultPtr == NULL) {
+		    DeleteScanNumberCache(numberCachePtr);
+		    return TCL_ERROR;
+		}
+	    } else if ((count == BINARY_ALL) || (count > length)) {
 		offset = length;
 	    } else {
 		offset = count;
@@ -1660,17 +1669,13 @@ BinaryScanCmd(

    return TCL_OK;

- badCount:
-    errorString = "missing count for \"@\" field specifier";
-    goto error;
-
 badIndex:
    errorString = "not enough arguments for all format specifiers";
    goto error;

 badField:
    {
-	Tcl_UniChar ch = 0;
+	Tcl_UniChar ch;
 	char buf[TCL_UTF_MAX + 1];

 	TclUtfToUniChar(errorString, &ch);
@@ -2284,7 +2289,7 @@ ScanNumber(
 	    Tcl_Obj *bigObj = NULL;
 	    mp_int big;

-	    TclInitBignumFromWideUInt(&big, uwvalue);
+	    TclBNInitBignumFromWideUInt(&big, uwvalue);
 	    bigObj = Tcl_NewBignumObj(&big);
 	    return bigObj;
 	}
@@ -33,7 +33,7 @@
 * "memory tag" command is invoked, to hold the current tag.
 */

-typedef struct {
+typedef struct MemTag {
    size_t refCount;		/* Number of mem_headers referencing this
 				 * tag. */
    char string[1];		/* Actual size of string will be as large as
@@ -187,15 +187,15 @@ TclDumpMemoryInfo(
 	    "total mallocs             %10u\n"
 	    "total frees               %10u\n"
 	    "current packets allocated %10u\n"
-	    "current bytes allocated   %10" TCL_Z_MODIFIER "u\n"
+	    "current bytes allocated   %10" TCL_LL_MODIFIER "u\n"
 	    "maximum packets allocated %10u\n"
-	    "maximum bytes allocated   %10" TCL_Z_MODIFIER "u\n",
+	    "maximum bytes allocated   %10" TCL_LL_MODIFIER "u\n",
 	    total_mallocs,
 	    total_frees,
 	    current_malloc_packets,
-	    current_bytes_malloced,
+	    (Tcl_WideInt)current_bytes_malloced,
 	    maximum_malloc_packets,
-	    maximum_bytes_malloced);
+	    (Tcl_WideInt)maximum_bytes_malloced);
    if (flags == 0) {
 	fprintf((FILE *)clientData, "%s", buf);
    } else {
@@ -254,7 +254,7 @@ ValidateMemory(
 	fprintf(stderr, "low guard failed at %p, %s %d\n",
 		memHeaderP->body, file, line);
 	fflush(stderr);			/* In case name pointer is bad. */
-	fprintf(stderr, "%" TCL_Z_MODIFIER "u bytes allocated at (%s %d)\n", memHeaderP->length,
+	fprintf(stderr, "%" TCL_LL_MODIFIER "d bytes allocated at (%s %d)\n", (Tcl_WideInt) memHeaderP->length,
 		memHeaderP->file, memHeaderP->line);
 	Tcl_Panic("Memory validation failure");
    }
@@ -276,8 +276,8 @@ ValidateMemory(
 	fprintf(stderr, "high guard failed at %p, %s %d\n",
 		memHeaderP->body, file, line);
 	fflush(stderr);			/* In case name pointer is bad. */
-	fprintf(stderr, "%" TCL_Z_MODIFIER "u bytes allocated at (%s %d)\n",
-		memHeaderP->length, memHeaderP->file,
+	fprintf(stderr, "%" TCL_LL_MODIFIER "d bytes allocated at (%s %d)\n",
+		(Tcl_WideInt)memHeaderP->length, memHeaderP->file,
 		memHeaderP->line);
 	Tcl_Panic("Memory validation failure");
    }
@@ -359,9 +359,9 @@ Tcl_DumpActiveMemory(
    Tcl_MutexLock(ckallocMutexPtr);
    for (memScanP = allocHead; memScanP != NULL; memScanP = memScanP->flink) {
 	address = &memScanP->body[0];
-	fprintf(fileP, "%p - %p  %" TCL_Z_MODIFIER "u @ %s %d %s",
+	fprintf(fileP, "%p - %p  %" TCL_LL_MODIFIER "d @ %s %d %s",
 		address, address + memScanP->length - 1,
-		memScanP->length, memScanP->file, memScanP->line,
+		(Tcl_WideInt)memScanP->length, memScanP->file, memScanP->line,
 		(memScanP->tagPtr == NULL) ? "" : memScanP->tagPtr->string);
 	(void) fputc('\n', fileP);
    }
@@ -611,8 +611,8 @@ Tcl_DbCkfree(
    memp = (struct mem_header *) (((size_t) ptr) - BODY_OFFSET);

    if (alloc_tracing) {
-	fprintf(stderr, "ckfree %p %" TCL_Z_MODIFIER "u %s %d\n",
-		memp->body, memp->length, file, line);
+	fprintf(stderr, "ckfree %p %" TCL_LL_MODIFIER "d %s %d\n",
+		memp->body, (Tcl_WideInt) memp->length, file, line);
    }

    if (validate_memory) {
@@ -859,12 +859,12 @@ MemoryCmd(
    }
    if (strcmp(argv[1],"info") == 0) {
 	Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_ObjPrintf(
-		"%-25s %10u\n%-25s %10u\n%-25s %10u\n%-25s %10" TCL_Z_MODIFIER"u\n%-25s %10u\n%-25s %10" TCL_Z_MODIFIER "u\n",
+		"%-25s %10u\n%-25s %10u\n%-25s %10u\n%-25s %10" TCL_LL_MODIFIER"d\n%-25s %10u\n%-25s %10" TCL_LL_MODIFIER "d\n",
 		"total mallocs", total_mallocs, "total frees", total_frees,
 		"current packets allocated", current_malloc_packets,
-		"current bytes allocated", current_bytes_malloced,
+		"current bytes allocated", (Tcl_WideInt)current_bytes_malloced,
 		"maximum packets allocated", maximum_malloc_packets,
-		"maximum bytes allocated", maximum_bytes_malloced));
+		"maximum bytes allocated", (Tcl_WideInt)maximum_bytes_malloced));
 	return TCL_OK;
    }
    if (strcmp(argv[1], "init") == 0) {
@@ -147,6 +147,143 @@ Tcl_BreakObjCmd(
    return TCL_BREAK;
 }

+/*
+ *----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ *
+ * Tcl_CaseObjCmd --
+ *
+ *	This procedure is invoked to process the "case" Tcl command. See the
+ *	user documentation for details on what it does. THIS COMMAND IS
+ *	OBSOLETE AND DEPRECATED. SLATED FOR REMOVAL IN TCL 9.0.
+ *
+ * Results:
+ *	A standard Tcl object result.
+ *
+ * Side effects:
+ *	See the user documentation.
+ *
+ *----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ */
+#ifndef TCL_NO_DEPRECATED
+	/* ARGSUSED */
+int
+Tcl_CaseObjCmd(
+    ClientData dummy,		/* Not used. */
+    Tcl_Interp *interp,		/* Current interpreter. */
+    int objc,			/* Number of arguments. */
+    Tcl_Obj *const objv[])	/* Argument objects. */
+{
+    register int i;
+    int body, result, caseObjc;
+    const char *stringPtr, *arg;
+    Tcl_Obj *const *caseObjv;
+    Tcl_Obj *armPtr;
+
+    if (objc < 3) {
+	Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 1, objv,
+		"string ?in? ?pattern body ...? ?default body?");
+	return TCL_ERROR;
+    }
+
+    stringPtr = TclGetString(objv[1]);
+    body = -1;
+
+    arg = TclGetString(objv[2]);
+    if (strcmp(arg, "in") == 0) {
+	i = 3;
+    } else {
+	i = 2;
+    }
+    caseObjc = objc - i;
+    caseObjv = objv + i;
+
+    /*
+     * If all of the pattern/command pairs are lumped into a single argument,
+     * split them out again.
+     */
+
+    if (caseObjc == 1) {
+	Tcl_Obj **newObjv;
+
+	TclListObjGetElements(interp, caseObjv[0], &caseObjc, &newObjv);
+	caseObjv = newObjv;
+    }
+
+    for (i = 0;  i < caseObjc;  i += 2) {
+	int patObjc, j;
+	const char **patObjv;
+	const char *pat, *p;
+
+	if (i == caseObjc-1) {
+	    Tcl_ResetResult(interp);
+	    Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_NewStringObj(
+		    "extra case pattern with no body", -1));
+	    return TCL_ERROR;
+	}
+
+	/*
+	 * Check for special case of single pattern (no list) with no
+	 * backslash sequences.
+	 */
+
+	pat = TclGetString(caseObjv[i]);
+	for (p = pat; *p != '\0'; p++) {
+	    if (TclIsSpaceProc(*p) || (*p == '\\')) {
+		break;
+	    }
+	}
+	if (*p == '\0') {
+	    if ((*pat == 'd') && (strcmp(pat, "default") == 0)) {
+		body = i + 1;
+	    }
+	    if (Tcl_StringMatch(stringPtr, pat)) {
+		body = i + 1;
+		goto match;
+	    }
+	    continue;
+	}
+
+	/*
+	 * Break up pattern lists, then check each of the patterns in the
+	 * list.
+	 */
+
+	result = Tcl_SplitList(interp, pat, &patObjc, &patObjv);
+	if (result != TCL_OK) {
+	    return result;
+	}
+	for (j = 0; j < patObjc; j++) {
+	    if (Tcl_StringMatch(stringPtr, patObjv[j])) {
+		body = i + 1;
+		break;
+	    }
+	}
+	ckfree(patObjv);
+	if (j < patObjc) {
+	    break;
+	}
+    }
+
+  match:
+    if (body != -1) {
+	armPtr = caseObjv[body - 1];
+	result = Tcl_EvalObjEx(interp, caseObjv[body], 0);
+	if (result == TCL_ERROR) {
+	    Tcl_AppendObjToErrorInfo(interp, Tcl_ObjPrintf(
+		    "\n    (\"%.50s\" arm line %d)",
+		    TclGetString(armPtr), Tcl_GetErrorLine(interp)));
+	}
+	return result;
+    }
+
+    /*
+     * Nothing matched: return nothing.
+     */
+
+    return TCL_OK;
+}
+#endif /* !TCL_NO_DEPRECATED */
+
 /*
 *----------------------------------------------------------------------
 *
@@ -56,7 +56,7 @@ typedef int (*SortMemCmpFn_t) (const void *, const void *, size_t);
 * The following structure is used to pass this information.
 */

-typedef struct {
+typedef struct SortInfo {
    int isIncreasing;		/* Nonzero means sort in increasing order. */
    int sortMode;		/* The sort mode. One of SORTMODE_* values
 				 * defined below. */
@@ -64,9 +64,8 @@ typedef struct {
 				 * SORTMODE_COMMAND. Pre-initialized to hold
 				 * base of command. */
    int *indexv;		/* If the -index option was specified, this
-				 * holds an encoding of the indexes contained
-				 * in the list supplied as an argument to
-				 * that option.
+				 * holds the indexes contained in the list
+				 * supplied as an argument to that option.
 				 * NULL if no indexes supplied, and points to
 				 * singleIndex field when only one
 				 * supplied. */
@@ -93,6 +92,14 @@ typedef struct {
 #define SORTMODE_DICTIONARY	4
 #define SORTMODE_ASCII_NC	8

+/*
+ * Magic values for the index field of the SortInfo structure. Note that the
+ * index "end-1" will be translated to SORTIDX_END-1, etc.
+ */
+
+#define SORTIDX_NONE	-1	/* Not indexed; use whole value. */
+#define SORTIDX_END	-2	/* Indexed from end. */
+
 /*
 * Forward declarations for procedures defined in this file:
 */
@@ -2153,7 +2160,7 @@ Tcl_JoinObjCmd(
    int objc,			/* Number of arguments. */
    Tcl_Obj *const objv[])	/* The argument objects. */
 {
-    int length, listLen;
+    int listLen;
    Tcl_Obj *resObjPtr = NULL, *joinObjPtr, **elemPtrs;

    if ((objc < 2) || (objc > 3)) {
@@ -2184,9 +2191,9 @@ Tcl_JoinObjCmd(
    joinObjPtr = (objc == 2) ? Tcl_NewStringObj(" ", 1) : objv[2];
    Tcl_IncrRefCount(joinObjPtr);

-    (void) Tcl_GetStringFromObj(joinObjPtr, &length);
-    if (length == 0) {
-	resObjPtr = TclStringCat(interp, listLen, elemPtrs, 0);
+    if (Tcl_GetCharLength(joinObjPtr) == 0) {
+	TclStringCatObjv(interp, /* inPlace */ 0, listLen, elemPtrs,
+		&resObjPtr);
    } else {
 	int i;

@@ -2536,6 +2543,7 @@ Tcl_LrangeObjCmd(
    register Tcl_Obj *const objv[])
 				/* Argument objects. */
 {
+    Tcl_Obj **elemPtrs;
    int listLen, first, last, result;

    if (objc != 4) {
@@ -2553,14 +2561,55 @@ Tcl_LrangeObjCmd(
    if (result != TCL_OK) {
 	return result;
    }
+    if (first < 0) {
+	first = 0;
+    }

    result = TclGetIntForIndexM(interp, objv[3], /*endValue*/ listLen - 1,
 	    &last);
    if (result != TCL_OK) {
 	return result;
    }
+    if (last >= listLen) {
+	last = listLen - 1;
+    }
+
+    if (first > last) {
+	/*
+	 * Returning an empty list is easy.
+	 */
+
+	return TCL_OK;
+    }
+
+    result = TclListObjGetElements(interp, objv[1], &listLen, &elemPtrs);
+    if (result != TCL_OK) {
+	return result;
+    }
+
+    if (Tcl_IsShared(objv[1]) ||
+	    ((ListRepPtr(objv[1])->refCount > 1))) {
+	Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_NewListObj(last - first + 1,
+		&elemPtrs[first]));
+    } else {
+	/*
+	 * In-place is possible.
+	 */
+
+	if (last < (listLen - 1)) {
+	    Tcl_ListObjReplace(interp, objv[1], last + 1, listLen - 1 - last,
+		    0, NULL);
+	}
+
+	/*
+	 * This one is not conditioned on (first > 0) in order to preserve the
+	 * string-canonizing effect of [lrange 0 end].
+	 */
+
+	Tcl_ListObjReplace(interp, objv[1], 0, first, 0, NULL);
+	Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, objv[1]);
+    }

-    Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, TclListObjRange(objv[1], first, last));
    return TCL_OK;
 }

@@ -2738,7 +2787,7 @@ Tcl_LreplaceObjCmd(
     * (to allow for replacing the last elem).
     */

-    if ((first >= listLen) && (listLen > 0)) {
+    if ((first > listLen) && (listLen > 0)) {
 	Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_ObjPrintf(
 		"list doesn't contain element %s", TclGetString(objv[2])));
 	Tcl_SetErrorCode(interp, "TCL", "OPERATION", "LREPLACE", "BADIDX",
@@ -2889,21 +2938,20 @@ Tcl_LsearchObjCmd(
    Tcl_Obj *const objv[])	/* Argument values. */
 {
    const char *bytes, *patternBytes;
-    int i, match, index, result=TCL_OK, listc, length, elemLen, bisect;
-    int allocatedIndexVector = 0;
-    int dataType, isIncreasing, lower, upper, start, groupSize, groupOffset;
+    int i, match, index, result, listc, length, elemLen, bisect;
+    int dataType, isIncreasing, lower, upper, offset;
    Tcl_WideInt patWide, objWide;
    int allMatches, inlineReturn, negatedMatch, returnSubindices, noCase;
    double patDouble, objDouble;
    SortInfo sortInfo;
    Tcl_Obj *patObj, **listv, *listPtr, *startPtr, *itemPtr;
-    SortStrCmpFn_t strCmpFn = TclUtfCmp;
+    SortStrCmpFn_t strCmpFn = strcmp;
    Tcl_RegExp regexp = NULL;
    static const char *const options[] = {
 	"-all",	    "-ascii",   "-bisect", "-decreasing", "-dictionary",
 	"-exact",   "-glob",    "-increasing", "-index",
 	"-inline",  "-integer", "-nocase",     "-not",
-	"-real",    "-regexp",  "-sorted",     "-start", "-stride",
+	"-real",    "-regexp",  "-sorted",     "-start",
 	"-subindices", NULL
    };
    enum options {
@@ -2911,7 +2959,7 @@ Tcl_LsearchObjCmd(
 	LSEARCH_DICTIONARY, LSEARCH_EXACT, LSEARCH_GLOB, LSEARCH_INCREASING,
 	LSEARCH_INDEX, LSEARCH_INLINE, LSEARCH_INTEGER, LSEARCH_NOCASE,
 	LSEARCH_NOT, LSEARCH_REAL, LSEARCH_REGEXP, LSEARCH_SORTED,
-	LSEARCH_START, LSEARCH_STRIDE, LSEARCH_SUBINDICES
+	LSEARCH_START, LSEARCH_SUBINDICES
    };
    enum datatypes {
 	ASCII, DICTIONARY, INTEGER, REAL
@@ -2931,9 +2979,7 @@ Tcl_LsearchObjCmd(
    bisect = 0;
    listPtr = NULL;
    startPtr = NULL;
-    groupSize = 1;
-    groupOffset = 0;
-    start = 0;
+    offset = 0;
    noCase = 0;
    sortInfo.compareCmdPtr = NULL;
    sortInfo.isIncreasing = 1;
@@ -2951,6 +2997,9 @@ Tcl_LsearchObjCmd(
    for (i = 1; i < objc-2; i++) {
 	if (Tcl_GetIndexFromObj(interp, objv[i], options, "option", 0, &index)
 		!= TCL_OK) {
+	    if (startPtr != NULL) {
+		Tcl_DecrRefCount(startPtr);
+	    }
 	    result = TCL_ERROR;
 	    goto done;
 	}
@@ -3015,7 +3064,6 @@ Tcl_LsearchObjCmd(

 	    if (startPtr != NULL) {
 		Tcl_DecrRefCount(startPtr);
-		startPtr = NULL;
 	    }
 	    if (i > objc-4) {
 		Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_NewStringObj(
@@ -3036,47 +3084,25 @@ Tcl_LsearchObjCmd(
 		startPtr = Tcl_DuplicateObj(objv[i]);
 	    } else {
 		startPtr = objv[i];
+		Tcl_IncrRefCount(startPtr);
 	    }
-	    Tcl_IncrRefCount(startPtr);
-	    break;
-	case LSEARCH_STRIDE:		/* -stride */
-	    if (i > objc-4) {
-		Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_NewStringObj(
-			"\"-stride\" option must be "
-			"followed by stride length", -1));
-		Tcl_SetErrorCode(interp, "TCL", "ARGUMENT", "MISSING", NULL);
-		result = TCL_ERROR;
-		goto done;
-	    }
-	    if (Tcl_GetIntFromObj(interp, objv[i+1], &groupSize) != TCL_OK) {
-		result = TCL_ERROR;
-		goto done;
-	    }
-	    if (groupSize < 1) {
-		Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_NewStringObj(
-			"stride length must be at least 1", -1));
-		Tcl_SetErrorCode(interp, "TCL", "OPERATION", "LSORT",
-			"BADSTRIDE", NULL);
-		result = TCL_ERROR;
-		goto done;
-	    }
-	    i++;
 	    break;
 	case LSEARCH_INDEX: {		/* -index */
 	    Tcl_Obj **indices;
 	    int j;

-	    if (allocatedIndexVector) {
+	    if (sortInfo.indexc > 1) {
 		TclStackFree(interp, sortInfo.indexv);
-		allocatedIndexVector = 0;
 	    }
 	    if (i > objc-4) {
+		if (startPtr != NULL) {
+		    Tcl_DecrRefCount(startPtr);
+		}
 		Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_NewStringObj(
 			"\"-index\" option must be followed by list index",
 			-1));
 		Tcl_SetErrorCode(interp, "TCL", "ARGUMENT", "MISSING", NULL);
-		result = TCL_ERROR;
-		goto done;
+		return TCL_ERROR;
 	    }

 	    /*
@@ -3088,8 +3114,10 @@ Tcl_LsearchObjCmd(
 	    i++;
 	    if (TclListObjGetElements(interp, objv[i],
 		    &sortInfo.indexc, &indices) != TCL_OK) {
-		result = TCL_ERROR;
-		goto done;
+		if (startPtr != NULL) {
+		    Tcl_DecrRefCount(startPtr);
+		}
+		return TCL_ERROR;
 	    }
 	    switch (sortInfo.indexc) {
 	    case 0:
@@ -3101,8 +3129,6 @@ Tcl_LsearchObjCmd(
 	    default:
 		sortInfo.indexv =
 			TclStackAlloc(interp, sizeof(int) * sortInfo.indexc);
-		allocatedIndexVector = 1; /* Cannot use indexc field, as it
-					   * might be decreased by 1 later. */
 	    }

 	    /*
@@ -3112,26 +3138,13 @@ Tcl_LsearchObjCmd(
 	     */

 	    for (j=0 ; j<sortInfo.indexc ; j++) {
-		int encoded = 0;
-		if (TclIndexEncode(interp, indices[j], TCL_INDEX_BEFORE,
-			TCL_INDEX_AFTER, &encoded) != TCL_OK) {
-		    result = TCL_ERROR;
-		}
-		if ((encoded == TCL_INDEX_BEFORE)
-			|| (encoded == TCL_INDEX_AFTER)) {
-		    Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_ObjPrintf(
-			    "index \"%s\" cannot select an element "
-			    "from any list", Tcl_GetString(indices[j])));
-		    Tcl_SetErrorCode(interp, "TCL", "VALUE", "INDEX"
-			    "OUTOFRANGE", NULL);
-		    result = TCL_ERROR;
-		}
-		if (result == TCL_ERROR) {
+		if (TclGetIntForIndexM(interp, indices[j], SORTIDX_END,
+			&sortInfo.indexv[j]) != TCL_OK) {
 		    Tcl_AppendObjToErrorInfo(interp, Tcl_ObjPrintf(
 			    "\n    (-index option item number %d)", j));
+		    result = TCL_ERROR;
 		    goto done;
 		}
-		sortInfo.indexv[j] = encoded;
 	    }
 	    break;
 	}
@@ -3143,12 +3156,14 @@ Tcl_LsearchObjCmd(
     */

    if (returnSubindices && sortInfo.indexc==0) {
+	if (startPtr != NULL) {
+	    Tcl_DecrRefCount(startPtr);
+	}
 	Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_NewStringObj(
 		"-subindices cannot be used without -index option", -1));
 	Tcl_SetErrorCode(interp, "TCL", "OPERATION", "LSEARCH",
 		"BAD_OPTION_MIX", NULL);
-	result = TCL_ERROR;
-	goto done;
+	return TCL_ERROR;
    }

    if (bisect && (allMatches || negatedMatch)) {
@@ -3156,8 +3171,7 @@ Tcl_LsearchObjCmd(
 		"-bisect is not compatible with -all or -not", -1));
 	Tcl_SetErrorCode(interp, "TCL", "OPERATION", "LSEARCH",
 		"BAD_OPTION_MIX", NULL);
-	result = TCL_ERROR;
-	goto done;
+	return TCL_ERROR;
    }

    if (mode == REGEXP) {
@@ -3183,6 +3197,9 @@ Tcl_LsearchObjCmd(
 	}

 	if (regexp == NULL) {
+	    if (startPtr != NULL) {
+		Tcl_DecrRefCount(startPtr);
+	    }
 	    result = TCL_ERROR;
 	    goto done;
 	}
@@ -3195,64 +3212,24 @@ Tcl_LsearchObjCmd(

    result = TclListObjGetElements(interp, objv[objc - 2], &listc, &listv);
    if (result != TCL_OK) {
+	if (startPtr != NULL) {
+	    Tcl_DecrRefCount(startPtr);
+	}
 	goto done;
    }

-    /*
-     * Check for sanity when grouping elements of the overall list together
-     * because of the -stride option. [TIP #351]
-     */
-
-    if (groupSize > 1) {
-	if (listc % groupSize) {
-	    Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_NewStringObj(
-		    "list size must be a multiple of the stride length",
-		    -1));
-	    Tcl_SetErrorCode(interp, "TCL", "OPERATION", "LSEARCH", "BADSTRIDE",
-		    NULL);
-	    result = TCL_ERROR;
-	    goto done;
-	}
-	if (sortInfo.indexc > 0) {
-	    /*
-	     * Use the first value in the list supplied to -index as the
-	     * offset of the element within each group by which to sort.
-	     */
-
-	    groupOffset = TclIndexDecode(sortInfo.indexv[0], groupSize - 1);
-	    if (groupOffset < 0 || groupOffset >= groupSize) {
-		Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_NewStringObj(
-			"when used with \"-stride\", the leading \"-index\""
-			" value must be within the group", -1));
-		Tcl_SetErrorCode(interp, "TCL", "OPERATION", "LSEARCH",
-			"BADINDEX", NULL);
-		result = TCL_ERROR;
-		goto done;
-	    }
-	    if (sortInfo.indexc == 1) {
-		sortInfo.indexc = 0;
-		sortInfo.indexv = NULL;
-	    } else {
-		sortInfo.indexc--;
-
-		for (i = 0; i < sortInfo.indexc; i++) {
-		    sortInfo.indexv[i] = sortInfo.indexv[i+1];
-		}
-	    }
-	}
-    }
-
    /*
     * Get the user-specified start offset.
     */

    if (startPtr) {
-	result = TclGetIntForIndexM(interp, startPtr, listc-1, &start);
+	result = TclGetIntForIndexM(interp, startPtr, listc-1, &offset);
+	Tcl_DecrRefCount(startPtr);
 	if (result != TCL_OK) {
 	    goto done;
 	}
-	if (start < 0) {
-	    start = 0;
+	if (offset < 0) {
+	    offset = 0;
 	}

 	/*
@@ -3260,21 +3237,16 @@ Tcl_LsearchObjCmd(
 	 * "did not match anything at all" result straight away. [Bug 1374778]
 	 */

-	if (start > listc-1) {
+	if (offset > listc-1) {
+	    if (sortInfo.indexc > 1) {
+		TclStackFree(interp, sortInfo.indexv);
+	    }
 	    if (allMatches || inlineReturn) {
 		Tcl_ResetResult(interp);
 	    } else {
 		Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_NewIntObj(-1));
 	    }
-	    goto done;
-	}
-
-	/*
-	 * If start points within a group, it points to the start of the group.
-	 */
-
-	if (groupSize > 1) {
-	    start -= (start % groupSize);
+	    return TCL_OK;
 	}
    }

@@ -3333,23 +3305,18 @@ Tcl_LsearchObjCmd(
 	 * sense in doing this when the match sense is inverted.
 	 */

-	/* 
-	 * With -stride, lower, upper and i are kept as multiples of groupSize.
-	 */
-
-	lower = start - groupSize;
+	lower = offset - 1;
 	upper = listc;
-	while (lower + groupSize != upper && sortInfo.resultCode == TCL_OK) {
+	while (lower + 1 != upper && sortInfo.resultCode == TCL_OK) {
 	    i = (lower + upper)/2;
-	    i -= i % groupSize;
 	    if (sortInfo.indexc != 0) {
-		itemPtr = SelectObjFromSublist(listv[i+groupOffset], &sortInfo);
+		itemPtr = SelectObjFromSublist(listv[i], &sortInfo);
 		if (sortInfo.resultCode != TCL_OK) {
 		    result = sortInfo.resultCode;
 		    goto done;
 		}
 	    } else {
-		itemPtr = listv[i+groupOffset];
+		itemPtr = listv[i];
 	    }
 	    switch ((enum datatypes) dataType) {
 	    case ASCII:
@@ -3438,10 +3405,10 @@ Tcl_LsearchObjCmd(
 	if (allMatches) {
 	    listPtr = Tcl_NewListObj(0, NULL);
 	}
-	for (i = start; i < listc; i += groupSize) {
+	for (i = offset; i < listc; i++) {
 	    match = 0;
 	    if (sortInfo.indexc != 0) {
-		itemPtr = SelectObjFromSublist(listv[i+groupOffset], &sortInfo);
+		itemPtr = SelectObjFromSublist(listv[i], &sortInfo);
 		if (sortInfo.resultCode != TCL_OK) {
 		    if (listPtr != NULL) {
 			Tcl_DecrRefCount(listPtr);
@@ -3450,7 +3417,7 @@ Tcl_LsearchObjCmd(
 		    goto done;
 		}
 	    } else {
-		itemPtr = listv[i+groupOffset];
+		itemPtr = listv[i];
 	    }

 	    switch (mode) {
@@ -3540,23 +3507,18 @@ Tcl_LsearchObjCmd(
 		 */

 		if (returnSubindices && (sortInfo.indexc != 0)) {
-		    itemPtr = SelectObjFromSublist(listv[i+groupOffset],
-			    &sortInfo);
-		    Tcl_ListObjAppendElement(interp, listPtr, itemPtr);
-		} else if (groupSize > 1) {
-		    Tcl_ListObjReplace(interp, listPtr, LIST_MAX, 0,
-			    groupSize, &listv[i]);
+		    itemPtr = SelectObjFromSublist(listv[i], &sortInfo);
 		} else {
 		    itemPtr = listv[i];
-		    Tcl_ListObjAppendElement(interp, listPtr, itemPtr);
 		}
+		Tcl_ListObjAppendElement(interp, listPtr, itemPtr);
 	    } else if (returnSubindices) {
 		int j;

-		itemPtr = Tcl_NewIntObj(i+groupOffset);
+		itemPtr = Tcl_NewIntObj(i);
 		for (j=0 ; j<sortInfo.indexc ; j++) {
-		    Tcl_ListObjAppendElement(interp, itemPtr, Tcl_NewIntObj(
-			    TclIndexDecode(sortInfo.indexv[j], listc)));
+		    Tcl_ListObjAppendElement(interp, itemPtr,
+			    Tcl_NewIntObj(sortInfo.indexv[j]));
 		}
 		Tcl_ListObjAppendElement(interp, listPtr, itemPtr);
 	    } else {
@@ -3575,10 +3537,10 @@ Tcl_LsearchObjCmd(
 	if (returnSubindices) {
 	    int j;

-	    itemPtr = Tcl_NewIntObj(index+groupOffset);
+	    itemPtr = Tcl_NewIntObj(index);
 	    for (j=0 ; j<sortInfo.indexc ; j++) {
-		Tcl_ListObjAppendElement(interp, itemPtr, Tcl_NewIntObj(
-			TclIndexDecode(sortInfo.indexv[j], listc)));
+		Tcl_ListObjAppendElement(interp, itemPtr,
+			Tcl_NewIntObj(sortInfo.indexv[j]));
 	    }
 	    Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, itemPtr);
 	} else {
@@ -3592,14 +3554,7 @@ Tcl_LsearchObjCmd(

 	Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_NewObj());
    } else {
-	if (returnSubindices) {
-	    Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, SelectObjFromSublist(listv[i+groupOffset],
-		    &sortInfo));
-	} else if (groupSize > 1) {
-	    Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_NewListObj(groupSize, &listv[index]));
-	} else {
-	    Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, listv[index]);
-	}
+	Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, listv[index]);
    }
    result = TCL_OK;

@@ -3608,10 +3563,7 @@ Tcl_LsearchObjCmd(
     */

  done:
-    if (startPtr != NULL) {
-	Tcl_DecrRefCount(startPtr);
-    }
-    if (allocatedIndexVector) {
+    if (sortInfo.indexc > 1) {
 	TclStackFree(interp, sortInfo.indexv);
    }
    return result;
@@ -3805,7 +3757,7 @@ Tcl_LsortObjCmd(
 	    sortInfo.isIncreasing = 1;
 	    break;
 	case LSORT_INDEX: {
-	    int indexc;
+	    int indexc, dummy;
 	    Tcl_Obj **indexv;

 	    if (i == objc-2) {
@@ -3831,20 +3783,8 @@ Tcl_LsortObjCmd(
 	     */

 	    for (j=0 ; j<indexc ; j++) {
-		int encoded = 0;
-		int result = TclIndexEncode(interp, indexv[j],
-			TCL_INDEX_BEFORE, TCL_INDEX_AFTER, &encoded);
-
-		if ((result == TCL_OK) && ((encoded == TCL_INDEX_BEFORE)
-			|| (encoded == TCL_INDEX_AFTER))) {
-		    Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_ObjPrintf(
-			    "index \"%s\" cannot select an element "
-			    "from any list", Tcl_GetString(indexv[j])));
-		    Tcl_SetErrorCode(interp, "TCL", "VALUE", "INDEX"
-			    "OUTOFRANGE", NULL);
-		    result = TCL_ERROR;
-		}
-		if (result == TCL_ERROR) {
+		if (TclGetIntForIndexM(interp, indexv[j], SORTIDX_END,
+			&dummy) != TCL_OK) {
 		    Tcl_AppendObjToErrorInfo(interp, Tcl_ObjPrintf(
 			    "\n    (-index option item number %d)", j));
 		    sortInfo.resultCode = TCL_ERROR;
@@ -3924,8 +3864,8 @@ Tcl_LsortObjCmd(
 					 * might be decreased by 1 later. */
 	}
 	for (j=0 ; j<sortInfo.indexc ; j++) {
-	    /* Prescreened values, no errors or out of range possible */
-	    TclIndexEncode(NULL, indexv[j], 0, 0, &sortInfo.indexv[j]);
+	    TclGetIntForIndexM(interp, indexv[j], SORTIDX_END,
+		    &sortInfo.indexv[j]);
 	}
    }

@@ -3996,7 +3936,10 @@ Tcl_LsortObjCmd(
 	     * offset of the element within each group by which to sort.
 	     */

-	    groupOffset = TclIndexDecode(sortInfo.indexv[0], groupSize - 1);
+	    groupOffset = sortInfo.indexv[0];
+	    if (groupOffset <= SORTIDX_END) {
+		groupOffset = (groupOffset - SORTIDX_END) + groupSize - 1;
+	    }
 	    if (groupOffset < 0 || groupOffset >= groupSize) {
 		Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_NewStringObj(
 			"when used with \"-stride\", the leading \"-index\""
@@ -4015,9 +3958,6 @@ Tcl_LsortObjCmd(
 		/*
 		 * Do not shrink the actual memory block used; that doesn't
 		 * work with TclStackAlloc-allocated memory. [Bug 2918962]
-		 * 
-		 * TODO: Consider a pointer increment to replace this
-		 * array shift.
 		 */

 		for (i = 0; i < sortInfo.indexc; i++) {
@@ -4323,7 +4263,7 @@ SortCompare(
    int order = 0;

    if (infoPtr->sortMode == SORTMODE_ASCII) {
-	order = TclUtfCmp(elemPtr1->collationKey.strValuePtr,
+	order = strcmp(elemPtr1->collationKey.strValuePtr,
 		elemPtr2->collationKey.strValuePtr);
    } else if (infoPtr->sortMode == SORTMODE_ASCII_NC) {
 	order = TclUtfCasecmp(elemPtr1->collationKey.strValuePtr,
@@ -4430,7 +4370,7 @@ static int
 DictionaryCompare(
    const char *left, const char *right)	/* The strings to compare. */
 {
-    Tcl_UniChar uniLeft = 0, uniRight = 0, uniLeftLower, uniRightLower;
+    Tcl_UniChar uniLeft, uniRight, uniLeftLower, uniRightLower;
    int diff, zeros;
    int secondaryDiff = 0;

@@ -4586,8 +4526,15 @@ SelectObjFromSublist(
 	    infoPtr->resultCode = TCL_ERROR;
 	    return NULL;
 	}
+	index = infoPtr->indexv[i];

-	index = TclIndexDecode(infoPtr->indexv[i], listLen - 1);
+	/*
+	 * Adjust for end-based indexing.
+	 */
+
+	if (index < SORTIDX_NONE) {
+	    index += listLen + 1;
+	}

 	if (Tcl_ListObjIndex(infoPtr->interp, objPtr, index,
 		&currentObj) != TCL_OK) {
@@ -17,6 +17,7 @@
 */

 #include "tclInt.h"
+#include "tclCompile.h"
 #include "tclRegexp.h"
 #include "tclStringTrim.h"

@@ -309,7 +310,7 @@ Tcl_RegexpObjCmd(
 	    eflags = 0;
 	} else if (offset > stringLength) {
 	    eflags = TCL_REG_NOTBOL;
-	} else if (Tcl_GetUniChar(objPtr, offset-1) == '\n') {
+	} else if (Tcl_GetUniChar(objPtr, offset-1) == (Tcl_UniChar)'\n') {
 	    eflags = 0;
 	} else {
 	    eflags = TCL_REG_NOTBOL;
@@ -487,27 +488,26 @@ Tcl_RegsubObjCmd(
    Tcl_Obj *const objv[])	/* Argument objects. */
 {
    int idx, result, cflags, all, wlen, wsublen, numMatches, offset;
-    int start, end, subStart, subEnd, match, command, numParts;
+    int start, end, subStart, subEnd, match;
    Tcl_RegExp regExpr;
    Tcl_RegExpInfo info;
    Tcl_Obj *resultPtr, *subPtr, *objPtr, *startIndex = NULL;
-    Tcl_UniChar ch, *wsrc, *wfirstChar, *wstring, *wsubspec = 0, *wend;
+    Tcl_UniChar ch, *wsrc, *wfirstChar, *wstring, *wsubspec, *wend;

    static const char *const options[] = {
-	"-all",		"-command",	"-expanded",	"-line",
-	"-linestop",	"-lineanchor",	"-nocase",	"-start",
+	"-all",		"-nocase",	"-expanded",
+	"-line",	"-linestop",	"-lineanchor",	"-start",
 	"--",		NULL
    };
    enum options {
-	REGSUB_ALL,	 REGSUB_COMMAND,    REGSUB_EXPANDED, REGSUB_LINE,
-	REGSUB_LINESTOP, REGSUB_LINEANCHOR, REGSUB_NOCASE,   REGSUB_START,
+	REGSUB_ALL,	REGSUB_NOCASE,	REGSUB_EXPANDED,
+	REGSUB_LINE,	REGSUB_LINESTOP, REGSUB_LINEANCHOR,	REGSUB_START,
 	REGSUB_LAST
    };

    cflags = TCL_REG_ADVANCED;
    all = 0;
    offset = 0;
-    command = 0;
    resultPtr = NULL;

    for (idx = 1; idx < objc; idx++) {
@@ -529,9 +529,6 @@ Tcl_RegsubObjCmd(
 	case REGSUB_NOCASE:
 	    cflags |= TCL_REG_NOCASE;
 	    break;
-	case REGSUB_COMMAND:
-	    command = 1;
-	    break;
 	case REGSUB_EXPANDED:
 	    cflags |= TCL_REG_EXPANDED;
 	    break;
@@ -589,7 +586,7 @@ Tcl_RegsubObjCmd(
 	}
    }

-    if (all && (offset == 0) && (command == 0)
+    if (all && (offset == 0)
 	    && (strpbrk(TclGetString(objv[2]), "&\\") == NULL)
 	    && (strpbrk(TclGetString(objv[0]), "*+?{}()[].\\|^$") == NULL)) {
 	/*
@@ -665,28 +662,6 @@ Tcl_RegsubObjCmd(
 	return TCL_ERROR;
    }

-    if (command) {
-	/*
-	 * In command-prefix mode, we require that the third non-option
-	 * argument be a list, so we enforce that here. Afterwards, we fetch
-	 * the RE compilation again in case objv[0] and objv[2] are the same
-	 * object. (If they aren't, that's cheap to do.)
-	 */
-
-	if (Tcl_ListObjLength(interp, objv[2], &numParts) != TCL_OK) {
-	    return TCL_ERROR;
-	}
-	if (numParts < 1) {
-	    Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_NewStringObj(
-		    "command prefix must be a list of at least one element",
-		    -1));
-	    Tcl_SetErrorCode(interp, "TCL", "OPERATION", "REGSUB",
-		    "CMDEMPTY", NULL);
-	    return TCL_ERROR;
-	}
-	regExpr = Tcl_GetRegExpFromObj(interp, objv[0], cflags);
-    }
-
    /*
     * Make sure to avoid problems where the objects are shared. This can
     * cause RegExpObj <> UnicodeObj shimmering that causes data corruption.
@@ -704,9 +679,7 @@ Tcl_RegsubObjCmd(
    } else {
 	subPtr = objv[2];
    }
-    if (!command) {
-	wsubspec = Tcl_GetUnicodeFromObj(subPtr, &wsublen);
-    }
+    wsubspec = Tcl_GetUnicodeFromObj(subPtr, &wsublen);

    result = TCL_OK;

@@ -764,90 +737,6 @@ Tcl_RegsubObjCmd(
 	end = info.matches[0].end;
 	Tcl_AppendUnicodeToObj(resultPtr, wstring + offset, start);

-	/*
-	 * In command-prefix mode, the substitutions are added as quoted
-	 * arguments to the subSpec to form a command, that is then executed
-	 * and the result used as the string to substitute in. Actually,
-	 * everything is passed through Tcl_EvalObjv, as that's much faster.
-	 */
-
-	if (command) {
-	    Tcl_Obj **args = NULL, **parts;
-	    int numArgs;
-
-	    Tcl_ListObjGetElements(interp, subPtr, &numParts, &parts);
-	    numArgs = numParts + info.nsubs + 1;
-	    args = ckalloc(sizeof(Tcl_Obj*) * numArgs);
-	    memcpy(args, parts, sizeof(Tcl_Obj*) * numParts);
-
-	    for (idx = 0 ; idx <= info.nsubs ; idx++) {
-		subStart = info.matches[idx].start;
-		subEnd = info.matches[idx].end;
-		if ((subStart >= 0) && (subEnd >= 0)) {
-		    args[idx + numParts] = Tcl_NewUnicodeObj(
-			    wstring + offset + subStart, subEnd - subStart);
-		} else {
-		    args[idx + numParts] = Tcl_NewObj();
-		}
-		Tcl_IncrRefCount(args[idx + numParts]);
-	    }
-
-	    /*
-	     * At this point, we're locally holding the references to the
-	     * argument words we added for this time round the loop, and the
-	     * subPtr is holding the references to the words that the user
-	     * supplied directly. None are zero-refcount, which is important
-	     * because Tcl_EvalObjv is "hairy monster" in terms of refcount
-	     * handling, being able to optionally add references to any of its
-	     * argument words. We'll drop the local refs immediately
-	     * afterwards; subPtr is handled in the main exit stanza.
-	     */
-
-	    result = Tcl_EvalObjv(interp, numArgs, args, 0);
-	    for (idx = 0 ; idx <= info.nsubs ; idx++) {
-		TclDecrRefCount(args[idx + numParts]);
-	    }
-	    ckfree(args);
-	    if (result != TCL_OK) {
-		if (result == TCL_ERROR) {
-		    Tcl_AppendObjToErrorInfo(interp, Tcl_ObjPrintf(
-			    "\n    (%s substitution computation script)",
-			    options[REGSUB_COMMAND]));
-		}
-		goto done;
-	    }
-
-	    Tcl_AppendObjToObj(resultPtr, Tcl_GetObjResult(interp));
-	    Tcl_ResetResult(interp);
-
-	    /*
-	     * Refetch the unicode, in case the representation was smashed by
-	     * the user code.
-	     */
-
-	    wstring = Tcl_GetUnicodeFromObj(objPtr, &wlen);
-
-	    offset += end;
-	    if (end == 0 || start == end) {
-		/*
-		 * Always consume at least one character of the input string
-		 * in order to prevent infinite loops, even when we
-		 * technically matched the empty string; we must not match
-		 * again at the same spot.
-		 */
-
-		if (offset < wlen) {
-		    Tcl_AppendUnicodeToObj(resultPtr, wstring + offset, 1);
-		}
-		offset++;
-	    }
-	    if (all) {
-		continue;
-	    } else {
-		break;
-	    }
-	}
-
 	/*
 	 * Append the subSpec argument to the variable, making appropriate
 	 * substitutions. This code is a bit hairy because of the backslash
@@ -1173,7 +1062,7 @@ Tcl_SplitObjCmd(
    int objc,			/* Number of arguments. */
    Tcl_Obj *const objv[])	/* Argument objects. */
 {
-    Tcl_UniChar ch = 0;
+    Tcl_UniChar ch;
    int len;
    const char *splitChars;
    const char *stringPtr;
@@ -1216,22 +1105,13 @@ Tcl_SplitObjCmd(
 	Tcl_InitHashTable(&charReuseTable, TCL_ONE_WORD_KEYS);

 	for ( ; stringPtr < end; stringPtr += len) {
-		int fullchar;
 	    len = TclUtfToUniChar(stringPtr, &ch);
-	    fullchar = ch;
-
-#if TCL_UTF_MAX <= 4
-	    if (!len) {
-		len += TclUtfToUniChar(stringPtr, &ch);
-		fullchar = (((fullchar & 0x3ff) << 10) | (ch & 0x3ff)) + 0x10000;
-	    }
-#endif

 	    /*
 	     * Assume Tcl_UniChar is an integral type...
 	     */

-	    hPtr = Tcl_CreateHashEntry(&charReuseTable, INT2PTR(fullchar),
+	    hPtr = Tcl_CreateHashEntry(&charReuseTable, INT2PTR((int) ch),
 		    &isNew);
 	    if (isNew) {
 		TclNewStringObj(objPtr, stringPtr, len);
@@ -1267,7 +1147,7 @@ Tcl_SplitObjCmd(
    } else {
 	const char *element, *p, *splitEnd;
 	int splitLen;
-	Tcl_UniChar splitChar = 0;
+	Tcl_UniChar splitChar;

 	/*
 	 * Normal case: split on any of a given set of characters. Discard
@@ -1335,8 +1215,16 @@ StringFirstCmd(
 	if (TCL_OK != TclGetIntForIndexM(interp, objv[3], size - 1, &start)) {
 	    return TCL_ERROR;
 	}
+
+	if (start < 0) {
+	    start = 0;
+	}
+	if (start >= size) {
+	    Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_NewIntObj(-1));
+	    return TCL_OK;
+	}
    }
-    Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_NewIntObj(TclStringFirst(objv[1],
+    Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_NewIntObj(TclStringFind(objv[1],
 	    objv[2], start)));
    return TCL_OK;
 }
@@ -1380,6 +1268,14 @@ StringLastCmd(
 	if (TCL_OK != TclGetIntForIndexM(interp, objv[3], size - 1, &last)) {
 	    return TCL_ERROR;
 	}
+
+	if (last < 0) {
+	    Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_NewIntObj(-1));
+	    return TCL_OK;
+	}
+	if (last >= size) {
+	    last = size - 1;
+	}
    }
    Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_NewIntObj(TclStringLast(objv[1],
 	    objv[2], last)));
@@ -1419,7 +1315,7 @@ StringIndexCmd(
    }

    /*
-     * Get the char length to calculate what 'end' means.
+     * Get the char length to calulate what 'end' means.
     */

    length = Tcl_GetCharLength(objv[1]);
@@ -1428,11 +1324,7 @@ StringIndexCmd(
    }

    if ((index >= 0) && (index < length)) {
-	int ch = Tcl_GetUniChar(objv[1], index);
-
-	if (ch == -1) {
-	    return TCL_OK;
-	}
+	Tcl_UniChar ch = Tcl_GetUniChar(objv[1], index);

 	/*
 	 * If we have a ByteArray object, we're careful to generate a new
@@ -1444,7 +1336,7 @@ StringIndexCmd(

 	    Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_NewByteArrayObj(&uch, 1));
 	} else {
-	    char buf[4];
+	    char buf[TCL_UTF_MAX];

 	    length = Tcl_UniCharToUtf(ch, buf);
 	    Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_NewStringObj(buf, length));
@@ -1479,7 +1371,7 @@ StringIsCmd(
    Tcl_Obj *const objv[])	/* Argument objects. */
 {
    const char *string1, *end, *stop;
-    Tcl_UniChar ch = 0;
+    Tcl_UniChar ch;
    int (*chcomp)(int) = NULL;	/* The UniChar comparison function. */
    int i, failat = 0, result = 1, strict = 0, index, length1, length2;
    Tcl_Obj *objPtr, *failVarObj = NULL;
@@ -1576,8 +1468,10 @@ StringIsCmd(
 		string1 = TclGetStringFromObj(objPtr, &length1);
 		result = length1 == 0;
 	    }
-	} else if ((objPtr->internalRep.wideValue != 0)
-		? (index == STR_IS_FALSE) : (index == STR_IS_TRUE)) {
+	} else if (((index == STR_IS_TRUE) &&
+		objPtr->internalRep.longValue == 0)
+	    || ((index == STR_IS_FALSE) &&
+		objPtr->internalRep.longValue != 0)) {
 	    result = 0;
 	}
 	break;
@@ -1588,8 +1482,12 @@ StringIsCmd(
 	chcomp = Tcl_UniCharIsDigit;
 	break;
    case STR_IS_DOUBLE: {
+	/* TODO */
 	if ((objPtr->typePtr == &tclDoubleType) ||
 		(objPtr->typePtr == &tclIntType) ||
+#ifndef TCL_WIDE_INT_IS_LONG
+		(objPtr->typePtr == &tclWideIntType) ||
+#endif
 		(objPtr->typePtr == &tclBignumType)) {
 	    break;
 	}
@@ -1624,6 +1522,9 @@ StringIsCmd(
 	goto failedIntParse;
    case STR_IS_ENTIER:
 	if ((objPtr->typePtr == &tclIntType) ||
+#ifndef TCL_WIDE_INT_IS_LONG
+		(objPtr->typePtr == &tclWideIntType) ||
+#endif
 		(objPtr->typePtr == &tclBignumType)) {
 	    break;
 	}
@@ -1665,7 +1566,7 @@ StringIsCmd(
 	}
 	break;
    case STR_IS_WIDE:
-	if (TCL_OK == TclGetWideIntFromObj(NULL, objPtr, &w)) {
+	if (TCL_OK == Tcl_GetWideIntFromObj(NULL, objPtr, &w)) {
 	    break;
 	}

@@ -1802,16 +1703,8 @@ StringIsCmd(
 	}
 	end = string1 + length1;
 	for (; string1 < end; string1 += length2, failat++) {
-	    int fullchar;
 	    length2 = TclUtfToUniChar(string1, &ch);
-	    fullchar = ch;
-#if TCL_UTF_MAX <= 4
-	    if (!length2) {
-	    	length2 = TclUtfToUniChar(string1, &ch);
-	    	fullchar = (((fullchar & 0x3ff) << 10) | (ch & 0x3ff)) + 0x10000;
-	    }
-#endif
-	    if (!chcomp(fullchar)) {
+	    if (!chcomp(ch)) {
 		result = 0;
 		break;
 	    }
@@ -2273,12 +2166,11 @@ StringReptCmd(
 	return TCL_OK;
    }

-    resultPtr = TclStringRepeat(interp, objv[1], count, TCL_STRING_IN_PLACE);
-    if (resultPtr) {
-	Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, resultPtr);
-	return TCL_OK;
+    if (TCL_OK != TclStringRepeat(interp, objv[1], count, &resultPtr)) {
+	return TCL_ERROR;
    }
-    return TCL_ERROR;
+    Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, resultPtr);
+    return TCL_OK;
 }

 /*
@@ -2306,50 +2198,42 @@ StringRplcCmd(
    int objc,			/* Number of arguments. */
    Tcl_Obj *const objv[])	/* Argument objects. */
 {
-    int first, last, length, end;
+    Tcl_UniChar *ustring;
+    int first, last, length;

    if (objc < 4 || objc > 5) {
 	Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 1, objv, "string first last ?string?");
 	return TCL_ERROR;
    }

-    length = Tcl_GetCharLength(objv[1]);
-    end = length - 1;
+    ustring = Tcl_GetUnicodeFromObj(objv[1], &length);
+    length--;

-    if (TclGetIntForIndexM(interp, objv[2], end, &first) != TCL_OK ||
-	    TclGetIntForIndexM(interp, objv[3], end, &last) != TCL_OK){
+    if (TclGetIntForIndexM(interp, objv[2], length, &first) != TCL_OK ||
+	    TclGetIntForIndexM(interp, objv[3], length, &last) != TCL_OK){
 	return TCL_ERROR;
    }

-    /*
-     * The following test screens out most empty substrings as
-     * candidates for replacement. When they are detected, no
-     * replacement is done, and the result is the original string,
-     */
-    if ((last < 0) ||		/* Range ends before start of string */
-	    (first > end) ||	/* Range begins after end of string */
-	    (last < first)) {	/* Range begins after it starts */
-
-	/*
-	 * BUT!!! when (end < 0) -- an empty original string -- we can
-	 * have (first <= end < 0 <= last) and an empty string is permitted
-	 * to be replaced.
-	 */
+    if ((last < first) || (last < 0) || (first > length)) {
 	Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, objv[1]);
    } else {
 	Tcl_Obj *resultPtr;

+	ustring = Tcl_GetUnicodeFromObj(objv[1], &length);
+	length--;
+
 	if (first < 0) {
 	    first = 0;
 	}
-	if (last > end) {
-	    last = end;
+
+	resultPtr = Tcl_NewUnicodeObj(ustring, first);
+	if (objc == 5) {
+	    Tcl_AppendObjToObj(resultPtr, objv[4]);
+	}
+	if (last < length) {
+	    Tcl_AppendUnicodeToObj(resultPtr, ustring + last + 1,
+		    length - last);
 	}
-
-	resultPtr = TclStringReplace(interp, objv[1], first,
-		last + 1 - first, (objc == 5) ? objv[4] : NULL,
-		TCL_STRING_IN_PLACE);
-
 	Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, resultPtr);
    }
    return TCL_OK;
@@ -2385,7 +2269,7 @@ StringRevCmd(
 	return TCL_ERROR;
    }

-    Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, TclStringReverse(objv[1], TCL_STRING_IN_PLACE));
+    Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, TclStringObjReverse(objv[1]));
    return TCL_OK;
 }

@@ -2415,7 +2299,7 @@ StringStartCmd(
    int objc,			/* Number of arguments. */
    Tcl_Obj *const objv[])	/* Argument objects. */
 {
-    Tcl_UniChar ch = 0;
+    Tcl_UniChar ch;
    const char *p, *string;
    int cur, index, length, numChars;

@@ -2476,7 +2360,7 @@ StringEndCmd(
    int objc,			/* Number of arguments. */
    Tcl_Obj *const objv[])	/* Argument objects. */
 {
-    Tcl_UniChar ch = 0;
+    Tcl_UniChar ch;
    const char *p, *end, *string;
    int cur, index, length, numChars;

@@ -2834,6 +2718,7 @@ StringCatCmd(
    int objc,			/* Number of arguments. */
    Tcl_Obj *const objv[])	/* Argument objects. */
 {
+    int code;
    Tcl_Obj *objResultPtr;

    if (objc < 2) {
@@ -2843,15 +2728,23 @@ StringCatCmd(
 	 */
 	return TCL_OK;
    }
+    if (objc == 2) {
+	/*
+	 * Other trivial case, single arg, just return it.
+	 */
+	Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, objv[1]);
+	return TCL_OK;
+    }

-    objResultPtr = TclStringCat(interp, objc-1, objv+1, TCL_STRING_IN_PLACE);
+    code = TclStringCatObjv(interp, /* inPlace */ 1, objc-1, objv+1,
+	    &objResultPtr);

-    if (objResultPtr) {
+    if (code == TCL_OK) {
 	Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, objResultPtr);
 	return TCL_OK;
    }

-    return TCL_ERROR;
+    return code;
 }

 /*
@@ -3220,7 +3113,8 @@ StringTrimCmd(
    }
    string1 = TclGetStringFromObj(objv[1], &length1);

-    triml = TclTrim(string1, length1, string2, length2, &trimr);
+    triml = TclTrimLeft(string1, length1, string2, length2);
+    trimr = TclTrimRight(string1 + triml, length1 - triml, string2, length2);

    Tcl_SetObjResult(interp,
 	    Tcl_NewStringObj(string1 + triml, length1 - triml - trimr));
@@ -3525,7 +3419,7 @@ TclNRSwitchObjCmd(
 	OPT_LAST
    };
    typedef int (*strCmpFn_t)(const char *, const char *);
-    strCmpFn_t strCmpFn = TclUtfCmp;
+    strCmpFn_t strCmpFn = strcmp;

    mode = OPT_EXACT;
    foundmode = 0;
@@ -4115,7 +4009,7 @@ Tcl_TimeObjCmd(
    start = TclpGetWideClicks();
 #endif
    while (i-- > 0) {
-	result = Tcl_EvalObjEx(interp, objPtr, 0);
+	result = TclEvalObjEx(interp, objPtr, 0, NULL, 0);
 	if (result != TCL_OK) {
 	    return result;
 	}
@@ -4152,6 +4046,351 @@ Tcl_TimeObjCmd(
    return TCL_OK;
 }

+/*
+ *----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ *
+ * Tcl_TimeRateObjCmd --
+ *
+ *	This object-based procedure is invoked to process the "timerate" Tcl
+ *	command. 
+ *	This is similar to command "time", except the execution limited by 
+ *	given time (in milliseconds) instead of repetition count.
+ *
+ * Example:
+ *	timerate {after 5} 1000 ; # equivalent for `time {after 5} [expr 1000/5]`
+ *
+ * Results:
+ *	A standard Tcl object result.
+ *
+ * Side effects:
+ *	See the user documentation.
+ *
+ *----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ */
+
+int
+Tcl_TimeRateObjCmd(
+    ClientData dummy,		/* Not used. */
+    Tcl_Interp *interp,		/* Current interpreter. */
+    int objc,			/* Number of arguments. */
+    Tcl_Obj *const objv[])	/* Argument objects. */
+{
+    static 
+    double measureOverhead = 0; /* global measure-overhead */
+    double overhead = -1;	/* given measure-overhead */
+    register Tcl_Obj *objPtr;
+    register int result, i;
+    Tcl_Obj *calibrate = NULL, *direct = NULL;
+    Tcl_WideInt count = 0;	/* Holds repetition count */
+    Tcl_WideInt maxms = -0x7FFFFFFFFFFFFFFFL; 
+				/* Maximal running time (in milliseconds) */
+    Tcl_WideInt threshold = 1;	/* Current threshold for check time (faster
+				 * repeat count without time check) */
+    Tcl_WideInt maxIterTm = 1;	/* Max time of some iteration as max threshold
+				 * additionally avoid divide to zero (never < 1) */
+    register Tcl_WideInt start, middle, stop;
+#ifndef TCL_WIDE_CLICKS
+    Tcl_Time now;
+#endif
+
+    static const char *const options[] = {
+	"-direct",	"-overhead",	"-calibrate",	"--",	NULL
+    };
+    enum options {
+	TMRT_EV_DIRECT,	TMRT_OVERHEAD,	TMRT_CALIBRATE,	TMRT_LAST
+    };
+
+    NRE_callback *rootPtr;
+    ByteCode	 *codePtr = NULL;
+
+    for (i = 1; i < objc - 1; i++) {
+    	int index;
+	if (Tcl_GetIndexFromObj(NULL, objv[i], options, "option", TCL_EXACT,
+		&index) != TCL_OK) {
+	    break;
+	}
+	if (index == TMRT_LAST) {
+	    i++;
+	    break;
+	}
+	switch (index) {
+	case TMRT_EV_DIRECT:
+	    direct = objv[i];
+	    break;
+	case TMRT_OVERHEAD:
+	    if (++i >= objc - 1) {
+		goto usage;
+	    }
+	    if (Tcl_GetDoubleFromObj(interp, objv[i], &overhead) != TCL_OK) {
+		return TCL_ERROR;
+	    }
+	    break;
+	case TMRT_CALIBRATE:
+	    calibrate = objv[i];
+	    break;
+	}
+    }
+
+    if (i >= objc || i < objc-2) {
+usage:
+	Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 1, objv, "?-direct? ?-calibrate? ?-overhead double? command ?time?");
+	return TCL_ERROR;
+    }
+    objPtr = objv[i++];
+    if (i < objc) {
+	result = TclGetWideIntFromObj(interp, objv[i], &maxms);
+	if (result != TCL_OK) {
+	    return result;
+	}
+    }
+
+    /* if calibrate */
+    if (calibrate) {
+
+	/* if no time specified for the calibration */
+	if (maxms == -0x7FFFFFFFFFFFFFFFL) {
+	    Tcl_Obj *clobjv[6];
+	    Tcl_WideInt maxCalTime = 5000;
+	    double lastMeasureOverhead = measureOverhead;
+	    
+	    clobjv[0] = objv[0]; 
+	    i = 1;
+	    if (direct) {
+	    	clobjv[i++] = direct;
+	    }
+	    clobjv[i++] = objPtr; 
+
+	    /* reset last measurement overhead */
+	    measureOverhead = (double)0;
+
+	    /* self-call with 100 milliseconds to warm-up,
+	     * before entering the calibration cycle */
+	    TclNewLongObj(clobjv[i], 100);
+	    Tcl_IncrRefCount(clobjv[i]);
+	    result = Tcl_TimeRateObjCmd(dummy, interp, i+1, clobjv);
+	    Tcl_DecrRefCount(clobjv[i]);
+	    if (result != TCL_OK) {
+		return result;
+	    }
+
+	    i--;
+	    clobjv[i++] = calibrate;
+	    clobjv[i++] = objPtr; 
+
+	    /* set last measurement overhead to max */
+	    measureOverhead = (double)0x7FFFFFFFFFFFFFFFL;
+
+	    /* calibration cycle until it'll be preciser */
+	    maxms = -1000;
+	    do {
+		lastMeasureOverhead = measureOverhead;
+		TclNewLongObj(clobjv[i], (int)maxms);
+		Tcl_IncrRefCount(clobjv[i]);
+		result = Tcl_TimeRateObjCmd(dummy, interp, i+1, clobjv);
+		Tcl_DecrRefCount(clobjv[i]);
+		if (result != TCL_OK) {
+		    return result;
+		}
+		maxCalTime += maxms;
+		/* increase maxms for preciser calibration */
+		maxms -= (-maxms / 4);
+		/* as long as new value more as 0.05% better */
+	    } while ( (measureOverhead >= lastMeasureOverhead
+		    || measureOverhead / lastMeasureOverhead <= 0.9995)
+		    && maxCalTime > 0
+	    );
+
+	    return result;
+	}
+	if (maxms == 0) {
+	    /* reset last measurement overhead */
+	    measureOverhead = 0;
+	    Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_NewLongObj(0));
+	    return TCL_OK;
+	}
+
+	/* if time is negative - make current overhead more precise */
+	if (maxms > 0) {
+	    /* set last measurement overhead to max */
+	    measureOverhead = (double)0x7FFFFFFFFFFFFFFFL;
+	} else {
+	    maxms = -maxms;
+	}
+
+    }
+
+    if (maxms == -0x7FFFFFFFFFFFFFFFL) {
+    	maxms = 1000;
+    }
+    if (overhead == -1) {
+	overhead = measureOverhead;
+    }
+
+    /* be sure that resetting of result will not smudge the further measurement */
+    Tcl_ResetResult(interp);
+
+    /* compile object */
+    if (!direct) {
+	if (TclInterpReady(interp) != TCL_OK) {
+	    return TCL_ERROR;
+	}
+	codePtr = TclCompileObj(interp, objPtr, NULL, 0);
+	TclPreserveByteCode(codePtr);
+    }
+
+    /* get start and stop time */
+#ifdef TCL_WIDE_CLICKS
+    start = middle = TclpGetWideClicks();
+    /* time to stop execution (in wide clicks) */
+    stop = start + (maxms * 1000 / TclpWideClickInMicrosec());
+#else
+    Tcl_GetTime(&now);
+    start = now.sec; start *= 1000000; start += now.usec;
+    middle = start;
+    /* time to stop execution (in microsecs) */
+    stop = start + maxms * 1000;
+#endif
+
+    /* start measurement */
+    while (1) {
+    	/* eval single iteration */
+    	count++;
+
+	if (!direct) {
+	    /* precompiled */
+	    rootPtr = TOP_CB(interp);
+	    result = TclNRExecuteByteCode(interp, codePtr);
+	    result = TclNRRunCallbacks(interp, result, rootPtr);
+	} else {
+	    /* eval */
+	    result = TclEvalObjEx(interp, objPtr, 0, NULL, 0);
+	}
+	if (result != TCL_OK) {
+	    goto done;
+	}
+	
+	/* don't check time up to threshold */
+	if (--threshold > 0) continue;
+
+	/* check stop time reached, estimate new threshold */
+    #ifdef TCL_WIDE_CLICKS
+	middle = TclpGetWideClicks();
+    #else
+	Tcl_GetTime(&now);
+	middle = now.sec; middle *= 1000000; middle += now.usec;
+    #endif
+	if (middle >= stop) {
+	    break;
+	}
+
+	/* don't calculate threshold by few iterations, because sometimes
+	 * first iteration(s) can be too fast (cached, delayed clean up, etc) */
+	if (count < 10) {
+	   threshold = 1; continue;
+	}
+
+	/* average iteration time in microsecs */
+	threshold = (middle - start) / count;
+	if (threshold > maxIterTm) {
+	    maxIterTm = threshold;
+	}
+	/* as relation between remaining time and time since last check */
+	threshold = ((stop - middle) / maxIterTm) / 4;
+	if (threshold > 100000) {	    /* fix for too large threshold */
+	    threshold = 100000;
+	}
+    }
+
+    {
+	Tcl_Obj *objarr[8], **objs = objarr;
+	Tcl_WideInt val;
+	const char *fmt;
+
+	middle -= start;		     /* execution time in microsecs */
+
+    #ifdef TCL_WIDE_CLICKS
+	/* convert execution time in wide clicks to microsecs */
+	middle *= TclpWideClickInMicrosec();
+    #endif
+
+	/* if not calibrate */
+	if (!calibrate) {
+	    /* minimize influence of measurement overhead */
+	    if (overhead > 0) {
+		/* estimate the time of overhead (microsecs) */
+		Tcl_WideInt curOverhead = overhead * count;
+		if (middle > curOverhead) {
+		    middle -= curOverhead;
+		} else {
+		    middle = 1;
+		}
+	    }
+	} else {
+	    /* calibration - obtaining new measurement overhead */
+	    if (measureOverhead > (double)middle / count) {
+		measureOverhead = (double)middle / count;
+	    }
+	    objs[0] = Tcl_NewDoubleObj(measureOverhead);
+	    TclNewLiteralStringObj(objs[1], "\xC2\xB5s/#-overhead"); /* mics */
+	    objs += 2;
+	}
+
+	val = middle / count;		     /* microsecs per iteration */
+	if (val >= 1000000) {
+	    objs[0] = Tcl_NewWideIntObj(val);
+	} else {
+	    if (val < 10)    { fmt = "%.6f"; } else
+	    if (val < 100)   { fmt = "%.4f"; } else
+	    if (val < 1000)  { fmt = "%.3f"; } else
+	    if (val < 10000) { fmt = "%.2f"; } else
+			     { fmt = "%.1f"; };
+	    objs[0] = Tcl_ObjPrintf(fmt, ((double)middle)/count);
+	}
+
+	objs[2] = Tcl_NewWideIntObj(count); /* iterations */
+	
+	/* calculate speed as rate (count) per sec */
+	if (!middle) middle++; /* +1 ms, just to avoid divide by zero */
+	if (count < (0x7FFFFFFFFFFFFFFFL / 1000000)) {
+	    val = (count * 1000000) / middle;
+	    if (val < 100000) {
+		if (val < 100)	{ fmt = "%.3f"; } else
+		if (val < 1000) { fmt = "%.2f"; } else
+				{ fmt = "%.1f"; };
+		objs[4] = Tcl_ObjPrintf(fmt, ((double)(count * 1000000)) / middle);
+	    } else {
+		objs[4] = Tcl_NewWideIntObj(val);
+	    }
+	} else {
+	    objs[4] = Tcl_NewWideIntObj((count / middle) * 1000000);
+	}
+
+	/* estimated net execution time (in millisecs) */
+	if (!calibrate) {
+	    objs[6] = Tcl_ObjPrintf("%.3f", (double)middle / 1000);
+	    TclNewLiteralStringObj(objs[7], "nett-ms");
+	}
+
+	/*
+	* Construct the result as a list because many programs have always parsed
+	* as such (extracting the first element, typically).
+	*/
+
+	TclNewLiteralStringObj(objs[1], "\xC2\xB5s/#"); /* mics/# */
+	TclNewLiteralStringObj(objs[3], "#");
+	TclNewLiteralStringObj(objs[5], "#/sec");
+	Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_NewListObj(8, objarr));
+    }
+
+done:
+
+    if (codePtr != NULL) {
+	TclReleaseByteCode(codePtr);
+    }
+
+    return result;
+}
+
 /*
 *----------------------------------------------------------------------
 *
@@ -4288,7 +4527,7 @@ TclNRTryObjCmd(
 	    }

 	    info[0] = objv[i];			/* type */
-	    TclNewIntObj(info[1], code);	/* returnCode */
+	    TclNewLongObj(info[1], code);	/* returnCode */
 	    if (info[2] == NULL) {		/* errorCodePrefix */
 		TclNewObj(info[2]);
 	    }
@@ -322,22 +322,11 @@ TclCompileArraySetCmd(
     */

    if (isDataValid && !isDataEven) {
-	/* Abandon custom compile and let invocation raise the error */
-	code = TclCompileBasic2ArgCmd(interp, parsePtr, cmdPtr, envPtr);
-	goto done;
-
-	/*
-	 * We used to compile to the bytecode that would throw the error,
-	 * but that was wrong because it would not invoke the array trace
-	 * on the variable.
-	 *
 	PushStringLiteral(envPtr, "list must have an even number of elements");
 	PushStringLiteral(envPtr, "-errorcode {TCL ARGUMENT FORMAT}");
 	TclEmitInstInt4(INST_RETURN_IMM, TCL_ERROR,		envPtr);
 	TclEmitInt4(		0,				envPtr);
 	goto done;
-	 *
-	 */
    }

    /*
@@ -415,10 +404,6 @@ TclCompileArraySetCmd(
     * Start issuing instructions to write to the array.
     */

-    TclEmitInstInt4(INST_ARRAY_EXISTS_IMM, localIndex,	envPtr);
-    TclEmitInstInt1(INST_JUMP_TRUE1, 7,			envPtr);
-    TclEmitInstInt4(INST_ARRAY_MAKE_IMM, localIndex,	envPtr);
-
    CompileWord(envPtr, dataTokenPtr, interp, 2);
    if (!isDataLiteral || !isDataValid) {
 	/*
@@ -443,6 +428,9 @@ TclCompileArraySetCmd(
 	TclStoreInt1AtPtr(fwd, envPtr->codeStart+offsetFwd+1);
    }

+    TclEmitInstInt4(INST_ARRAY_EXISTS_IMM, localIndex,	envPtr);
+    TclEmitInstInt1(INST_JUMP_TRUE1, 7,			envPtr);
+    TclEmitInstInt4(INST_ARRAY_MAKE_IMM, localIndex,	envPtr);
    TclEmitInstInt4(INST_FOREACH_START, infoIndex,	envPtr);
    offsetBack = CurrentOffset(envPtr);
    Emit14Inst(	INST_LOAD_SCALAR, keyVar,		envPtr);
@@ -28,39 +28,56 @@ static void		CompileReturnInternal(CompileEnv *envPtr,
 static int		IndexTailVarIfKnown(Tcl_Interp *interp,
 			    Tcl_Token *varTokenPtr, CompileEnv *envPtr);

+#define INDEX_END	(-2)

 /*
 *----------------------------------------------------------------------
 *
- * TclGetIndexFromToken --
+ * GetIndexFromToken --
 *
- *	Parse a token to determine if an index value is known at
- *	compile time. 
+ *	Parse a token and get the encoded version of the index (as understood
+ *	by TEBC), assuming it is at all knowable at compile time. Only handles
+ *	indices that are integers or 'end' or 'end-integer'.
 *
 * Returns:
 *	TCL_OK if parsing succeeded, and TCL_ERROR if it failed.
 *
 * Side effects:
- *	When TCL_OK is returned, the encoded index value is written
- *	to *index.
+ *	Sets *index to the index value if successful.
 *
 *----------------------------------------------------------------------
 */

-int
-TclGetIndexFromToken(
+static inline int
+GetIndexFromToken(
    Tcl_Token *tokenPtr,
-    int before,
-    int after,
-    int *indexPtr)
+    int *index)
 {
    Tcl_Obj *tmpObj = Tcl_NewObj();
-    int result = TCL_ERROR;
+    int result, idx;

-    if (TclWordKnownAtCompileTime(tokenPtr, tmpObj)) {
-	result = TclIndexEncode(NULL, tmpObj, before, after, indexPtr);
+    if (!TclWordKnownAtCompileTime(tokenPtr, tmpObj)) {
+	Tcl_DecrRefCount(tmpObj);
+	return TCL_ERROR;
+    }
+
+    result = TclGetIntFromObj(NULL, tmpObj, &idx);
+    if (result == TCL_OK) {
+	if (idx < 0) {
+	    result = TCL_ERROR;
+	}
+    } else {
+	result = TclGetIntForIndexM(NULL, tmpObj, INDEX_END, &idx);
+	if (result == TCL_OK && idx > INDEX_END) {
+	    result = TCL_ERROR;
+	}
    }
    Tcl_DecrRefCount(tmpObj);
+
+    if (result == TCL_OK) {
+	*index = idx;
+    }
+
    return result;
 }

@@ -127,7 +144,7 @@ TclCompileGlobalCmd(
 	    return TCL_ERROR;
 	}

-	/* TODO: Consider what value can pass through the
+	/* TODO: Consider what value can pass throug the
 	 * IndexTailVarIfKnown() screen.  Full CompileWord()
 	 * likely does not apply here.  Push known value instead. */
 	CompileWord(envPtr, varTokenPtr, interp, i);
@@ -1036,7 +1053,7 @@ TclCompileLassignCmd(
     */

    TclEmitInstInt4(		INST_LIST_RANGE_IMM, idx,	envPtr);
-    TclEmitInt4(			TCL_INDEX_END,		envPtr);
+    TclEmitInt4(			INDEX_END,		envPtr);

    return TCL_OK;
 }
@@ -1087,14 +1104,14 @@ TclCompileLindexCmd(
    }

    idxTokenPtr = TokenAfter(valTokenPtr);
-    if (TclGetIndexFromToken(idxTokenPtr, TCL_INDEX_BEFORE, TCL_INDEX_BEFORE,
-	    &idx) == TCL_OK) {
+    if (GetIndexFromToken(idxTokenPtr, &idx) == TCL_OK) {
 	/*
-	 * The idxTokenPtr parsed as a valid index value and was
-	 * encoded as expected by INST_LIST_INDEX_IMM.
-	 *
-	 * NOTE: that we rely on indexing before a list producing the
-	 * same result as indexing after a list.
+	 * All checks have been completed, and we have exactly one of these
+	 * constructs:
+	 *	 lindex <arbitraryValue> <posInt>
+	 *	 lindex <arbitraryValue> end-<posInt>
+	 * This is best compiled as a push of the arbitrary value followed by
+	 * an "immediate lindex" which is the most efficient variety.
 	 */

 	CompileWord(envPtr, valTokenPtr, interp, 1);
@@ -1241,7 +1258,7 @@ TclCompileListCmd(

    if (concat && numWords == 2) {
 	TclEmitInstInt4(	INST_LIST_RANGE_IMM, 0,	envPtr);
-	TclEmitInt4(			TCL_INDEX_END,	envPtr);
+	TclEmitInt4(			INDEX_END,	envPtr);
    }
    return TCL_OK;
 }
@@ -1315,25 +1332,21 @@ TclCompileLrangeCmd(
    }
    listTokenPtr = TokenAfter(parsePtr->tokenPtr);

-    tokenPtr = TokenAfter(listTokenPtr);
-    if (TclGetIndexFromToken(tokenPtr, TCL_INDEX_START, TCL_INDEX_AFTER,
-	    &idx1) != TCL_OK) {
-	return TCL_ERROR;
-    }
    /*
-     * Token was an index value, and we treat all "first" indices
-     * before the list same as the start of the list.
+     * Parse the indices. Will only compile if both are constants and not an
+     * _integer_ less than zero (since we reserve negative indices here for
+     * end-relative indexing) or an end-based index greater than 'end' itself.
     */

+    tokenPtr = TokenAfter(listTokenPtr);
+    if (GetIndexFromToken(tokenPtr, &idx1) != TCL_OK) {
+	return TCL_ERROR;
+    }
+
    tokenPtr = TokenAfter(tokenPtr);
-    if (TclGetIndexFromToken(tokenPtr, TCL_INDEX_BEFORE, TCL_INDEX_END,
-	    &idx2) != TCL_OK) {
+    if (GetIndexFromToken(tokenPtr, &idx2) != TCL_OK) {
 	return TCL_ERROR;
    }
-    /*
-     * Token was an index value, and we treat all "last" indices
-     * after the list same as the end of the list.
-     */

    /*
     * Issue instructions. It's not safe to skip doing the LIST_RANGE, as
@@ -1383,30 +1396,21 @@ TclCompileLinsertCmd(
     */

    tokenPtr = TokenAfter(listTokenPtr);
-
-    /*
-     * NOTE: This command treats all inserts at indices before the list
-     * the same as inserts at the start of the list, and all inserts
-     * after the list the same as inserts at the end of the list. We
-     * make that transformation here so we can use the optimized bytecode
-     * as much as possible.
-     */
-    if (TclGetIndexFromToken(tokenPtr, TCL_INDEX_START, TCL_INDEX_END,
-	    &idx) != TCL_OK) {
+    if (GetIndexFromToken(tokenPtr, &idx) != TCL_OK) {
 	return TCL_ERROR;
    }

    /*
     * There are four main cases. If there are no values to insert, this is
     * just a confirm-listiness check. If the index is '0', this is a prepend.
-     * If the index is 'end' (== TCL_INDEX_END), this is an append. Otherwise,
+     * If the index is 'end' (== INDEX_END), this is an append. Otherwise,
     * this is a splice (== split, insert values as list, concat-3).
     */

    CompileWord(envPtr, listTokenPtr, interp, 1);
    if (parsePtr->numWords == 3) {
 	TclEmitInstInt4(	INST_LIST_RANGE_IMM, 0,		envPtr);
-	TclEmitInt4(			TCL_INDEX_END,		envPtr);
+	TclEmitInt4(			INDEX_END,		envPtr);
 	return TCL_OK;
    }

@@ -1416,25 +1420,13 @@ TclCompileLinsertCmd(
    }
    TclEmitInstInt4(		INST_LIST, i-3,			envPtr);

-    if (idx == TCL_INDEX_START) {
+    if (idx == 0 /*start*/) {
 	TclEmitInstInt4(	INST_REVERSE, 2,		envPtr);
 	TclEmitOpcode(		INST_LIST_CONCAT,		envPtr);
-    } else if (idx == TCL_INDEX_END) {
+    } else if (idx == INDEX_END /*end*/) {
 	TclEmitOpcode(		INST_LIST_CONCAT,		envPtr);
    } else {
-	/*
-	 * Here we handle two ranges for idx. First when idx > 0, we
-	 * want the first half of the split to end at index idx-1 and
-	 * the second half to start at index idx.
-	 * Second when idx < TCL_INDEX_END, indicating "end-N" indexing,
-	 * we want the first half of the split to end at index end-N and
-	 * the second half to start at index end-N+1. We accomplish this
-	 * with a pre-adjustment of the end-N value.
-	 * The root of this is that the commands [lrange] and [linsert]
-	 * differ in their interpretation of the "end" index.
-	 */
-
-	if (idx < TCL_INDEX_END) {
+	if (idx < 0) {
 	    idx++;
 	}
 	TclEmitInstInt4(	INST_OVER, 1,			envPtr);
@@ -1442,7 +1434,7 @@ TclCompileLinsertCmd(
 	TclEmitInt4(			idx-1,			envPtr);
 	TclEmitInstInt4(	INST_REVERSE, 3,		envPtr);
 	TclEmitInstInt4(	INST_LIST_RANGE_IMM, idx,	envPtr);
-	TclEmitInt4(			TCL_INDEX_END,		envPtr);
+	TclEmitInt4(			INDEX_END,		envPtr);
 	TclEmitOpcode(		INST_LIST_CONCAT,		envPtr);
 	TclEmitOpcode(		INST_LIST_CONCAT,		envPtr);
    }
@@ -1472,167 +1464,250 @@ TclCompileLreplaceCmd(
 {
    Tcl_Token *tokenPtr, *listTokenPtr;
    DefineLineInformation;	/* TIP #280 */
+    Tcl_Obj *tmpObj;
    int idx1, idx2, i, offset, offset2;
-    int emptyPrefix=1, suffixStart = 0;

    if (parsePtr->numWords < 4) {
 	return TCL_ERROR;
    }
    listTokenPtr = TokenAfter(parsePtr->tokenPtr);

+    /*
+     * Parse the indices. Will only compile if both are constants and not an
+     * _integer_ less than zero (since we reserve negative indices here for
+     * end-relative indexing) or an end-based index greater than 'end' itself.
+     */
+
    tokenPtr = TokenAfter(listTokenPtr);
-    if (TclGetIndexFromToken(tokenPtr, TCL_INDEX_START, TCL_INDEX_AFTER,
-	    &idx1) != TCL_OK) {
+    if (GetIndexFromToken(tokenPtr, &idx1) != TCL_OK) {
 	return TCL_ERROR;
    }

    tokenPtr = TokenAfter(tokenPtr);
-    if (TclGetIndexFromToken(tokenPtr, TCL_INDEX_BEFORE, TCL_INDEX_END,
-	    &idx2) != TCL_OK) {
+    if (GetIndexFromToken(tokenPtr, &idx2) != TCL_OK) {
 	return TCL_ERROR;
    }

    /*
-     * idx1, idx2 are the conventional encoded forms of the tokens parsed
-     * as all forms of index values.  Values of idx1 that come before the
-     * list are treated the same as if they were the start of the list.
-     * Values of idx2 that come after the list are treated the same as if
-     * they were the end of the list.
-     */
-
-    if (idx1 == TCL_INDEX_AFTER) {
-	/*
-	 * [lreplace] treats idx1 value end+1 differently from end+2, etc.
-	 * The operand encoding cannot distinguish them, so we must bail
-	 * out to direct evaluation.
-	 */
-	return TCL_ERROR;
-    }
-
-    /*
-     * General structure of the [lreplace] result is
-     *		prefix replacement suffix
-     * In a few cases we can predict various parts will be empty and
-     * take advantage.
+     * idx1, idx2 are now in canonical form:
     *
-     * The proper suffix begins with the greater of indices idx1 or
-     * idx2 + 1. If we cannot tell at compile time which is greater,
-     * we must defer to direct evaluation.
+     *  - integer:	[0,len+1]
+     *  - end index:    INDEX_END
+     *  - -ive offset:  INDEX_END-[len-1,0]
+     *  - +ive offset:  INDEX_END+1
     */

-    if (idx2 == TCL_INDEX_BEFORE) {
-	suffixStart = idx1;
-    } else if (idx2 == TCL_INDEX_END) {
-	suffixStart = TCL_INDEX_AFTER;
-    } else if (((idx2 < TCL_INDEX_END) && (idx1 <= TCL_INDEX_END))
-	    || ((idx2 >= TCL_INDEX_START) && (idx1 >= TCL_INDEX_START))) {
-	suffixStart = (idx1 > idx2 + 1) ? idx1 : idx2 + 1;
-    } else {
+    /*
+     * Compilation fails when one index is end-based but the other isn't.
+     * Fixing this will require more bytecodes, but this is a workaround for
+     * now. [Bug 47ac84309b]
+     */
+
+    if ((idx1 <= INDEX_END) != (idx2 <= INDEX_END)) {
 	return TCL_ERROR;
    }

-    /* All paths start with computing/pushing the original value. */
+    if (idx2 != INDEX_END && idx2 >= 0 && idx2 < idx1) {
+	idx2 = idx1 - 1;
+    }
+
+    /*
+     * Work out what this [lreplace] is actually doing.
+     */
+
+    tmpObj = NULL;
    CompileWord(envPtr, listTokenPtr, interp, 1);
-
-    /*
-     * Push all the replacement values next so any errors raised in
-     * creating them get raised first.
-     */
-    if (parsePtr->numWords > 4) {
-	/* Push the replacement arguments */
-	tokenPtr = TokenAfter(tokenPtr);
-	for (i=4 ; i<parsePtr->numWords ; i++) {
-	    CompileWord(envPtr, tokenPtr, interp, i);
-	    tokenPtr = TokenAfter(tokenPtr);
-	}
-
-	/* Make a list of them... */
-	TclEmitInstInt4(	INST_LIST, i - 4,		envPtr);
-
-	emptyPrefix = 0;
-    }
-     
-    /*
-     * [lreplace] raises an error when idx1 points after the list, but
-     * only when the list is not empty. This is maximum stupidity.
-     *
-     * TODO: TIP this nonsense away!
-     */
-    if (idx1 >= TCL_INDEX_START) {
-	if (emptyPrefix) {
-	    TclEmitOpcode(	INST_DUP,			envPtr);
+    if (parsePtr->numWords == 4) {
+	if (idx1 == 0) {
+	    if (idx2 == INDEX_END) {
+		goto dropAll;
+	    }
+	    idx1 = idx2 + 1;
+	    idx2 = INDEX_END;
+	    goto dropEnd;
+	} else if (idx2 == INDEX_END) {
+	    idx2 = idx1 - 1;
+	    idx1 = 0;
+	    goto dropEnd;
 	} else {
-	    TclEmitInstInt4(	INST_OVER, 1,			envPtr);
+	    if (idx2 < idx1) {
+		idx2 = idx1 - 1;
+	    }
+	    if (idx1 > 0) {
+		tmpObj = Tcl_NewIntObj(idx1);
+		Tcl_IncrRefCount(tmpObj);
+	    }
+	    goto dropRange;
 	}
-	TclEmitOpcode(		INST_LIST_LENGTH,		envPtr);
-	TclEmitOpcode(		INST_DUP,			envPtr);
-	offset = CurrentOffset(envPtr);
-	TclEmitInstInt1(	INST_JUMP_FALSE1, 0,		envPtr);
+    }

-	/* List is not empty */
-	TclEmitPush(TclAddLiteralObj(envPtr, Tcl_NewIntObj(idx1),
-							NULL),	envPtr);
-	TclEmitOpcode(		INST_GT,			envPtr);
-	offset2 = CurrentOffset(envPtr);
+    tokenPtr = TokenAfter(tokenPtr);
+    for (i=4 ; i<parsePtr->numWords ; i++) {
+	CompileWord(envPtr, tokenPtr, interp, i);
+	tokenPtr = TokenAfter(tokenPtr);
+    }
+    TclEmitInstInt4(		INST_LIST, i - 4,		envPtr);
+    TclEmitInstInt4(		INST_REVERSE, 2,		envPtr);
+    if (idx1 == 0) {
+	if (idx2 == INDEX_END) {
+	    goto replaceAll;
+	}
+	idx1 = idx2 + 1;
+	idx2 = INDEX_END;
+	goto replaceHead;
+    } else if (idx2 == INDEX_END) {
+	idx2 = idx1 - 1;
+	idx1 = 0;
+	goto replaceTail;
+    } else {
+	if (idx2 < idx1) {
+	    idx2 = idx1 - 1;
+	}
+	if (idx1 > 0) {
+	    tmpObj = Tcl_NewIntObj(idx1);
+	    Tcl_IncrRefCount(tmpObj);
+	}
+	goto replaceRange;
+    }
+
+    /*
+     * Issue instructions to perform the operations relating to configurations
+     * that just drop. The only argument pushed on the stack is the list to
+     * operate on.
+     */
+
+  dropAll:			/* This just ensures the arg is a list. */
+    TclEmitOpcode(		INST_LIST_LENGTH,		envPtr);
+    TclEmitOpcode(		INST_POP,			envPtr);
+    PushStringLiteral(envPtr,	"");
+    goto done;
+
+  dropEnd:
+    TclEmitInstInt4(		INST_LIST_RANGE_IMM, idx1,	envPtr);
+    TclEmitInt4(			idx2,			envPtr);
+    goto done;
+
+  dropRange:
+    if (tmpObj != NULL) {
+	/*
+	 * Emit bytecode to check the list length.
+	 */
+
+	TclEmitOpcode(		INST_DUP,			envPtr);
+	TclEmitOpcode(		INST_LIST_LENGTH,		envPtr);
+	TclEmitPush(TclAddLiteralObj(envPtr, tmpObj, NULL),	envPtr);
+	TclEmitOpcode(		INST_GE,			envPtr);
+	offset = CurrentOffset(envPtr);
 	TclEmitInstInt1(	INST_JUMP_TRUE1, 0,		envPtr);

-	/* Idx1 >= list length ===> raise an error */
+	/*
+	 * Emit an error if we've been given an empty list.
+	 */
+
+	TclEmitOpcode(		INST_DUP,			envPtr);
+	TclEmitOpcode(		INST_LIST_LENGTH,		envPtr);
+	offset2 = CurrentOffset(envPtr);
+	TclEmitInstInt1(	INST_JUMP_FALSE1, 0,		envPtr);
 	TclEmitPush(TclAddLiteralObj(envPtr, Tcl_ObjPrintf(
 		"list doesn't contain element %d", idx1), NULL), envPtr);
 	CompileReturnInternal(envPtr, INST_RETURN_IMM, TCL_ERROR, 0,
 		Tcl_ObjPrintf("-errorcode {TCL OPERATION LREPLACE BADIDX}"));
 	TclStoreInt1AtPtr(CurrentOffset(envPtr) - offset,
 		envPtr->codeStart + offset + 1);
-	TclEmitOpcode(		INST_POP,			envPtr);
 	TclStoreInt1AtPtr(CurrentOffset(envPtr) - offset2,
 		envPtr->codeStart + offset2 + 1);
+	TclAdjustStackDepth(-1, envPtr);
    }
+    TclEmitOpcode(		INST_DUP,			envPtr);
+    TclEmitInstInt4(		INST_LIST_RANGE_IMM, 0,		envPtr);
+    TclEmitInt4(			idx1 - 1,		envPtr);
+    TclEmitInstInt4(		INST_REVERSE, 2,		envPtr);
+    TclEmitInstInt4(		INST_LIST_RANGE_IMM, idx2 + 1,	envPtr);
+    TclEmitInt4(			INDEX_END,		envPtr);
+    TclEmitOpcode(		INST_LIST_CONCAT,		envPtr);
+    goto done;

-    if ((idx1 == suffixStart) && (parsePtr->numWords == 4)) {
+    /*
+     * Issue instructions to perform the operations relating to configurations
+     * that do real replacement. All arguments are pushed and assembled into a
+     * pair: the list of values to replace with, and the list to do the
+     * surgery on.
+     */
+
+  replaceAll:
+    TclEmitOpcode(		INST_LIST_LENGTH,		envPtr);
+    TclEmitOpcode(		INST_POP,			envPtr);
+    goto done;
+
+  replaceHead:
+    TclEmitInstInt4(		INST_LIST_RANGE_IMM, idx1,	envPtr);
+    TclEmitInt4(			idx2,			envPtr);
+    TclEmitOpcode(		INST_LIST_CONCAT,		envPtr);
+    goto done;
+
+  replaceTail:
+    TclEmitInstInt4(		INST_LIST_RANGE_IMM, idx1,	envPtr);
+    TclEmitInt4(			idx2,			envPtr);
+    TclEmitInstInt4(		INST_REVERSE, 2,		envPtr);
+    TclEmitOpcode(		INST_LIST_CONCAT,		envPtr);
+    goto done;
+
+  replaceRange:
+    if (tmpObj != NULL) {
 	/*
-	 * This is a "no-op". Example: [lreplace {a b c} 2 0]
-	 * We still do a list operation to get list-verification
-	 * and canonicalization side effects.
+	 * Emit bytecode to check the list length.
 	 */
-	TclEmitInstInt4(	INST_LIST_RANGE_IMM, 0,		envPtr);
-	TclEmitInt4(			TCL_INDEX_END,		envPtr);
-	return TCL_OK;
-    }

-    if (idx1 != TCL_INDEX_START) {
-	/* Prefix may not be empty; generate bytecode to push it */
-	if (emptyPrefix) {
-	    TclEmitOpcode(	INST_DUP,			envPtr);
-	} else {
-	    TclEmitInstInt4(	INST_OVER, 1,			envPtr);
-	}
-	TclEmitInstInt4(	INST_LIST_RANGE_IMM, 0,		envPtr);
-	TclEmitInt4(			idx1 - 1,		envPtr);
-	if (!emptyPrefix) {
-	    TclEmitInstInt4(	INST_REVERSE, 2,		envPtr);
-	    TclEmitOpcode(	INST_LIST_CONCAT,		envPtr);
-	}
-	emptyPrefix = 0;
-    }
+	TclEmitOpcode(		INST_DUP,			envPtr);
+	TclEmitOpcode(		INST_LIST_LENGTH,		envPtr);

-    if (!emptyPrefix) {
-	TclEmitInstInt4(	INST_REVERSE, 2,		envPtr);
-    }
+	/*
+	 * Check the list length vs idx1.
+	 */

-    if (suffixStart == TCL_INDEX_AFTER) {
-	TclEmitOpcode(		INST_POP,			envPtr);
-	if (emptyPrefix) {
-	    PushStringLiteral(envPtr, "");
-	}
-    } else {
-	/* Suffix may not be empty; generate bytecode to push it */
-	TclEmitInstInt4(	INST_LIST_RANGE_IMM, suffixStart, envPtr);
-	TclEmitInt4(			TCL_INDEX_END,		envPtr);
-	if (!emptyPrefix) {
-	    TclEmitOpcode(	INST_LIST_CONCAT,		envPtr);
-	}
-    }
+	TclEmitPush(TclAddLiteralObj(envPtr, tmpObj, NULL),	envPtr);
+	TclEmitOpcode(		INST_GE,			envPtr);
+	offset = CurrentOffset(envPtr);
+	TclEmitInstInt1(	INST_JUMP_TRUE1, 0,		envPtr);

+	/*
+	 * Emit an error if we've been given an empty list.
+	 */
+
+	TclEmitOpcode(		INST_DUP,			envPtr);
+	TclEmitOpcode(		INST_LIST_LENGTH,		envPtr);
+	offset2 = CurrentOffset(envPtr);
+	TclEmitInstInt1(	INST_JUMP_FALSE1, 0,		envPtr);
+	TclEmitPush(TclAddLiteralObj(envPtr, Tcl_ObjPrintf(
+		"list doesn't contain element %d", idx1), NULL), envPtr);
+	CompileReturnInternal(envPtr, INST_RETURN_IMM, TCL_ERROR, 0,
+		Tcl_ObjPrintf("-errorcode {TCL OPERATION LREPLACE BADIDX}"));
+	TclStoreInt1AtPtr(CurrentOffset(envPtr) - offset,
+		envPtr->codeStart + offset + 1);
+	TclStoreInt1AtPtr(CurrentOffset(envPtr) - offset2,
+		envPtr->codeStart + offset2 + 1);
+	TclAdjustStackDepth(-1, envPtr);
+    }
+    TclEmitOpcode(		INST_DUP,			envPtr);
+    TclEmitInstInt4(		INST_LIST_RANGE_IMM, 0,		envPtr);
+    TclEmitInt4(			idx1 - 1,		envPtr);
+    TclEmitInstInt4(		INST_REVERSE, 2,		envPtr);
+    TclEmitInstInt4(		INST_LIST_RANGE_IMM, idx2 + 1,	envPtr);
+    TclEmitInt4(			INDEX_END,		envPtr);
+    TclEmitInstInt4(		INST_REVERSE, 3,		envPtr);
+    TclEmitOpcode(		INST_LIST_CONCAT,		envPtr);
+    TclEmitInstInt4(		INST_REVERSE, 2,		envPtr);
+    TclEmitOpcode(		INST_LIST_CONCAT,		envPtr);
+    goto done;
+
+    /*
+     * Clean up the allocated memory.
+     */
+
+  done:
+    if (tmpObj != NULL) {
+	Tcl_DecrRefCount(tmpObj);
+    }
    return TCL_OK;
 }

@@ -2858,7 +2933,7 @@ TclCompileVariableCmd(
 	    return TCL_ERROR;
 	}

-	/* TODO: Consider what value can pass through the
+	/* TODO: Consider what value can pass throug the
 	 * IndexTailVarIfKnown() screen.  Full CompileWord()
 	 * likely does not apply here.  Push known value instead. */
 	CompileWord(envPtr, varTokenPtr, interp, i);
@@ -107,6 +107,58 @@ const AuxDataType tclJumptableInfoType = {
 #define INVOKE(name) \
    TclEmitInvoke(envPtr,INST_##name)

+#define INDEX_END	(-2)
+
+/*
+ *----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ *
+ * GetIndexFromToken --
+ *
+ *	Parse a token and get the encoded version of the index (as understood
+ *	by TEBC), assuming it is at all knowable at compile time. Only handles
+ *	indices that are integers or 'end' or 'end-integer'.
+ *
+ * Returns:
+ *	TCL_OK if parsing succeeded, and TCL_ERROR if it failed.
+ *
+ * Side effects:
+ *	Sets *index to the index value if successful.
+ *
+ *----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ */
+
+static inline int
+GetIndexFromToken(
+    Tcl_Token *tokenPtr,
+    int *index)
+{
+    Tcl_Obj *tmpObj = Tcl_NewObj();
+    int result, idx;
+
+    if (!TclWordKnownAtCompileTime(tokenPtr, tmpObj)) {
+	Tcl_DecrRefCount(tmpObj);
+	return TCL_ERROR;
+    }
+
+    result = TclGetIntFromObj(NULL, tmpObj, &idx);
+    if (result == TCL_OK) {
+	if (idx < 0) {
+	    result = TCL_ERROR;
+	}
+    } else {
+	result = TclGetIntForIndexM(NULL, tmpObj, INDEX_END, &idx);
+	if (result == TCL_OK && idx > INDEX_END) {
+	    result = TCL_ERROR;
+	}
+    }
+    Tcl_DecrRefCount(tmpObj);
+
+    if (result == TCL_OK) {
+	*index = idx;
+    }
+
+    return result;
+}

 /*
 *----------------------------------------------------------------------
@@ -930,48 +982,22 @@ TclCompileStringRangeCmd(
    fromTokenPtr = TokenAfter(stringTokenPtr);
    toTokenPtr = TokenAfter(fromTokenPtr);

-    /* Every path must push the string argument */
-    CompileWord(envPtr, stringTokenPtr,			interp, 1);
-
    /*
     * Parse the two indices.
     */

-    if (TclGetIndexFromToken(fromTokenPtr, TCL_INDEX_START, TCL_INDEX_AFTER,
-	    &idx1) != TCL_OK) {
+    if (GetIndexFromToken(fromTokenPtr, &idx1) != TCL_OK) {
 	goto nonConstantIndices;
    }
-    /*
-     * Token parsed as an index expression. We treat all indices before
-     * the string the same as the start of the string.
-     */
-
-    if (idx1 == TCL_INDEX_AFTER) {
-	/* [string range $s end+1 $last] must be empty string */
-	OP(		POP);
-	PUSH(		"");
-	return TCL_OK;
-    }
-
-    if (TclGetIndexFromToken(toTokenPtr, TCL_INDEX_BEFORE, TCL_INDEX_END,
-	    &idx2) != TCL_OK) {
+    if (GetIndexFromToken(toTokenPtr, &idx2) != TCL_OK) {
 	goto nonConstantIndices;
    }
-    /*
-     * Token parsed as an index expression. We treat all indices after
-     * the string the same as the end of the string.
-     */
-    if (idx2 == TCL_INDEX_BEFORE) {
-	/* [string range $s $first -1] must be empty string */
-	OP(		POP);
-	PUSH(		"");
-	return TCL_OK;
-    }

    /*
     * Push the operand onto the stack and then the substring operation.
     */

+    CompileWord(envPtr, stringTokenPtr,			interp, 1);
    OP44(		STR_RANGE_IMM, idx1, idx2);
    return TCL_OK;

@@ -980,6 +1006,7 @@ TclCompileStringRangeCmd(
     */

  nonConstantIndices:
+    CompileWord(envPtr, stringTokenPtr,			interp, 1);
    CompileWord(envPtr, fromTokenPtr,			interp, 2);
    CompileWord(envPtr, toTokenPtr,			interp, 3);
    OP(			STR_RANGE);
@@ -995,197 +1022,124 @@ TclCompileStringReplaceCmd(
 				 * compiled. */
    CompileEnv *envPtr)		/* Holds the resulting instructions. */
 {
-    Tcl_Token *tokenPtr, *valueTokenPtr;
+    Tcl_Token *tokenPtr, *valueTokenPtr, *replacementTokenPtr = NULL;
    DefineLineInformation;	/* TIP #280 */
-    int first, last;
+    int idx1, idx2;

    if (parsePtr->numWords < 4 || parsePtr->numWords > 5) {
 	return TCL_ERROR;
    }
- 
-    /* Bytecode to compute/push string argument being replaced */
    valueTokenPtr = TokenAfter(parsePtr->tokenPtr);
-    CompileWord(envPtr, valueTokenPtr, interp, 1);
-
-    /*
-     * Check for first index known and useful at compile time. 
-     */
-    tokenPtr = TokenAfter(valueTokenPtr);
-    if (TclGetIndexFromToken(tokenPtr, TCL_INDEX_BEFORE, TCL_INDEX_AFTER,
-	    &first) != TCL_OK) {
-	goto genericReplace;
-    }
-
-    /*
-     * Check for last index known and useful at compile time. 
-     */
-    tokenPtr = TokenAfter(tokenPtr);
-    if (TclGetIndexFromToken(tokenPtr, TCL_INDEX_BEFORE, TCL_INDEX_AFTER,
-	    &last) != TCL_OK) {
-	goto genericReplace;
-    }
-
-    /* 
-     * [string replace] is an odd bird.  For many arguments it is
-     * a conventional substring replacer.  However it also goes out
-     * of its way to become a no-op for many cases where it would be
-     * replacing an empty substring.  Precisely, it is a no-op when
-     *
-     *		(last < first)		OR
-     *		(last < 0)		OR
-     *		(end < first)
-     *
-     * For some compile-time values we can detect these cases, and
-     * compile direct to bytecode implementing the no-op.
-     */
-
-    if ((last == TCL_INDEX_BEFORE)		/* Know (last < 0) */
-	    || (first == TCL_INDEX_AFTER)	/* Know (first > end) */
-
-	/*
-	 * Tricky to determine when runtime (last < first) can be
-	 * certainly known based on the encoded values. Consider the
-	 * cases...
-	 *
-	 * (first <= TCL_INDEX_END) &&
-	 *	(last == TCL_INDEX_AFTER) => cannot tell REJECT
-	 *	(last <= TCL_INDEX END) && (last < first) => ACCEPT
-	 *	else => cannot tell REJECT
-	 */
-	    || ((first <= TCL_INDEX_END) && (last <= TCL_INDEX_END)
-		&& (last < first))		/* Know (last < first) */
-	/*
-	 * (first == TCL_INDEX_BEFORE) &&
-	 *	(last == TCL_INDEX_AFTER) => (first < last) REJECT
-	 *	(last <= TCL_INDEX_END) => cannot tell REJECT
-	 *	else		=> (first < last) REJECT
-	 *
-	 * else [[first >= TCL_INDEX_START]] &&
-	 *	(last == TCL_INDEX_AFTER) => cannot tell REJECT
-	 *	(last <= TCL_INDEX_END) => cannot tell REJECT
-	 *	else [[last >= TCL_INDEX START]] && (last < first) => ACCEPT
-	 */
-	    || ((first >= TCL_INDEX_START) && (last >= TCL_INDEX_START)
-		&& (last < first))) {		/* Know (last < first) */
-	if (parsePtr->numWords == 5) {
-	    tokenPtr = TokenAfter(tokenPtr);
-	    CompileWord(envPtr, tokenPtr, interp, 4);
-	    OP(		POP);		/* Pop newString */
-	}
-	/* Original string argument now on TOS as result */
-	return TCL_OK;
-    }
-
    if (parsePtr->numWords == 5) {
+	tokenPtr = TokenAfter(valueTokenPtr);
+	tokenPtr = TokenAfter(tokenPtr);
+	replacementTokenPtr = TokenAfter(tokenPtr);
+    }
+
    /*
-     * When we have a string replacement, we have to take care about
-     * not replacing empty substrings that [string replace] promises
-     * not to replace
-     *
-     * The remaining index values might be suitable for conventional
-     * string replacement, but only if they cannot possibly meet the
-     * conditions described above at runtime. If there's a chance they
-     * might, we would have to emit bytecode to check and at that point
-     * we're paying more in bytecode execution time than would make
-     * things worthwhile. Trouble is we are very limited in
-     * how much we can detect that at compile time. After decoding,
-     * we need, first:
-     *
-     *		(first <= end)
-     *
-     * The encoded indices (first <= TCL_INDEX END) and
-     * (first == TCL_INDEX_BEFORE) always meets this condition, but
-     * any other encoded first index has some list for which it fails.
-     *
-     * We also need, second:
-     *
-     *		(last >= 0)
-     *
-     * The encoded indices (last >= TCL_INDEX_START) and
-     * (last == TCL_INDEX_AFTER) always meet this condition but any
-     * other encoded last index has some list for which it fails.
-     *
-     * Finally we need, third:
-     *
-     *		(first <= last)
-     * 
-     * Considered in combination with the constraints we already have,
-     * we see that we can proceed when (first == TCL_INDEX_BEFORE)
-     * or (last == TCL_INDEX_AFTER). These also permit simplification
-     * of the prefix|replace|suffix construction. The other constraints,
-     * though, interfere with getting a guarantee that first <= last. 
+     * Parse the indices. Will only compile special cases if both are
+     * constants and not an _integer_ less than zero (since we reserve
+     * negative indices here for end-relative indexing) or an end-based index
+     * greater than 'end' itself.
     */

-    if ((first == TCL_INDEX_BEFORE) && (last >= TCL_INDEX_START)) {
-	/* empty prefix */
-	tokenPtr = TokenAfter(tokenPtr);
-	CompileWord(envPtr, tokenPtr, interp, 4);
-	OP4(		REVERSE, 2);
-	if (last == TCL_INDEX_AFTER) {
-	    OP(		POP);		/* Pop  original */
-	} else {
-	    OP44(	STR_RANGE_IMM, last + 1, TCL_INDEX_END);
-	    OP1(	STR_CONCAT1, 2);
+    tokenPtr = TokenAfter(valueTokenPtr);
+    if (GetIndexFromToken(tokenPtr, &idx1) != TCL_OK) {
+	goto genericReplace;
+    }
+
+    tokenPtr = TokenAfter(tokenPtr);
+    if (GetIndexFromToken(tokenPtr, &idx2) != TCL_OK) {
+	goto genericReplace;
+    }
+
+    /*
+     * We handle these replacements specially: first character (where
+     * idx1=idx2=0) and last character (where idx1=idx2=INDEX_END). Anything
+     * else and the semantics get rather screwy.
+     */
+
+    if (idx1 == 0 && idx2 == 0) {
+	int notEq, end;
+
+	/*
+	 * Just working with the first character.
+	 */
+
+	CompileWord(envPtr, valueTokenPtr, interp, 1);
+	if (replacementTokenPtr == NULL) {
+	    /* Drop first */
+	    OP44(	STR_RANGE_IMM, 1, INDEX_END);
+	    return TCL_OK;
 	}
-	return TCL_OK;
-    }
-
-    if ((last == TCL_INDEX_AFTER) && (first <= TCL_INDEX_END)) {
-	OP44(		STR_RANGE_IMM, 0, first-1);
-	tokenPtr = TokenAfter(tokenPtr);
-	CompileWord(envPtr, tokenPtr, interp, 4);
+	/* Replace first */
+	CompileWord(envPtr, replacementTokenPtr, interp, 4);
+	OP4(		OVER, 1);
+	PUSH(		"");
+	OP(		STR_EQ);
+	JUMP1(		JUMP_FALSE, notEq);
+	OP(		POP);
+	JUMP1(		JUMP, end);
+	FIXJUMP1(notEq);
+	TclAdjustStackDepth(1, envPtr);
+	OP4(		REVERSE, 2);
+	OP44(		STR_RANGE_IMM, 1, INDEX_END);
 	OP1(		STR_CONCAT1, 2);
+	FIXJUMP1(end);
 	return TCL_OK;
-    }

-	/* FLOW THROUGH TO genericReplace */
+    } else if (idx1 == INDEX_END && idx2 == INDEX_END) {
+	int notEq, end;
+
+	/*
+	 * Just working with the last character.
+	 */
+
+	CompileWord(envPtr, valueTokenPtr, interp, 1);
+	if (replacementTokenPtr == NULL) {
+	    /* Drop last */
+	    OP44(	STR_RANGE_IMM, 0, INDEX_END-1);
+	    return TCL_OK;
+	}
+	/* Replace last */
+	CompileWord(envPtr, replacementTokenPtr, interp, 4);
+	OP4(		OVER, 1);
+	PUSH(		"");
+	OP(		STR_EQ);
+	JUMP1(		JUMP_FALSE, notEq);
+	OP(		POP);
+	JUMP1(		JUMP, end);
+	FIXJUMP1(notEq);
+	TclAdjustStackDepth(1, envPtr);
+	OP4(		REVERSE, 2);
+	OP44(		STR_RANGE_IMM, 0, INDEX_END-1);
+	OP4(		REVERSE, 2);
+	OP1(		STR_CONCAT1, 2);
+	FIXJUMP1(end);
+	return TCL_OK;

    } else {
-	/* 
-	 * When we have no replacement string to worry about, we may
-	 * have more luck, because the forbidden empty string replacements
-	 * are harmless when they are replaced by another empty string.
+	/*
+	 * Need to process indices at runtime. This could be because the
+	 * indices are not constants, or because we need to resolve them to
+	 * absolute indices to work out if a replacement is going to happen.
+	 * In any case, to runtime it is.
 	 */

-	if ((first == TCL_INDEX_BEFORE) || (first == TCL_INDEX_START)) {
-	    /* empty prefix - build suffix only */
-
-	    if ((last == TCL_INDEX_END) || (last == TCL_INDEX_AFTER)) {
-		/* empty suffix too => empty result */
-		OP(	POP);		/* Pop  original */
-		PUSH	(	"");
-		return TCL_OK;
-	    }
-	    OP44(	STR_RANGE_IMM, last + 1, TCL_INDEX_END);
-	    return TCL_OK;
-	} else {
-	    if ((last == TCL_INDEX_END) || (last == TCL_INDEX_AFTER)) {
-		/* empty suffix - build prefix only */
-		OP44(	STR_RANGE_IMM, 0, first-1);
-		return TCL_OK;
-	    }
-	    OP(		DUP);
-	    OP44(	STR_RANGE_IMM, 0, first-1);
-	    OP4(	REVERSE, 2);
-	    OP44(	STR_RANGE_IMM, last + 1, TCL_INDEX_END);
-	    OP1(	STR_CONCAT1, 2);
-	    return TCL_OK;
-	}
-    }
-
    genericReplace:
+	CompileWord(envPtr, valueTokenPtr, interp, 1);
 	tokenPtr = TokenAfter(valueTokenPtr);
 	CompileWord(envPtr, tokenPtr, interp, 2);
 	tokenPtr = TokenAfter(tokenPtr);
 	CompileWord(envPtr, tokenPtr, interp, 3);
-	if (parsePtr->numWords == 5) {
-	    tokenPtr = TokenAfter(tokenPtr);
-	    CompileWord(envPtr, tokenPtr, interp, 4);
+	if (replacementTokenPtr != NULL) {
+	    CompileWord(envPtr, replacementTokenPtr, interp, 4);
 	} else {
 	    PUSH(	"");
 	}
 	OP(		STR_REPLACE);
 	return TCL_OK;
+    }
 }

 int
@@ -22,7 +22,7 @@
 * The tree is composed of OpNodes.
 */

-typedef struct {
+typedef struct OpNode {
    int left;			/* "Pointer" to the left operand. */
    int right;			/* "Pointer" to the right operand. */
    union {
@@ -1885,7 +1885,7 @@ ParseLexeme(
 {
    const char *end;
    int scanned;
-    Tcl_UniChar ch = 0;
+    Tcl_UniChar ch;
    Tcl_Obj *literal = NULL;
    unsigned char byte;

@@ -129,6 +129,10 @@ InstructionDesc const tclInstructionTable[] = {
    {"jumpFalse4",	  5,   -1,         1,	{OPERAND_OFFSET4}},
 	/* Jump relative to (pc + op4) if stktop expr object is false */

+    {"lor",		  1,   -1,         0,	{OPERAND_NONE}},
+	/* Logical or:	push (stknext || stktop) */
+    {"land",		  1,   -1,         0,	{OPERAND_NONE}},
+	/* Logical and:	push (stknext && stktop) */
    {"bitor",		  1,   -1,         0,	{OPERAND_NONE}},
 	/* Bitwise or:	push (stknext | stktop) */
    {"bitxor",		  1,   -1,         0,	{OPERAND_NONE}},
@@ -169,6 +173,10 @@ InstructionDesc const tclInstructionTable[] = {
 	/* Bitwise not:	push ~stktop */
    {"not",		  1,   0,          0,	{OPERAND_NONE}},
 	/* Logical not:	push !stktop */
+    {"callBuiltinFunc1",  2,   1,          1,	{OPERAND_UINT1}},
+	/* Call builtin math function with index op1; any args are on stk */
+    {"callFunc1",	  2,   INT_MIN,    1,	{OPERAND_UINT1}},
+	/* Call non-builtin func objv[0]; <objc,objv>=<op1,top op1> */
    {"tryCvtToNumeric",	  1,   0,          0,	{OPERAND_NONE}},
 	/* Try converting stktop to first int then double if possible. */

@@ -178,6 +186,13 @@ InstructionDesc const tclInstructionTable[] = {
 	/* Skip to next iteration of closest enclosing loop; if none, return
 	 * TCL_CONTINUE code. */

+    {"foreach_start4",	  5,   0,          1,	{OPERAND_AUX4}},
+	/* Initialize execution of a foreach loop. Operand is aux data index
+	 * of the ForeachInfo structure for the foreach command. */
+    {"foreach_step4",	  5,   +1,         1,	{OPERAND_AUX4}},
+	/* "Step" or begin next iteration of foreach loop. Push 0 if to
+	 * terminate loop, else push 1. */
+
    {"beginCatch4",	  5,   0,          1,	{OPERAND_UINT4}},
 	/* Record start of catch with the operand's exception index. Push the
 	 * current stack depth onto a special catch stack. */
@@ -325,6 +340,9 @@ InstructionDesc const tclInstructionTable[] = {
    {"dictNext",	  5,	+3,	   1,	{OPERAND_LVT4}},
 	/* Get the next iteration from the iterator in op4's local scalar.
 	 * Stack:  ... => ... value key doneBool */
+    {"dictDone",	  5,	0,	   1,	{OPERAND_LVT4}},
+	/* Terminate the iterator in op4's local scalar. Use unsetScalar
+	 * instead (with 0 for flags). */
    {"dictUpdateStart",   9,    0,	   2,	{OPERAND_LVT4, OPERAND_AUX4}},
 	/* Create the variables (described in the aux data referred to by the
 	 * second immediate argument) to mirror the state of the dictionary in
@@ -835,8 +853,8 @@ TclSetByteCodeFromAny(
     * instruction generator boundaries.
     */

-    if (iPtr->optimizer) {
-	(iPtr->optimizer)(&compEnv);
+    if (iPtr->extra.optimizer) {
+	(iPtr->extra.optimizer)(&compEnv);
    }

    /*
@@ -1114,7 +1132,7 @@ CleanupByteCode(
 	}
    }

-    if (codePtr->localCachePtr && (codePtr->localCachePtr->refCount-- <= 1)) {
+    if (codePtr->localCachePtr && (--codePtr->localCachePtr->refCount == 0)) {
 	TclFreeLocalCache(interp, codePtr->localCachePtr);
    }

@@ -1410,7 +1428,7 @@ TclInitCompileEnv(
 {
    Interp *iPtr = (Interp *) interp;

-    assert(tclInstructionTable[LAST_INST_OPCODE].name == NULL);
+    assert(tclInstructionTable[LAST_INST_OPCODE+1].name == NULL);

    envPtr->iPtr = iPtr;
    envPtr->source = stringPtr;
@@ -87,7 +87,7 @@ typedef enum {
 				 * to a catch PC offset. */
 } ExceptionRangeType;

-typedef struct {
+typedef struct ExceptionRange {
    ExceptionRangeType type;	/* The kind of ExceptionRange. */
    int nestingLevel;		/* Static depth of the exception range. Used
 				 * to find the most deeply-nested range
@@ -162,7 +162,7 @@ typedef struct ExceptionAux {
 * source offset is not monotonic.
 */

-typedef struct {
+typedef struct CmdLocation {
    int codeOffset;		/* Offset of first byte of command code. */
    int numCodeBytes;		/* Number of bytes for command's code. */
    int srcOffset;		/* Offset of first char of the command. */
@@ -180,7 +180,7 @@ typedef struct {
 * frame and associated information, like the path of a sourced file.
 */

-typedef struct {
+typedef struct ECL {
    int srcOffset;		/* Command location to find the entry. */
    int nline;			/* Number of words in the command */
    int *line;			/* Line information for all words in the
@@ -190,7 +190,7 @@ typedef struct {
 				 * lines. */
 } ECL;

-typedef struct {
+typedef struct ExtCmdLoc {
    int type;			/* Context type. */
    int start;			/* Starting line for compiled script. Needed
 				 * for the extended recompile check in
@@ -417,7 +417,7 @@ typedef struct ByteCode {
 				 * procs are specific to an interpreter so the
 				 * code emitted will depend on the
 				 * interpreter. */
-    size_t compileEpoch;	/* Value of iPtr->compileEpoch when this
+    unsigned int compileEpoch;	/* Value of iPtr->compileEpoch when this
 				 * ByteCode was compiled. Used to invalidate
 				 * code when, e.g., commands with compile
 				 * procs are redefined. */
@@ -429,7 +429,7 @@ typedef struct ByteCode {
 				 * ByteCode was compiled. Used to invalidate
 				 * code when new namespace resolution rules
 				 * are put into effect. */
-    size_t refCount;		/* Reference count: set 1 when created plus 1
+    int refCount;		/* Reference count: set 1 when created plus 1
 				 * for each execution of the code currently
 				 * active. This structure can be freed when
 				 * refCount becomes zero. */
@@ -519,292 +519,312 @@ typedef struct ByteCode {
 * Opcodes for the Tcl bytecode instructions. These must correspond to the
 * entries in the table of instruction descriptions, tclInstructionTable, in
 * tclCompile.c. Also, the order and number of the expression opcodes (e.g.,
- * INST_BITOR) must match the entries in the array operatorStrings in
+ * INST_LOR) must match the entries in the array operatorStrings in
 * tclExecute.c.
 */

-enum TclInstruction {
+/* Opcodes 0 to 9 */
+#define INST_DONE			0
+#define INST_PUSH1			1
+#define INST_PUSH4			2
+#define INST_POP			3
+#define INST_DUP			4
+#define INST_STR_CONCAT1		5
+#define INST_INVOKE_STK1		6
+#define INST_INVOKE_STK4		7
+#define INST_EVAL_STK			8
+#define INST_EXPR_STK			9

-    /* Opcodes 0 to 9 */
-    INST_DONE = 0,
-    INST_PUSH1,
-    INST_PUSH4,
-    INST_POP,
-    INST_DUP,
-    INST_STR_CONCAT1,
-    INST_INVOKE_STK1,
-    INST_INVOKE_STK4,
-    INST_EVAL_STK,
-    INST_EXPR_STK,
+/* Opcodes 10 to 23 */
+#define INST_LOAD_SCALAR1		10
+#define INST_LOAD_SCALAR4		11
+#define INST_LOAD_SCALAR_STK		12
+#define INST_LOAD_ARRAY1		13
+#define INST_LOAD_ARRAY4		14
+#define INST_LOAD_ARRAY_STK		15
+#define INST_LOAD_STK			16
+#define INST_STORE_SCALAR1		17
+#define INST_STORE_SCALAR4		18
+#define INST_STORE_SCALAR_STK		19
+#define INST_STORE_ARRAY1		20
+#define INST_STORE_ARRAY4		21
+#define INST_STORE_ARRAY_STK		22
+#define INST_STORE_STK			23

-    /* Opcodes 10 to 23 */
-    INST_LOAD_SCALAR1,
-    INST_LOAD_SCALAR4,
-    INST_LOAD_SCALAR_STK,
-    INST_LOAD_ARRAY1,
-    INST_LOAD_ARRAY4,
-    INST_LOAD_ARRAY_STK,
-    INST_LOAD_STK,
-    INST_STORE_SCALAR1,
-    INST_STORE_SCALAR4,
-    INST_STORE_SCALAR_STK,
-    INST_STORE_ARRAY1,
-    INST_STORE_ARRAY4,
-    INST_STORE_ARRAY_STK,
-    INST_STORE_STK,
+/* Opcodes 24 to 33 */
+#define INST_INCR_SCALAR1		24
+#define INST_INCR_SCALAR_STK		25
+#define INST_INCR_ARRAY1		26
+#define INST_INCR_ARRAY_STK		27
+#define INST_INCR_STK			28
+#define INST_INCR_SCALAR1_IMM		29
+#define INST_INCR_SCALAR_STK_IMM	30
+#define INST_INCR_ARRAY1_IMM		31
+#define INST_INCR_ARRAY_STK_IMM		32
+#define INST_INCR_STK_IMM		33

-    /* Opcodes 24 to 33 */
-    INST_INCR_SCALAR1,
-    INST_INCR_SCALAR_STK,
-    INST_INCR_ARRAY1,
-    INST_INCR_ARRAY_STK,
-    INST_INCR_STK,
-    INST_INCR_SCALAR1_IMM,
-    INST_INCR_SCALAR_STK_IMM,
-    INST_INCR_ARRAY1_IMM,
-    INST_INCR_ARRAY_STK_IMM,
-    INST_INCR_STK_IMM,
+/* Opcodes 34 to 39 */
+#define INST_JUMP1			34
+#define INST_JUMP4			35
+#define INST_JUMP_TRUE1			36
+#define INST_JUMP_TRUE4			37
+#define INST_JUMP_FALSE1		38
+#define INST_JUMP_FALSE4		39

-    /* Opcodes 34 to 39 */
-    INST_JUMP1,
-    INST_JUMP4,
-    INST_JUMP_TRUE1,
-    INST_JUMP_TRUE4,
-    INST_JUMP_FALSE1,
-    INST_JUMP_FALSE4,
+/* Opcodes 40 to 64 */
+#define INST_LOR			40
+#define INST_LAND			41
+#define INST_BITOR			42
+#define INST_BITXOR			43
+#define INST_BITAND			44
+#define INST_EQ				45
+#define INST_NEQ			46
+#define INST_LT				47
+#define INST_GT				48
+#define INST_LE				49
+#define INST_GE				50
+#define INST_LSHIFT			51
+#define INST_RSHIFT			52
+#define INST_ADD			53
+#define INST_SUB			54
+#define INST_MULT			55
+#define INST_DIV			56
+#define INST_MOD			57
+#define INST_UPLUS			58
+#define INST_UMINUS			59
+#define INST_BITNOT			60
+#define INST_LNOT			61
+#define INST_CALL_BUILTIN_FUNC1		62
+#define INST_CALL_FUNC1			63
+#define INST_TRY_CVT_TO_NUMERIC		64

-    /* Opcodes 42 to 64 */
-    INST_BITOR,
-    INST_BITXOR,
-    INST_BITAND,
-    INST_EQ,
-    INST_NEQ,
-    INST_LT,
-    INST_GT,
-    INST_LE,
-    INST_GE,
-    INST_LSHIFT,
-    INST_RSHIFT,
-    INST_ADD,
-    INST_SUB,
-    INST_MULT,
-    INST_DIV,
-    INST_MOD,
-    INST_UPLUS,
-    INST_UMINUS,
-    INST_BITNOT,
-    INST_LNOT,
-    INST_TRY_CVT_TO_NUMERIC,
+/* Opcodes 65 to 66 */
+#define INST_BREAK			65
+#define INST_CONTINUE			66

-    /* Opcodes 65 to 66 */
-    INST_BREAK,
-    INST_CONTINUE,
+/* Opcodes 67 to 68 */
+#define INST_FOREACH_START4		67 /* DEPRECATED */
+#define INST_FOREACH_STEP4		68 /* DEPRECATED */

-    /* Opcodes 69 to 72 */
-    INST_BEGIN_CATCH4,
-    INST_END_CATCH,
-    INST_PUSH_RESULT,
-    INST_PUSH_RETURN_CODE,
+/* Opcodes 69 to 72 */
+#define INST_BEGIN_CATCH4		69
+#define INST_END_CATCH			70
+#define INST_PUSH_RESULT		71
+#define INST_PUSH_RETURN_CODE		72

-    /* Opcodes 73 to 78 */
-    INST_STR_EQ,
-    INST_STR_NEQ,
-    INST_STR_CMP,
-    INST_STR_LEN,
-    INST_STR_INDEX,
-    INST_STR_MATCH,
+/* Opcodes 73 to 78 */
+#define INST_STR_EQ			73
+#define INST_STR_NEQ			74
+#define INST_STR_CMP			75
+#define INST_STR_LEN			76
+#define INST_STR_INDEX			77
+#define INST_STR_MATCH			78

-    /* Opcodes 79 to 81 */
-    INST_LIST,
-    INST_LIST_INDEX,
-    INST_LIST_LENGTH,
+/* Opcodes 78 to 81 */
+#define INST_LIST			79
+#define INST_LIST_INDEX			80
+#define INST_LIST_LENGTH		81

-    /* Opcodes 82 to 87 */
-    INST_APPEND_SCALAR1,
-    INST_APPEND_SCALAR4,
-    INST_APPEND_ARRAY1,
-    INST_APPEND_ARRAY4,
-    INST_APPEND_ARRAY_STK,
-    INST_APPEND_STK,
+/* Opcodes 82 to 87 */
+#define INST_APPEND_SCALAR1		82
+#define INST_APPEND_SCALAR4		83
+#define INST_APPEND_ARRAY1		84
+#define INST_APPEND_ARRAY4		85
+#define INST_APPEND_ARRAY_STK		86
+#define INST_APPEND_STK			87

-    /* Opcodes 88 to 93 */
-    INST_LAPPEND_SCALAR1,
-    INST_LAPPEND_SCALAR4,
-    INST_LAPPEND_ARRAY1,
-    INST_LAPPEND_ARRAY4,
-    INST_LAPPEND_ARRAY_STK,
-    INST_LAPPEND_STK,
+/* Opcodes 88 to 93 */
+#define INST_LAPPEND_SCALAR1		88
+#define INST_LAPPEND_SCALAR4		89
+#define INST_LAPPEND_ARRAY1		90
+#define INST_LAPPEND_ARRAY4		91
+#define INST_LAPPEND_ARRAY_STK		92
+#define INST_LAPPEND_STK		93

-    /* TIP #22 - LINDEX operator with flat arg list */
-    INST_LIST_INDEX_MULTI,
+/* TIP #22 - LINDEX operator with flat arg list */

-    /*
-     * TIP #33 - 'lset' command. Code gen also required a Forth-like
-     *	     OVER operation.
-     */
-    INST_OVER,
-    INST_LSET_LIST,
-    INST_LSET_FLAT,
+#define INST_LIST_INDEX_MULTI		94

-    /* TIP#90 - 'return' command. */
-    INST_RETURN_IMM,
+/*
+ * TIP #33 - 'lset' command. Code gen also required a Forth-like
+ *	     OVER operation.
+ */

-    /* TIP#123 - exponentiation operator. */
-    INST_EXPON,
+#define INST_OVER			95
+#define INST_LSET_LIST			96
+#define INST_LSET_FLAT			97

-    /* TIP #157 - {*}... (word expansion) language syntax support. */
-    INST_EXPAND_START,
-    INST_EXPAND_STKTOP,
-    INST_INVOKE_EXPANDED,
+/* TIP#90 - 'return' command. */

-    /*
-     * TIP #57 - 'lassign' command. Code generation requires immediate
-     *	     LINDEX and LRANGE operators.
-     */
-    INST_LIST_INDEX_IMM,
-    INST_LIST_RANGE_IMM,
-    INST_START_CMD,
-    INST_LIST_IN,
-    INST_LIST_NOT_IN,
-    INST_PUSH_RETURN_OPTIONS,
-    INST_RETURN_STK,
+#define INST_RETURN_IMM			98

-    /*
-     * Dictionary (TIP#111) related commands.
-     */
-    INST_DICT_GET,
-    INST_DICT_SET,
-    INST_DICT_UNSET,
-    INST_DICT_INCR_IMM,
-    INST_DICT_APPEND,
-    INST_DICT_LAPPEND,
-    INST_DICT_FIRST,
-    INST_DICT_NEXT,
-    INST_DICT_UPDATE_START,
-    INST_DICT_UPDATE_END,
+/* TIP#123 - exponentiation operator. */

-    /*
-     * Instruction to support jumps defined by tables (instead of the classic
-     * [switch] technique of chained comparisons).
-     */
-    INST_JUMP_TABLE,
+#define INST_EXPON			99

-    /*
-     * Instructions to support compilation of global, variable, upvar and
-     * [namespace upvar].
-     */
-    INST_UPVAR,
-    INST_NSUPVAR,
-    INST_VARIABLE,
+/* TIP #157 - {*}... (word expansion) language syntax support. */

-    /* Instruction to support compiling syntax error to bytecode */
-    INST_SYNTAX,
+#define INST_EXPAND_START		100
+#define INST_EXPAND_STKTOP		101
+#define INST_INVOKE_EXPANDED		102

-    /* Instruction to reverse N items on top of stack */
-    INST_REVERSE,
+/*
+ * TIP #57 - 'lassign' command. Code generation requires immediate
+ *	     LINDEX and LRANGE operators.
+ */

-    /* regexp instruction */
-    INST_REGEXP,
+#define INST_LIST_INDEX_IMM		103
+#define INST_LIST_RANGE_IMM		104

-    /* For [info exists] compilation */
-    INST_EXIST_SCALAR,
-    INST_EXIST_ARRAY,
-    INST_EXIST_ARRAY_STK,
-    INST_EXIST_STK,
+#define INST_START_CMD			105

-    /* For [subst] compilation */
-    INST_NOP,
-    INST_RETURN_CODE_BRANCH,
+#define INST_LIST_IN			106
+#define INST_LIST_NOT_IN		107

-    /* For [unset] compilation */
-    INST_UNSET_SCALAR,
-    INST_UNSET_ARRAY,
-    INST_UNSET_ARRAY_STK,
-    INST_UNSET_STK,
+#define INST_PUSH_RETURN_OPTIONS	108
+#define INST_RETURN_STK			109

-    /* For [dict with], [dict exists], [dict create] and [dict merge] */
-    INST_DICT_EXPAND,
-    INST_DICT_RECOMBINE_STK,
-    INST_DICT_RECOMBINE_IMM,
-    INST_DICT_EXISTS,
-    INST_DICT_VERIFY,
+/*
+ * Dictionary (TIP#111) related commands.
+ */

-    /* For [string map] and [regsub] compilation */
-    INST_STR_MAP,
-    INST_STR_FIND,
-    INST_STR_FIND_LAST,
-    INST_STR_RANGE_IMM,
-    INST_STR_RANGE,
+#define INST_DICT_GET			110
+#define INST_DICT_SET			111
+#define INST_DICT_UNSET			112
+#define INST_DICT_INCR_IMM		113
+#define INST_DICT_APPEND		114
+#define INST_DICT_LAPPEND		115
+#define INST_DICT_FIRST			116
+#define INST_DICT_NEXT			117
+#define INST_DICT_DONE			118
+#define INST_DICT_UPDATE_START		119
+#define INST_DICT_UPDATE_END		120

-    /* For operations to do with coroutines and other NRE-manipulators */
-    INST_YIELD,
-    INST_COROUTINE_NAME,
-    INST_TAILCALL,
+/*
+ * Instruction to support jumps defined by tables (instead of the classic
+ * [switch] technique of chained comparisons).
+ */

-    /* For compilation of basic information operations */
-    INST_NS_CURRENT,
-    INST_INFO_LEVEL_NUM,
-    INST_INFO_LEVEL_ARGS,
-    INST_RESOLVE_COMMAND,
+#define INST_JUMP_TABLE			121

-    /* For compilation relating to TclOO */
-    INST_TCLOO_SELF,
-    INST_TCLOO_CLASS,
-    INST_TCLOO_NS,
-    INST_TCLOO_IS_OBJECT,
+/*
+ * Instructions to support compilation of global, variable, upvar and
+ * [namespace upvar].
+ */

-    /* For compilation of [array] subcommands */
-    INST_ARRAY_EXISTS_STK,
-    INST_ARRAY_EXISTS_IMM,
-    INST_ARRAY_MAKE_STK,
-    INST_ARRAY_MAKE_IMM,
+#define INST_UPVAR			122
+#define INST_NSUPVAR			123
+#define INST_VARIABLE			124

-    INST_INVOKE_REPLACE,
+/* Instruction to support compiling syntax error to bytecode */

-    INST_LIST_CONCAT,
+#define INST_SYNTAX			125

-    INST_EXPAND_DROP,
+/* Instruction to reverse N items on top of stack */

-    /* New foreach implementation */
-    INST_FOREACH_START,
-    INST_FOREACH_STEP,
-    INST_FOREACH_END,
-    INST_LMAP_COLLECT,
+#define INST_REVERSE			126

-    /* For compilation of [string trim] and related */
-    INST_STR_TRIM,
-    INST_STR_TRIM_LEFT,
-    INST_STR_TRIM_RIGHT,
+/* regexp instruction */

-    INST_CONCAT_STK,
+#define INST_REGEXP			127

-    INST_STR_UPPER,
-    INST_STR_LOWER,
-    INST_STR_TITLE,
-    INST_STR_REPLACE,
+/* For [info exists] compilation */
+#define INST_EXIST_SCALAR		128
+#define INST_EXIST_ARRAY		129
+#define INST_EXIST_ARRAY_STK		130
+#define INST_EXIST_STK			131

-    INST_ORIGIN_COMMAND,
+/* For [subst] compilation */
+#define INST_NOP			132
+#define INST_RETURN_CODE_BRANCH		133

-    INST_TCLOO_NEXT,
-    INST_TCLOO_NEXT_CLASS,
+/* For [unset] compilation */
+#define INST_UNSET_SCALAR		134
+#define INST_UNSET_ARRAY		135
+#define INST_UNSET_ARRAY_STK		136
+#define INST_UNSET_STK			137

-    INST_YIELD_TO_INVOKE,
+/* For [dict with], [dict exists], [dict create] and [dict merge] */
+#define INST_DICT_EXPAND		138
+#define INST_DICT_RECOMBINE_STK		139
+#define INST_DICT_RECOMBINE_IMM		140
+#define INST_DICT_EXISTS		141
+#define INST_DICT_VERIFY		142

-    INST_NUM_TYPE,
-    INST_TRY_CVT_TO_BOOLEAN,
-    INST_STR_CLASS,
+/* For [string map] and [regsub] compilation */
+#define INST_STR_MAP			143
+#define INST_STR_FIND			144
+#define INST_STR_FIND_LAST		145
+#define INST_STR_RANGE_IMM		146
+#define INST_STR_RANGE			147

-    INST_LAPPEND_LIST,
-    INST_LAPPEND_LIST_ARRAY,
-    INST_LAPPEND_LIST_ARRAY_STK,
-    INST_LAPPEND_LIST_STK,
+/* For operations to do with coroutines and other NRE-manipulators */
+#define INST_YIELD			148
+#define INST_COROUTINE_NAME		149
+#define INST_TAILCALL			150

-    INST_CLOCK_READ,
+/* For compilation of basic information operations */
+#define INST_NS_CURRENT			151
+#define INST_INFO_LEVEL_NUM		152
+#define INST_INFO_LEVEL_ARGS		153
+#define INST_RESOLVE_COMMAND		154

-    /* The last opcode */
-    LAST_INST_OPCODE
-};
+/* For compilation relating to TclOO */
+#define INST_TCLOO_SELF			155
+#define INST_TCLOO_CLASS		156
+#define INST_TCLOO_NS			157
+#define INST_TCLOO_IS_OBJECT		158

+/* For compilation of [array] subcommands */
+#define INST_ARRAY_EXISTS_STK		159
+#define INST_ARRAY_EXISTS_IMM		160
+#define INST_ARRAY_MAKE_STK		161
+#define INST_ARRAY_MAKE_IMM		162
+
+#define INST_INVOKE_REPLACE		163
+
+#define INST_LIST_CONCAT		164
+
+#define INST_EXPAND_DROP		165
+
+/* New foreach implementation */
+#define INST_FOREACH_START              166
+#define INST_FOREACH_STEP               167
+#define INST_FOREACH_END                168
+#define INST_LMAP_COLLECT               169
+
+/* For compilation of [string trim] and related */
+#define INST_STR_TRIM			170
+#define INST_STR_TRIM_LEFT		171
+#define INST_STR_TRIM_RIGHT		172
+
+#define INST_CONCAT_STK			173
+
+#define INST_STR_UPPER			174
+#define INST_STR_LOWER			175
+#define INST_STR_TITLE			176
+#define INST_STR_REPLACE		177
+
+#define INST_ORIGIN_COMMAND		178
+
+#define INST_TCLOO_NEXT			179
+#define INST_TCLOO_NEXT_CLASS		180
+
+#define INST_YIELD_TO_INVOKE		181
+
+#define INST_NUM_TYPE			182
+#define INST_TRY_CVT_TO_BOOLEAN		183
+#define INST_STR_CLASS			184
+
+#define INST_LAPPEND_LIST		185
+#define INST_LAPPEND_LIST_ARRAY		186
+#define INST_LAPPEND_LIST_ARRAY_STK	187
+#define INST_LAPPEND_LIST_STK		188
+
+#define INST_CLOCK_READ			189
+
+/* The last opcode */
+#define LAST_INST_OPCODE		189

 /*
 * Table describing the Tcl bytecode instructions: their name (for displaying
@@ -1100,8 +1120,6 @@ MODULE_SCOPE int	TclFixupForwardJump(CompileEnv *envPtr,
 			    int distThreshold);
 MODULE_SCOPE void	TclFreeCompileEnv(CompileEnv *envPtr);
 MODULE_SCOPE void	TclFreeJumpFixupArray(JumpFixupArray *fixupArrayPtr);
-MODULE_SCOPE int	TclGetIndexFromToken(Tcl_Token *tokenPtr,
-			    int before, int after, int *indexPtr);
 MODULE_SCOPE ByteCode *	TclInitByteCode(CompileEnv *envPtr);
 MODULE_SCOPE ByteCode *	TclInitByteCodeObj(Tcl_Obj *objPtr,
 			    const Tcl_ObjType *typePtr, CompileEnv *envPtr);
@@ -31,7 +31,7 @@
 * the (Tcl_Interp *) in which it is stored, and the encoding.
 */

-typedef struct {
+typedef struct QCCD {
    Tcl_Obj *pkg;
    Tcl_Interp *interp;
    char *encoding;
@@ -1,24 +1,22 @@
-/* A Bison parser, made by GNU Bison 2.3.  */
+/* A Bison parser, made by GNU Bison 2.4.2.  */

 /* Skeleton implementation for Bison's Yacc-like parsers in C
-
-   Copyright (C) 1984, 1989, 1990, 2000, 2001, 2002, 2003, 2004, 2005, 2006
-   Free Software Foundation, Inc.
-
-   This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
+   
+      Copyright (C) 1984, 1989-1990, 2000-2006, 2009-2010 Free Software
+   Foundation, Inc.
+   
+   This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
-   the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
-   any later version.
-
+   the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
+   (at your option) any later version.
+   
   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
   GNU General Public License for more details.
-
+   
   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
-   along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
-   Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor,
-   Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA.  */
+   along with this program.  If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.  */

 /* As a special exception, you may create a larger work that contains
   part or all of the Bison parser skeleton and distribute that work
@@ -29,7 +27,7 @@
   special exception, which will cause the skeleton and the resulting
   Bison output files to be licensed under the GNU General Public
   License without this special exception.
-
+   
   This special exception was added by the Free Software Foundation in
   version 2.2 of Bison.  */

@@ -47,7 +45,7 @@
 #define YYBISON 1

 /* Bison version.  */
-#define YYBISON_VERSION "2.3"
+#define YYBISON_VERSION "2.4.2"

 /* Skeleton name.  */
 #define YYSKELETON_NAME "yacc.c"
@@ -55,65 +53,24 @@
 /* Pure parsers.  */
 #define YYPURE 1

+/* Push parsers.  */
+#define YYPUSH 0
+
+/* Pull parsers.  */
+#define YYPULL 1
+
 /* Using locations.  */
 #define YYLSP_NEEDED 1

 /* Substitute the variable and function names.  */
-#define yyparse TclDateparse
-#define yylex   TclDatelex
-#define yyerror TclDateerror
-#define yylval  TclDatelval
-#define yychar  TclDatechar
-#define yydebug TclDatedebug
-#define yynerrs TclDatenerrs
-#define yylloc TclDatelloc
-
-/* Tokens.  */
-#ifndef YYTOKENTYPE
-# define YYTOKENTYPE
-   /* Put the tokens into the symbol table, so that GDB and other debuggers
-      know about them.  */
-   enum yytokentype {
-     tAGO = 258,
-     tDAY = 259,
-     tDAYZONE = 260,
-     tID = 261,
-     tMERIDIAN = 262,
-     tMONTH = 263,
-     tMONTH_UNIT = 264,
-     tSTARDATE = 265,
-     tSEC_UNIT = 266,
-     tSNUMBER = 267,
-     tUNUMBER = 268,
-     tZONE = 269,
-     tEPOCH = 270,
-     tDST = 271,
-     tISOBASE = 272,
-     tDAY_UNIT = 273,
-     tNEXT = 274
-   };
-#endif
-/* Tokens.  */
-#define tAGO 258
-#define tDAY 259
-#define tDAYZONE 260
-#define tID 261
-#define tMERIDIAN 262
-#define tMONTH 263
-#define tMONTH_UNIT 264
-#define tSTARDATE 265
-#define tSEC_UNIT 266
-#define tSNUMBER 267
-#define tUNUMBER 268
-#define tZONE 269
-#define tEPOCH 270
-#define tDST 271
-#define tISOBASE 272
-#define tDAY_UNIT 273
-#define tNEXT 274
-
-
-
+#define yyparse         TclDateparse
+#define yylex           TclDatelex
+#define yyerror         TclDateerror
+#define yylval          TclDatelval
+#define yychar          TclDatechar
+#define yydebug         TclDatedebug
+#define yynerrs         TclDatenerrs
+#define yylloc          TclDatelloc

 /* Copy the first part of user declarations.  */

@@ -129,6 +86,7 @@
 *
 * See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution of
 * this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES.
+ *
 */
 #include "tclInt.h"

@@ -146,73 +104,11 @@
 * parsed fields will be returned.
 */

-typedef struct DateInfo {
-
-    Tcl_Obj* messages;		/* Error messages */
-    const char* separatrix;	/* String separating messages */
-
-    time_t dateYear;
-    time_t dateMonth;
-    time_t dateDay;
-    int dateHaveDate;
-
-    time_t dateHour;
-    time_t dateMinutes;
-    time_t dateSeconds;
-    int dateMeridian;
-    int dateHaveTime;
-
-    time_t dateTimezone;
-    int dateDSTmode;
-    int dateHaveZone;
-
-    time_t dateRelMonth;
-    time_t dateRelDay;
-    time_t dateRelSeconds;
-    int dateHaveRel;
-
-    time_t dateMonthOrdinal;
-    int dateHaveOrdinalMonth;
-
-    time_t dateDayOrdinal;
-    time_t dateDayNumber;
-    int dateHaveDay;
-
-    const char *dateStart;
-    const char *dateInput;
-    time_t *dateRelPointer;
-
-    int dateDigitCount;
-} DateInfo;
+#include "tclDate.h"

 #define YYMALLOC	ckalloc
 #define YYFREE(x)	(ckfree((void*) (x)))

-#define yyDSTmode	(info->dateDSTmode)
-#define yyDayOrdinal	(info->dateDayOrdinal)
-#define yyDayNumber	(info->dateDayNumber)
-#define yyMonthOrdinal	(info->dateMonthOrdinal)
-#define yyHaveDate	(info->dateHaveDate)
-#define yyHaveDay	(info->dateHaveDay)
-#define yyHaveOrdinalMonth (info->dateHaveOrdinalMonth)
-#define yyHaveRel	(info->dateHaveRel)
-#define yyHaveTime	(info->dateHaveTime)
-#define yyHaveZone	(info->dateHaveZone)
-#define yyTimezone	(info->dateTimezone)
-#define yyDay		(info->dateDay)
-#define yyMonth		(info->dateMonth)
-#define yyYear		(info->dateYear)
-#define yyHour		(info->dateHour)
-#define yyMinutes	(info->dateMinutes)
-#define yySeconds	(info->dateSeconds)
-#define yyMeridian	(info->dateMeridian)
-#define yyRelMonth	(info->dateRelMonth)
-#define yyRelDay	(info->dateRelDay)
-#define yyRelSeconds	(info->dateRelSeconds)
-#define yyRelPointer	(info->dateRelPointer)
-#define yyInput		(info->dateInput)
-#define yyDigitCount	(info->dateDigitCount)
-
 #define EPOCH		1970
 #define START_OF_TIME	1902
 #define END_OF_TIME	2037
@@ -246,13 +142,6 @@ typedef enum _DSTMODE {
    DSTon, DSToff, DSTmaybe
 } DSTMODE;

-/*
- * Meridian: am, pm, or 24-hour style.
- */
-
-typedef enum _MERIDIAN {
-    MERam, MERpm, MER24
-} MERIDIAN;



@@ -274,19 +163,49 @@ typedef enum _MERIDIAN {
 # define YYTOKEN_TABLE 0
 #endif

+
+/* Tokens.  */
+#ifndef YYTOKENTYPE
+# define YYTOKENTYPE
+   /* Put the tokens into the symbol table, so that GDB and other debuggers
+      know about them.  */
+   enum yytokentype {
+     tAGO = 258,
+     tDAY = 259,
+     tDAYZONE = 260,
+     tID = 261,
+     tMERIDIAN = 262,
+     tMONTH = 263,
+     tMONTH_UNIT = 264,
+     tSTARDATE = 265,
+     tSEC_UNIT = 266,
+     tSNUMBER = 267,
+     tUNUMBER = 268,
+     tZONE = 269,
+     tEPOCH = 270,
+     tDST = 271,
+     tISOBASE = 272,
+     tDAY_UNIT = 273,
+     tNEXT = 274
+   };
+#endif
+
+
+
 #if ! defined YYSTYPE && ! defined YYSTYPE_IS_DECLARED
 typedef union YYSTYPE
-
 {
+
+
    time_t Number;
    enum _MERIDIAN Meridian;
-}
-/* Line 187 of yacc.c.  */

-	YYSTYPE;
+
+
+} YYSTYPE;
+# define YYSTYPE_IS_TRIVIAL 1
 # define yystype YYSTYPE /* obsolescent; will be withdrawn */
 # define YYSTYPE_IS_DECLARED 1
-# define YYSTYPE_IS_TRIVIAL 1
 #endif

 #if ! defined YYLTYPE && ! defined YYLTYPE_IS_DECLARED
@@ -316,14 +235,10 @@ static int		LookupWord(YYSTYPE* yylvalPtr, char *buff);
 				     DateInfo* info, const char *s);
 static int		TclDatelex(YYSTYPE* yylvalPtr, YYLTYPE* location,
 				   DateInfo* info);
-static time_t		ToSeconds(time_t Hours, time_t Minutes,
-			    time_t Seconds, MERIDIAN Meridian);
 MODULE_SCOPE int	yyparse(DateInfo*);



-/* Line 216 of yacc.c.  */
-

 #ifdef short
 # undef short
@@ -359,15 +274,21 @@ typedef short int yytype_int16;
 #ifndef YYSIZE_T
 # ifdef __SIZE_TYPE__
 #  define YYSIZE_T __SIZE_TYPE__
-# else
+# elif defined size_t
 #  define YYSIZE_T size_t
+# elif ! defined YYSIZE_T && (defined __STDC__ || defined __C99__FUNC__ \
+     || defined __cplusplus || defined _MSC_VER)
+#  include <stddef.h> /* INFRINGES ON USER NAME SPACE */
+#  define YYSIZE_T size_t
+# else
+#  define YYSIZE_T unsigned int
 # endif
 #endif

 #define YYSIZE_MAXIMUM ((YYSIZE_T) -1)

 #ifndef YY_
-# if YYENABLE_NLS
+# if defined YYENABLE_NLS && YYENABLE_NLS
 #  if ENABLE_NLS
 #   include <libintl.h> /* INFRINGES ON USER NAME SPACE */
 #   define YY_(msgid) dgettext ("bison-runtime", msgid)
@@ -392,14 +313,14 @@ typedef short int yytype_int16;
 #if (defined __STDC__ || defined __C99__FUNC__ \
     || defined __cplusplus || defined _MSC_VER)
 static int
-YYID (int i)
+YYID (int yyi)
 #else
 static int
-YYID (i)
-    int i;
+YYID (yyi)
+    int yyi;
 #endif
 {
-  return i;
+  return yyi;
 }
 #endif

@@ -481,9 +402,9 @@ void free (void *); /* INFRINGES ON USER NAME SPACE */
 /* A type that is properly aligned for any stack member.  */
 union yyalloc
 {
-  yytype_int16 yyss;
-  YYSTYPE yyvs;
-    YYLTYPE yyls;
+  yytype_int16 yyss_alloc;
+  YYSTYPE yyvs_alloc;
+  YYLTYPE yyls_alloc;
 };

 /* The size of the maximum gap between one aligned stack and the next.  */
@@ -518,12 +439,12 @@ union yyalloc
   elements in the stack, and YYPTR gives the new location of the
   stack.  Advance YYPTR to a properly aligned location for the next
   stack.  */
-# define YYSTACK_RELOCATE(Stack)					\
+# define YYSTACK_RELOCATE(Stack_alloc, Stack)				\
    do									\
      {									\
 	YYSIZE_T yynewbytes;						\
-	YYCOPY (&yyptr->Stack, Stack, yysize);				\
-	Stack = &yyptr->Stack;						\
+	YYCOPY (&yyptr->Stack_alloc, Stack, yysize);			\
+	Stack = &yyptr->Stack_alloc;					\
 	yynewbytes = yystacksize * sizeof (*Stack) + YYSTACK_GAP_MAXIMUM; \
 	yyptr += yynewbytes / sizeof (*yyptr);				\
      }									\
@@ -624,12 +545,12 @@ static const yytype_int8 yyrhs[] =
 /* YYRLINE[YYN] -- source line where rule number YYN was defined.  */
 static const yytype_uint16 yyrline[] =
 {
-       0,   225,   225,   226,   229,   232,   235,   238,   241,   244,
-     247,   251,   256,   259,   265,   271,   279,   285,   296,   300,
-     304,   310,   314,   318,   322,   326,   332,   336,   341,   346,
-     351,   356,   360,   365,   369,   374,   381,   385,   391,   400,
-     409,   419,   433,   438,   441,   444,   447,   450,   453,   458,
-     461,   466,   470,   474,   480,   498,   501
+       0,   152,   152,   153,   156,   159,   162,   165,   168,   171,
+     174,   178,   183,   186,   192,   198,   206,   212,   223,   227,
+     231,   237,   241,   245,   249,   253,   259,   263,   268,   273,
+     278,   283,   287,   292,   296,   301,   308,   312,   318,   327,
+     336,   346,   360,   365,   368,   371,   374,   377,   380,   385,
+     388,   393,   397,   401,   407,   425,   428
 };
 #endif

@@ -783,9 +704,18 @@ static const yytype_uint8 yystos[] =

 /* Like YYERROR except do call yyerror.  This remains here temporarily
   to ease the transition to the new meaning of YYERROR, for GCC.
-   Once GCC version 2 has supplanted version 1, this can go.  */
+   Once GCC version 2 has supplanted version 1, this can go.  However,
+   YYFAIL appears to be in use.  Nevertheless, it is formally deprecated
+   in Bison 2.4.2's NEWS entry, where a plan to phase it out is
+   discussed.  */

 #define YYFAIL		goto yyerrlab
+#if defined YYFAIL
+  /* This is here to suppress warnings from the GCC cpp's
+     -Wunused-macros.  Normally we don't worry about that warning, but
+     some users do, and we want to make it easy for users to remove
+     YYFAIL uses, which will produce warnings from Bison 2.5.  */
+#endif

 #define YYRECOVERING()  (!!yyerrstatus)

@@ -842,7 +772,7 @@ while (YYID (0))
   we won't break user code: when these are the locations we know.  */

 #ifndef YY_LOCATION_PRINT
-# if YYLTYPE_IS_TRIVIAL
+# if defined YYLTYPE_IS_TRIVIAL && YYLTYPE_IS_TRIVIAL
 #  define YY_LOCATION_PRINT(File, Loc)			\
     fprintf (File, "%d.%d-%d.%d",			\
 	      (Loc).first_line, (Loc).first_column,	\
@@ -961,17 +891,20 @@ yy_symbol_print (yyoutput, yytype, yyvaluep, yylocationp, info)
 #if (defined __STDC__ || defined __C99__FUNC__ \
     || defined __cplusplus || defined _MSC_VER)
 static void
-yy_stack_print (yytype_int16 *bottom, yytype_int16 *top)
+yy_stack_print (yytype_int16 *yybottom, yytype_int16 *yytop)
 #else
 static void
-yy_stack_print (bottom, top)
-    yytype_int16 *bottom;
-    yytype_int16 *top;
+yy_stack_print (yybottom, yytop)
+    yytype_int16 *yybottom;
+    yytype_int16 *yytop;
 #endif
 {
  YYFPRINTF (stderr, "Stack now");
-  for (; bottom <= top; ++bottom)
-    YYFPRINTF (stderr, " %d", *bottom);
+  for (; yybottom <= yytop; yybottom++)
+    {
+      int yybot = *yybottom;
+      YYFPRINTF (stderr, " %d", yybot);
+    }
  YYFPRINTF (stderr, "\n");
 }

@@ -1007,11 +940,11 @@ yy_reduce_print (yyvsp, yylsp, yyrule, info)
  /* The symbols being reduced.  */
  for (yyi = 0; yyi < yynrhs; yyi++)
    {
-      fprintf (stderr, "   $%d = ", yyi + 1);
+      YYFPRINTF (stderr, "   $%d = ", yyi + 1);
      yy_symbol_print (stderr, yyrhs[yyprhs[yyrule] + yyi],
 		       &(yyvsp[(yyi + 1) - (yynrhs)])
 		       , &(yylsp[(yyi + 1) - (yynrhs)])		       , info);
-      fprintf (stderr, "\n");
+      YYFPRINTF (stderr, "\n");
    }
 }

@@ -1295,10 +1228,8 @@ yydestruct (yymsg, yytype, yyvaluep, yylocationp, info)
 	break;
    }
 }
-

 /* Prevent warnings from -Wmissing-prototypes.  */
-
 #ifdef YYPARSE_PARAM
 #if defined __STDC__ || defined __cplusplus
 int yyparse (void *YYPARSE_PARAM);
@@ -1317,10 +1248,9 @@ int yyparse ();



-
-/*----------.
-| yyparse.  |
-`----------*/
+/*-------------------------.
+| yyparse or yypush_parse.  |
+`-------------------------*/

 #ifdef YYPARSE_PARAM
 #if (defined __STDC__ || defined __C99__FUNC__ \
@@ -1344,24 +1274,59 @@ yyparse (info)
 #endif
 #endif
 {
-  /* The look-ahead symbol.  */
+/* The lookahead symbol.  */
 int yychar;

-/* The semantic value of the look-ahead symbol.  */
+/* The semantic value of the lookahead symbol.  */
 YYSTYPE yylval;

-/* Number of syntax errors so far.  */
-int yynerrs;
-/* Location data for the look-ahead symbol.  */
+/* Location data for the lookahead symbol.  */
 YYLTYPE yylloc;

-  int yystate;
+    /* Number of syntax errors so far.  */
+    int yynerrs;
+
+    int yystate;
+    /* Number of tokens to shift before error messages enabled.  */
+    int yyerrstatus;
+
+    /* The stacks and their tools:
+       `yyss': related to states.
+       `yyvs': related to semantic values.
+       `yyls': related to locations.
+
+       Refer to the stacks thru separate pointers, to allow yyoverflow
+       to reallocate them elsewhere.  */
+
+    /* The state stack.  */
+    yytype_int16 yyssa[YYINITDEPTH];
+    yytype_int16 *yyss;
+    yytype_int16 *yyssp;
+
+    /* The semantic value stack.  */
+    YYSTYPE yyvsa[YYINITDEPTH];
+    YYSTYPE *yyvs;
+    YYSTYPE *yyvsp;
+
+    /* The location stack.  */
+    YYLTYPE yylsa[YYINITDEPTH];
+    YYLTYPE *yyls;
+    YYLTYPE *yylsp;
+
+    /* The locations where the error started and ended.  */
+    YYLTYPE yyerror_range[2];
+
+    YYSIZE_T yystacksize;
+
  int yyn;
  int yyresult;
-  /* Number of tokens to shift before error messages enabled.  */
-  int yyerrstatus;
-  /* Look-ahead token as an internal (translated) token number.  */
-  int yytoken = 0;
+  /* Lookahead token as an internal (translated) token number.  */
+  int yytoken;
+  /* The variables used to return semantic value and location from the
+     action routines.  */
+  YYSTYPE yyval;
+  YYLTYPE yyloc;
+
 #if YYERROR_VERBOSE
  /* Buffer for error messages, and its allocated size.  */
  char yymsgbuf[128];
@@ -1369,63 +1334,37 @@ YYLTYPE yylloc;
  YYSIZE_T yymsg_alloc = sizeof yymsgbuf;
 #endif

-  /* Three stacks and their tools:
-     `yyss': related to states,
-     `yyvs': related to semantic values,
-     `yyls': related to locations.
-
-     Refer to the stacks thru separate pointers, to allow yyoverflow
-     to reallocate them elsewhere.  */
-
-  /* The state stack.  */
-  yytype_int16 yyssa[YYINITDEPTH];
-  yytype_int16 *yyss = yyssa;
-  yytype_int16 *yyssp;
-
-  /* The semantic value stack.  */
-  YYSTYPE yyvsa[YYINITDEPTH];
-  YYSTYPE *yyvs = yyvsa;
-  YYSTYPE *yyvsp;
-
-  /* The location stack.  */
-  YYLTYPE yylsa[YYINITDEPTH];
-  YYLTYPE *yyls = yylsa;
-  YYLTYPE *yylsp;
-  /* The locations where the error started and ended.  */
-  YYLTYPE yyerror_range[2];
-
 #define YYPOPSTACK(N)   (yyvsp -= (N), yyssp -= (N), yylsp -= (N))

-  YYSIZE_T yystacksize = YYINITDEPTH;
-
-  /* The variables used to return semantic value and location from the
-     action routines.  */
-  YYSTYPE yyval;
-  YYLTYPE yyloc;
-
  /* The number of symbols on the RHS of the reduced rule.
     Keep to zero when no symbol should be popped.  */
  int yylen = 0;

+  yytoken = 0;
+  yyss = yyssa;
+  yyvs = yyvsa;
+  yyls = yylsa;
+  yystacksize = YYINITDEPTH;
+
  YYDPRINTF ((stderr, "Starting parse\n"));

  yystate = 0;
  yyerrstatus = 0;
  yynerrs = 0;
-  yychar = YYEMPTY;		/* Cause a token to be read.  */
+  yychar = YYEMPTY; /* Cause a token to be read.  */

  /* Initialize stack pointers.
     Waste one element of value and location stack
     so that they stay on the same level as the state stack.
     The wasted elements are never initialized.  */
-
  yyssp = yyss;
  yyvsp = yyvs;
  yylsp = yyls;
-#if YYLTYPE_IS_TRIVIAL
+
+#if defined YYLTYPE_IS_TRIVIAL && YYLTYPE_IS_TRIVIAL
  /* Initialize the default location before parsing starts.  */
  yylloc.first_line   = yylloc.last_line   = 1;
-  yylloc.first_column = yylloc.last_column = 0;
+  yylloc.first_column = yylloc.last_column = 1;
 #endif

  goto yysetstate;
@@ -1464,6 +1403,7 @@ YYLTYPE yylloc;
 		    &yyvs1, yysize * sizeof (*yyvsp),
 		    &yyls1, yysize * sizeof (*yylsp),
 		    &yystacksize);
+
 	yyls = yyls1;
 	yyss = yyss1;
 	yyvs = yyvs1;
@@ -1485,9 +1425,9 @@ YYLTYPE yylloc;
 	  (union yyalloc *) YYSTACK_ALLOC (YYSTACK_BYTES (yystacksize));
 	if (! yyptr)
 	  goto yyexhaustedlab;
-	YYSTACK_RELOCATE (yyss);
-	YYSTACK_RELOCATE (yyvs);
-	YYSTACK_RELOCATE (yyls);
+	YYSTACK_RELOCATE (yyss_alloc, yyss);
+	YYSTACK_RELOCATE (yyvs_alloc, yyvs);
+	YYSTACK_RELOCATE (yyls_alloc, yyls);
 #  undef YYSTACK_RELOCATE
 	if (yyss1 != yyssa)
 	  YYSTACK_FREE (yyss1);
@@ -1508,6 +1448,9 @@ YYLTYPE yylloc;

  YYDPRINTF ((stderr, "Entering state %d\n", yystate));

+  if (yystate == YYFINAL)
+    YYACCEPT;
+
  goto yybackup;

 /*-----------.
@@ -1516,16 +1459,16 @@ YYLTYPE yylloc;
 yybackup:

  /* Do appropriate processing given the current state.  Read a
-     look-ahead token if we need one and don't already have one.  */
+     lookahead token if we need one and don't already have one.  */

-  /* First try to decide what to do without reference to look-ahead token.  */
+  /* First try to decide what to do without reference to lookahead token.  */
  yyn = yypact[yystate];
  if (yyn == YYPACT_NINF)
    goto yydefault;

-  /* Not known => get a look-ahead token if don't already have one.  */
+  /* Not known => get a lookahead token if don't already have one.  */

-  /* YYCHAR is either YYEMPTY or YYEOF or a valid look-ahead symbol.  */
+  /* YYCHAR is either YYEMPTY or YYEOF or a valid lookahead symbol.  */
  if (yychar == YYEMPTY)
    {
      YYDPRINTF ((stderr, "Reading a token: "));
@@ -1557,20 +1500,16 @@ yybackup:
      goto yyreduce;
    }

-  if (yyn == YYFINAL)
-    YYACCEPT;
-
  /* Count tokens shifted since error; after three, turn off error
     status.  */
  if (yyerrstatus)
    yyerrstatus--;

-  /* Shift the look-ahead token.  */
+  /* Shift the lookahead token.  */
  YY_SYMBOL_PRINT ("Shifting", yytoken, &yylval, &yylloc);

-  /* Discard the shifted token unless it is eof.  */
-  if (yychar != YYEOF)
-    yychar = YYEMPTY;
+  /* Discard the shifted token.  */
+  yychar = YYEMPTY;

  yystate = yyn;
  *++yyvsp = yylval;
@@ -1878,16 +1817,16 @@ yyreduce:
  case 36:

    {
-	    yyMonthOrdinal = 1;
-	    yyMonth = (yyvsp[(2) - (2)].Number);
+	    yyMonthOrdinalIncr = 1;
+	    yyMonthOrdinal = (yyvsp[(2) - (2)].Number);
 	;}
    break;

  case 37:

    {
-	    yyMonthOrdinal = (yyvsp[(2) - (3)].Number);
-	    yyMonth = (yyvsp[(3) - (3)].Number);
+	    yyMonthOrdinalIncr = (yyvsp[(2) - (3)].Number);
+	    yyMonthOrdinal = (yyvsp[(3) - (3)].Number);
 	;}
    break;

@@ -2062,7 +2001,6 @@ yyreduce:
    break;


-/* Line 1267 of yacc.c.  */

      default: break;
    }
@@ -2139,7 +2077,7 @@ yyerrlab:

  if (yyerrstatus == 3)
    {
-      /* If just tried and failed to reuse look-ahead token after an
+      /* If just tried and failed to reuse lookahead token after an
 	 error, discard it.  */

      if (yychar <= YYEOF)
@@ -2156,7 +2094,7 @@ yyerrlab:
 	}
    }

-  /* Else will try to reuse look-ahead token after shifting the error
+  /* Else will try to reuse lookahead token after shifting the error
     token.  */
  goto yyerrlab1;

@@ -2214,14 +2152,11 @@ yyerrlab1:
      YY_STACK_PRINT (yyss, yyssp);
    }

-  if (yyn == YYFINAL)
-    YYACCEPT;
-
  *++yyvsp = yylval;

  yyerror_range[1] = yylloc;
  /* Using YYLLOC is tempting, but would change the location of
-     the look-ahead.  YYLOC is available though.  */
+     the lookahead.  YYLOC is available though.  */
  YYLLOC_DEFAULT (yyloc, (yyerror_range - 1), 2);
  *++yylsp = yyloc;

@@ -2246,7 +2181,7 @@ yyabortlab:
  yyresult = 1;
  goto yyreturn;

-#ifndef yyoverflow
+#if !defined(yyoverflow) || YYERROR_VERBOSE
 /*-------------------------------------------------.
 | yyexhaustedlab -- memory exhaustion comes here.  |
 `-------------------------------------------------*/
@@ -2257,7 +2192,7 @@ yyexhaustedlab:
 #endif

 yyreturn:
-  if (yychar != YYEOF && yychar != YYEMPTY)
+  if (yychar != YYEMPTY)
     yydestruct ("Cleanup: discarding lookahead",
 		 yytoken, &yylval, &yylloc, info);
  /* Do not reclaim the symbols of the rule which action triggered
@@ -2513,11 +2448,11 @@ TclDateerror(
    infoPtr->separatrix = "\n";
 }

-static time_t
+MODULE_SCOPE int
 ToSeconds(
-    time_t Hours,
-    time_t Minutes,
-    time_t Seconds,
+    int Hours,
+    int Minutes,
+    int Seconds,
    MERIDIAN Meridian)
 {
    if (Minutes < 0 || Minutes > 59 || Seconds < 0 || Seconds > 59) {
@@ -2680,7 +2615,7 @@ TclDatelex(

    location->first_column = yyInput - info->dateStart;
    for ( ; ; ) {
-	while (TclIsSpaceProc(*yyInput)) {
+	while (isspace(UCHAR(*yyInput))) {
 	    yyInput++;
 	}

@@ -2740,65 +2675,36 @@ TclDatelex(
 	} while (Count > 0);
    }
 }
-
+
 int
-TclClockOldscanObjCmd(
-    ClientData clientData,	/* Unused */
+TclClockFreeScan(
    Tcl_Interp *interp,		/* Tcl interpreter */
-    int objc,			/* Count of paraneters */
-    Tcl_Obj *const *objv)	/* Parameters */
+    DateInfo *info)		/* Input and result parameters */
 {
-    Tcl_Obj *result, *resultElement;
-    int yr, mo, da;
-    DateInfo dateInfo;
-    DateInfo* info = &dateInfo;
    int status;

-    if (objc != 5) {
-	Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 1, objv,
-		"stringToParse baseYear baseMonth baseDay" );
-	return TCL_ERROR;
-    }
+    /*
+     * yyInput = stringToParse;
+     * 
+     * ClockInitDateInfo(info) should be executed to pre-init info;
+     */

-    yyInput = Tcl_GetString( objv[1] );
-    dateInfo.dateStart = yyInput;
+    yyDSTmode = DSTmaybe;

-    yyHaveDate = 0;
-    if (Tcl_GetIntFromObj(interp, objv[2], &yr) != TCL_OK
-	    || Tcl_GetIntFromObj(interp, objv[3], &mo) != TCL_OK
-	    || Tcl_GetIntFromObj(interp, objv[4], &da) != TCL_OK) {
-	return TCL_ERROR;
-    }
-    yyYear = yr; yyMonth = mo; yyDay = da;
+    info->messages = Tcl_NewObj();
+    info->separatrix = "";
+    Tcl_IncrRefCount(info->messages);

-    yyHaveTime = 0;
-    yyHour = 0; yyMinutes = 0; yySeconds = 0; yyMeridian = MER24;
-
-    yyHaveZone = 0;
-    yyTimezone = 0; yyDSTmode = DSTmaybe;
-
-    yyHaveOrdinalMonth = 0;
-    yyMonthOrdinal = 0;
-
-    yyHaveDay = 0;
-    yyDayOrdinal = 0; yyDayNumber = 0;
-
-    yyHaveRel = 0;
-    yyRelMonth = 0; yyRelDay = 0; yyRelSeconds = 0; yyRelPointer = NULL;
-
-    dateInfo.messages = Tcl_NewObj();
-    dateInfo.separatrix = "";
-    Tcl_IncrRefCount(dateInfo.messages);
-
-    status = yyparse(&dateInfo);
+    info->dateStart = yyInput;
+    status = yyparse(info);
    if (status == 1) {
-	Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, dateInfo.messages);
-	Tcl_DecrRefCount(dateInfo.messages);
+	Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, info->messages);
+	Tcl_DecrRefCount(info->messages);
 	Tcl_SetErrorCode(interp, "TCL", "VALUE", "DATE", "PARSE", NULL);
 	return TCL_ERROR;
    } else if (status == 2) {
 	Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_NewStringObj("memory exhausted", -1));
-	Tcl_DecrRefCount(dateInfo.messages);
+	Tcl_DecrRefCount(info->messages);
 	Tcl_SetErrorCode(interp, "TCL", "MEMORY", NULL);
 	return TCL_ERROR;
    } else if (status != 0) {
@@ -2806,11 +2712,11 @@ TclClockOldscanObjCmd(
 						  "from date parser. Please "
 						  "report this error as a "
 						  "bug in Tcl.", -1));
-	Tcl_DecrRefCount(dateInfo.messages);
+	Tcl_DecrRefCount(info->messages);
 	Tcl_SetErrorCode(interp, "TCL", "BUG", NULL);
 	return TCL_ERROR;
    }
-    Tcl_DecrRefCount(dateInfo.messages);
+    Tcl_DecrRefCount(info->messages);

    if (yyHaveDate > 1) {
 	Tcl_SetObjResult(interp,
@@ -2843,6 +2749,40 @@ TclClockOldscanObjCmd(
 	return TCL_ERROR;
    }

+    return TCL_OK;
+}
+
+int
+TclClockOldscanObjCmd(
+    ClientData clientData,	/* Unused */
+    Tcl_Interp *interp,		/* Tcl interpreter */
+    int objc,			/* Count of paraneters */
+    Tcl_Obj *const *objv)	/* Parameters */
+{
+    Tcl_Obj *result, *resultElement;
+    int yr, mo, da;
+    DateInfo dateInfo;
+    DateInfo* info = &dateInfo;
+
+    if (objc != 5) {
+	Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 1, objv,
+		"stringToParse baseYear baseMonth baseDay" );
+	return TCL_ERROR;
+    }
+
+    yyInput = Tcl_GetString( objv[1] );
+
+    if (Tcl_GetIntFromObj(interp, objv[2], &yr) != TCL_OK
+	    || Tcl_GetIntFromObj(interp, objv[3], &mo) != TCL_OK
+	    || Tcl_GetIntFromObj(interp, objv[4], &da) != TCL_OK) {
+	return TCL_ERROR;
+    }
+    yyYear = yr; yyMonth = mo; yyDay = da;
+
+    if (TclClockFreeScan(interp, info) != TCL_OK) {
+    	return TCL_ERROR;
+    }
+
    result = Tcl_NewObj();
    resultElement = Tcl_NewObj();
    if (yyHaveDate) {
@@ -2894,9 +2834,9 @@ TclClockOldscanObjCmd(
    resultElement = Tcl_NewObj();
    if (yyHaveOrdinalMonth) {
 	Tcl_ListObjAppendElement(interp, resultElement,
-		Tcl_NewIntObj((int) yyMonthOrdinal));
+		Tcl_NewIntObj((int) yyMonthOrdinalIncr));
 	Tcl_ListObjAppendElement(interp, resultElement,
-		Tcl_NewIntObj((int) yyMonth));
+		Tcl_NewIntObj((int) yyMonthOrdinal));
    }
    Tcl_ListObjAppendElement(interp, result, resultElement);

@@ -0,0 +1,512 @@
+/*
+ * tclDate.h --
+ *
+ *	This header file handles common usage of clock primitives
+ *	between tclDate.c (yacc), tclClock.c and tclClockFmt.c.
+ *
+ * Copyright (c) 2014 Serg G. Brester (aka sebres)
+ *
+ * See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution
+ * of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES.
+ */
+
+#ifndef _TCLCLOCK_H
+#define _TCLCLOCK_H
+
+/*
+ * Constants
+ */
+
+#define JULIAN_DAY_POSIX_EPOCH		2440588
+#define GREGORIAN_CHANGE_DATE		2361222
+#define SECONDS_PER_DAY			86400
+#define JULIAN_SEC_POSIX_EPOCH	      (((Tcl_WideInt) JULIAN_DAY_POSIX_EPOCH) \
+					* SECONDS_PER_DAY)
+#define FOUR_CENTURIES			146097	/* days */
+#define JDAY_1_JAN_1_CE_JULIAN		1721424
+#define JDAY_1_JAN_1_CE_GREGORIAN	1721426
+#define ONE_CENTURY_GREGORIAN		36524	/* days */
+#define FOUR_YEARS			1461	/* days */
+#define ONE_YEAR			365	/* days */
+
+#define RODDENBERRY			1946	/* Another epoch (Hi, Jeff!) */
+
+
+#define CLF_OPTIONAL	       (1 << 0) /* token is non mandatory */
+#define CLF_POSIXSEC	       (1 << 1)
+#define CLF_LOCALSEC	       (1 << 2)
+#define CLF_JULIANDAY	       (1 << 3)
+#define CLF_TIME	       (1 << 4)
+#define CLF_CENTURY	       (1 << 6)
+#define CLF_DAYOFMONTH	       (1 << 7)
+#define CLF_DAYOFYEAR	       (1 << 8)
+#define CLF_MONTH	       (1 << 9)
+#define CLF_YEAR	       (1 << 10)
+#define CLF_ISO8601YEAR	       (1 << 12)
+#define CLF_ISO8601	       (1 << 13)
+#define CLF_ISO8601CENTURY     (1 << 14)
+#define CLF_SIGNED	       (1 << 15)
+/* On demand (lazy) assemble flags */
+#define CLF_ASSEMBLE_DATE      (1 << 28) /* assemble year, month, etc. using julianDay */
+#define CLF_ASSEMBLE_JULIANDAY (1 << 29) /* assemble julianDay using year, month, etc. */
+#define CLF_ASSEMBLE_SECONDS   (1 << 30) /* assemble localSeconds (and seconds at end) */
+
+#define CLF_DATE	       (CLF_JULIANDAY | CLF_DAYOFMONTH | CLF_DAYOFYEAR | \
+				CLF_MONTH | CLF_YEAR | CLF_ISO8601YEAR | CLF_ISO8601)
+
+/*
+ * Enumeration of the string literals used in [clock]
+ */
+
+typedef enum ClockLiteral {
+    LIT__NIL,
+    LIT__DEFAULT_FORMAT,
+    LIT_SYSTEM,		LIT_CURRENT,		LIT_C,
+    LIT_BCE,		LIT_CE,
+    LIT_DAYOFMONTH,	LIT_DAYOFWEEK,		LIT_DAYOFYEAR,
+    LIT_ERA,		LIT_GMT,		LIT_GREGORIAN,
+    LIT_INTEGER_VALUE_TOO_LARGE,
+    LIT_ISO8601WEEK,	LIT_ISO8601YEAR,
+    LIT_JULIANDAY,	LIT_LOCALSECONDS,
+    LIT_MONTH,
+    LIT_SECONDS,	LIT_TZNAME,		LIT_TZOFFSET,
+    LIT_YEAR,
+    LIT_TZDATA,
+    LIT_GETSYSTEMTIMEZONE,
+    LIT_SETUPTIMEZONE,
+    LIT_MCGET,
+    LIT_GETSYSTEMLOCALE, LIT_GETCURRENTLOCALE,
+    LIT_LOCALIZE_FORMAT,
+    LIT__END
+} ClockLiteral;
+
+#define CLOCK_LITERAL_ARRAY(litarr) static const char *const litarr[] = { \
+    "", \
+    "%a %b %d %H:%M:%S %Z %Y", \
+    "system",		"current",		"C", \
+    "BCE",		"CE", \
+    "dayOfMonth",	"dayOfWeek",		"dayOfYear", \
+    "era",		":GMT",			"gregorian", \
+    "integer value too large to represent", \
+    "iso8601Week",	"iso8601Year", \
+    "julianDay",	"localSeconds", \
+    "month", \
+    "seconds",		"tzName",		"tzOffset", \
+    "year", \
+    "::tcl::clock::TZData", \
+    "::tcl::clock::GetSystemTimeZone", \
+    "::tcl::clock::SetupTimeZone", \
+    "::tcl::clock::mcget", \
+    "::tcl::clock::GetSystemLocale", "::tcl::clock::mclocale", \
+    "::tcl::clock::LocalizeFormat" \
+}
+
+/*
+ * Enumeration of the msgcat literals used in [clock]
+ */
+
+typedef enum ClockMsgCtLiteral {
+    MCLIT__NIL, /* placeholder */
+    MCLIT_MONTHS_FULL,	MCLIT_MONTHS_ABBREV,  MCLIT_MONTHS_COMB,
+    MCLIT_DAYS_OF_WEEK_FULL,  MCLIT_DAYS_OF_WEEK_ABBREV,  MCLIT_DAYS_OF_WEEK_COMB,
+    MCLIT_AM,  MCLIT_PM, 
+    MCLIT_LOCALE_ERAS,
+    MCLIT_BCE,	 MCLIT_CE,
+    MCLIT_BCE2,	 MCLIT_CE2,
+    MCLIT_BCE3,	 MCLIT_CE3,
+    MCLIT_LOCALE_NUMERALS,
+    MCLIT__END
+} ClockMsgCtLiteral;
+
+#define CLOCK_LOCALE_LITERAL_ARRAY(litarr, pref) static const char *const litarr[] = { \
+    pref "", \
+    pref "MONTHS_FULL", pref "MONTHS_ABBREV", pref "MONTHS_COMB", \
+    pref "DAYS_OF_WEEK_FULL", pref "DAYS_OF_WEEK_ABBREV", pref "DAYS_OF_WEEK_COMB", \
+    pref "AM", pref "PM", \
+    pref "LOCALE_ERAS", \
+    pref "BCE",	   pref "CE", \
+    pref "b.c.e.", pref "c.e.", \
+    pref "b.c.",   pref "a.d.", \
+    pref "LOCALE_NUMERALS", \
+}
+
+/*
+ * Structure containing the fields used in [clock format] and [clock scan]
+ */
+
+typedef struct TclDateFields {
+
+    /* Cacheable fields:	 */
+
+    Tcl_WideInt seconds;	/* Time expressed in seconds from the Posix
+				 * epoch */
+    Tcl_WideInt localSeconds;	/* Local time expressed in nominal seconds
+				 * from the Posix epoch */
+    int tzOffset;		/* Time zone offset in seconds east of
+				 * Greenwich */
+    int julianDay;		/* Julian Day Number in local time zone */
+    enum {BCE=1, CE=0} era;	/* Era */
+    int gregorian;		/* Flag == 1 if the date is Gregorian */
+    int year;			/* Year of the era */
+    int dayOfYear;		/* Day of the year (1 January == 1) */
+    int month;			/* Month number */
+    int dayOfMonth;		/* Day of the month */
+    int iso8601Year;		/* ISO8601 week-based year */
+    int iso8601Week;		/* ISO8601 week number */
+    int dayOfWeek;		/* Day of the week */
+    int hour;			/* Hours of day (in-between time only calculation) */
+    int minutes;		/* Minutes of day (in-between time only calculation) */
+    int secondOfDay;		/* Seconds of day (in-between time only calculation) */
+
+    /* Non cacheable fields:	 */
+
+    Tcl_Obj *tzName;		/* Name (or corresponding DST-abbreviation) of the
+				 * time zone, if set the refCount is incremented */
+} TclDateFields;
+
+#define ClockCacheableDateFieldsSize \
+    TclOffset(TclDateFields, tzName)
+
+/*
+ * Structure contains return parsed fields.
+ */
+
+typedef struct DateInfo {
+    const char *dateStart;
+    const char *dateInput;
+    const char *dateEnd;
+
+    TclDateFields date;
+
+    int		flags;
+
+    int dateHaveDate;
+
+    int dateMeridian;
+    int dateHaveTime;
+
+    int dateTimezone;
+    int dateDSTmode;
+    int dateHaveZone;
+
+    int dateRelMonth;
+    int dateRelDay;
+    int dateRelSeconds;
+    int dateHaveRel;
+
+    int dateMonthOrdinalIncr;
+    int dateMonthOrdinal;
+    int dateHaveOrdinalMonth;
+
+    int dateDayOrdinal;
+    int dateDayNumber;
+    int dateHaveDay;
+
+    int *dateRelPointer;
+
+    int dateSpaceCount;
+    int dateDigitCount;
+
+    int dateCentury;
+
+    Tcl_Obj* messages;	    /* Error messages */
+    const char* separatrix; /* String separating messages */
+} DateInfo;
+
+#define yydate	    (info->date)  /* Date fields used for converting */
+
+#define yyDay	    (info->date.dayOfMonth)
+#define yyMonth	    (info->date.month)
+#define yyYear	    (info->date.year)
+
+#define yyHour	    (info->date.hour)
+#define yyMinutes   (info->date.minutes)
+#define yySeconds   (info->date.secondOfDay)
+
+#define yyDSTmode   (info->dateDSTmode)
+#define yyDayOrdinal	(info->dateDayOrdinal)
+#define yyDayNumber (info->dateDayNumber)
+#define yyMonthOrdinalIncr  (info->dateMonthOrdinalIncr)
+#define yyMonthOrdinal	(info->dateMonthOrdinal)
+#define yyHaveDate  (info->dateHaveDate)
+#define yyHaveDay   (info->dateHaveDay)
+#define yyHaveOrdinalMonth (info->dateHaveOrdinalMonth)
+#define yyHaveRel   (info->dateHaveRel)
+#define yyHaveTime  (info->dateHaveTime)
+#define yyHaveZone  (info->dateHaveZone)
+#define yyTimezone  (info->dateTimezone)
+#define yyMeridian  (info->dateMeridian)
+#define yyRelMonth  (info->dateRelMonth)
+#define yyRelDay    (info->dateRelDay)
+#define yyRelSeconds	(info->dateRelSeconds)
+#define yyRelPointer	(info->dateRelPointer)
+#define yyInput	    (info->dateInput)
+#define yyDigitCount	(info->dateDigitCount)
+#define yySpaceCount	(info->dateSpaceCount)
+
+static inline void
+ClockInitDateInfo(DateInfo *info) {
+    memset(info, 0, sizeof(DateInfo));
+}
+
+/*
+ * Structure containing the command arguments supplied to [clock format] and [clock scan]
+ */
+
+#define CLF_EXTENDED	(1 << 4)
+#define CLF_STRICT	(1 << 8)
+#define CLF_LOCALE_USED (1 << 15)
+
+typedef struct ClockFmtScnCmdArgs {
+    ClientData clientData;  /* Opaque pointer to literal pool, etc. */
+    Tcl_Interp *interp;	    /* Tcl interpreter */
+
+    Tcl_Obj *formatObj;	    /* Format */
+    Tcl_Obj *localeObj;	    /* Name of the locale where the time will be expressed. */
+    Tcl_Obj *timezoneObj;   /* Default time zone in which the time will be expressed */
+    Tcl_Obj *baseObj;	    /* Base (scan and add) or clockValue (format) */
+    int	     flags;	    /* Flags control scanning */
+
+    Tcl_Obj *mcDictObj;	    /* Current dictionary of tcl::clock package for given localeObj*/
+} ClockFmtScnCmdArgs;
+
+/*
+ * Structure containing the client data for [clock]
+ */
+
+typedef struct ClockClientData {
+    size_t    refCount;		/* Number of live references. */
+    Tcl_Obj **literals;		/* Pool of object literals (common, locale independent). */
+    Tcl_Obj **mcLiterals;	/* Msgcat object literals with mc-keys for search with locale. */
+    Tcl_Obj **mcLitIdxs;	/* Msgcat object indices prefixed with _IDX_,
+				 * used for quick dictionary search */
+
+    /* Cache for current clock parameters, imparted via "configure" */
+    unsigned long LastTZEpoch;
+    int currentYearCentury;
+    int yearOfCenturySwitch;
+    Tcl_Obj *SystemTimeZone;
+    Tcl_Obj *SystemSetupTZData;
+    Tcl_Obj *GMTSetupTimeZone;
+    Tcl_Obj *GMTSetupTZData;
+    Tcl_Obj *AnySetupTimeZone;
+    Tcl_Obj *AnySetupTZData;
+    Tcl_Obj *LastUnnormSetupTimeZone;
+    Tcl_Obj *LastSetupTimeZone;
+    Tcl_Obj *LastSetupTZData;
+
+    Tcl_Obj *CurrentLocale;
+    Tcl_Obj *CurrentLocaleDict;
+    Tcl_Obj *LastUnnormUsedLocale;
+    Tcl_Obj *LastUsedLocale;
+    Tcl_Obj *LastUsedLocaleDict;
+
+    /* Cache for last base (last-second fast convert if base/tz not changed) */
+    struct {
+	Tcl_Obj *timezoneObj;
+	TclDateFields Date;
+    } lastBase;
+    /* Las-period cache for fast UTC2Local conversion */
+    struct {
+	/* keys */
+	Tcl_Obj	   *timezoneObj;
+	int	    changeover;
+	Tcl_WideInt seconds;
+	Tcl_WideInt rangesVal[2];   /* Bounds for cached time zone offset */
+	/* values */
+	int	    tzOffset;
+	Tcl_Obj	   *tzName;
+    } UTC2Local;
+    /* Las-period cache for fast Local2UTC conversion */
+    struct {
+	/* keys */
+	Tcl_Obj	   *timezoneObj;
+	int	    changeover;
+	Tcl_WideInt localSeconds;
+	Tcl_WideInt rangesVal[2];   /* Bounds for cached time zone offset */
+	/* values */
+	int	    tzOffset;
+    } Local2UTC;
+} ClockClientData;
+
+#define ClockDefaultYearCentury 2000
+#define ClockDefaultCenturySwitch 38
+
+/*
+ * Meridian: am, pm, or 24-hour style.
+ */
+
+typedef enum _MERIDIAN {
+    MERam, MERpm, MER24
+} MERIDIAN;
+
+/*
+ * Clock scan and format facilities.
+ */
+
+#define CLOCK_FMT_SCN_STORAGE_GC_SIZE 32
+
+#define CLOCK_MIN_TOK_CHAIN_BLOCK_SIZE 2
+
+typedef struct ClockScanToken ClockScanToken;
+
+
+typedef int ClockScanTokenProc(
+	ClockFmtScnCmdArgs *opts,
+	DateInfo *info,
+	ClockScanToken *tok);
+
+
+typedef enum _CLCKTOK_TYPE {
+   CTOKT_DIGIT = 1, CTOKT_PARSER, CTOKT_SPACE, CTOKT_WORD, CTOKT_CHAR,
+   CFMTT_INT, CFMTT_WIDE, CFMTT_PROC
+} CLCKTOK_TYPE;
+
+typedef struct ClockScanTokenMap {
+    unsigned short int	type;
+    unsigned short int	flags;
+    unsigned short int	clearFlags;
+    unsigned short int	minSize;
+    unsigned short int	maxSize;
+    unsigned short int	offs;
+    ClockScanTokenProc *parser;
+    const void	       *data;
+} ClockScanTokenMap;
+
+typedef struct ClockScanToken {
+    ClockScanTokenMap  *map;
+    struct {
+	const char *start;
+	const char *end;
+    } tokWord;
+    unsigned short int	endDistance;
+    unsigned short int	lookAhMin;
+    unsigned short int	lookAhMax;
+    unsigned short int	lookAhTok;
+} ClockScanToken;
+
+
+#define MIN_FMT_RESULT_BLOCK_ALLOC 200
+
+typedef struct DateFormat {
+    char *resMem;
+    char *resEnd;
+    char *output;
+
+    TclDateFields date;
+
+    Tcl_Obj *localeEra;
+} DateFormat;
+
+#define CLFMT_INCR	    (1 << 3)
+#define CLFMT_DECR	    (1 << 4)
+#define CLFMT_CALC	    (1 << 5)
+#define CLFMT_LOCALE_INDX   (1 << 8)
+
+typedef struct ClockFormatToken ClockFormatToken;
+
+typedef int ClockFormatTokenProc(
+	ClockFmtScnCmdArgs *opts,
+	DateFormat *dateFmt,
+	ClockFormatToken *tok,
+	int *val);
+
+typedef struct ClockFormatTokenMap {
+    unsigned short int	type;
+    const char	       *tostr;
+    unsigned short int	width;
+    unsigned short int	flags;
+    unsigned short int	divider;
+    unsigned short int	divmod;
+    unsigned short int	offs;
+    ClockFormatTokenProc *fmtproc;
+    void	       *data;
+} ClockFormatTokenMap;
+typedef struct ClockFormatToken {
+    ClockFormatTokenMap *map;
+    struct {
+	const char *start;
+	const char *end;
+    } tokWord;
+} ClockFormatToken;
+
+
+typedef struct ClockFmtScnStorage ClockFmtScnStorage;
+
+typedef struct ClockFmtScnStorage {
+    int			 objRefCount;	/* Reference count shared across threads */
+    ClockScanToken	*scnTok;
+    unsigned int	 scnTokC;
+    unsigned int	 scnSpaceCount; /* Count of mandatory spaces used in format */
+    ClockFormatToken	*fmtTok;
+    unsigned int	 fmtTokC;
+#if CLOCK_FMT_SCN_STORAGE_GC_SIZE > 0
+    ClockFmtScnStorage	*nextPtr;
+    ClockFmtScnStorage	*prevPtr;
+#endif
+#if 0
+   +Tcl_HashEntry    hashEntry		/* ClockFmtScnStorage is a derivate of Tcl_HashEntry,
+					 * stored by offset +sizeof(self) */
+#endif
+} ClockFmtScnStorage;
+
+/*
+ * Prototypes of module functions.
+ */
+
+MODULE_SCOPE int    ToSeconds(int Hours, int Minutes,
+			    int Seconds, MERIDIAN Meridian);
+MODULE_SCOPE int    IsGregorianLeapYear(TclDateFields *);
+MODULE_SCOPE void
+		    GetJulianDayFromEraYearWeekDay(
+			    TclDateFields *fields, int changeover);
+MODULE_SCOPE void
+		    GetJulianDayFromEraYearMonthDay(
+			    TclDateFields *fields, int changeover);
+MODULE_SCOPE void
+		    GetJulianDayFromEraYearDay(
+			    TclDateFields *fields, int changeover);
+MODULE_SCOPE int    ConvertUTCToLocal(ClientData clientData, Tcl_Interp *,
+			    TclDateFields *, Tcl_Obj *timezoneObj, int);
+MODULE_SCOPE Tcl_Obj *
+		    LookupLastTransition(Tcl_Interp *, Tcl_WideInt,
+			    int, Tcl_Obj *const *, Tcl_WideInt rangesVal[2]);
+
+MODULE_SCOPE int    TclClockFreeScan(Tcl_Interp *interp, DateInfo *info);
+
+/* tclClock.c module declarations */
+
+MODULE_SCOPE Tcl_Obj *
+		    ClockSetupTimeZone(ClientData clientData,
+		Tcl_Interp *interp, Tcl_Obj *timezoneObj);
+
+MODULE_SCOPE Tcl_Obj *
+		    ClockMCDict(ClockFmtScnCmdArgs *opts);
+MODULE_SCOPE Tcl_Obj *
+		    ClockMCGet(ClockFmtScnCmdArgs *opts, int mcKey);
+MODULE_SCOPE Tcl_Obj *
+		    ClockMCGetIdx(ClockFmtScnCmdArgs *opts, int mcKey);
+MODULE_SCOPE int    ClockMCSetIdx(ClockFmtScnCmdArgs *opts, int mcKey, 
+			Tcl_Obj *valObj);
+
+/* tclClockFmt.c module declarations */
+
+MODULE_SCOPE Tcl_Obj* 
+		    ClockFrmObjGetLocFmtKey(Tcl_Interp *interp,
+			Tcl_Obj *objPtr);
+
+MODULE_SCOPE ClockFmtScnStorage * 
+		    Tcl_GetClockFrmScnFromObj(Tcl_Interp *interp,
+			Tcl_Obj *objPtr);
+MODULE_SCOPE Tcl_Obj *
+		    ClockLocalizeFormat(ClockFmtScnCmdArgs *opts);
+
+MODULE_SCOPE int    ClockScan(register DateInfo *info,
+			Tcl_Obj *strObj, ClockFmtScnCmdArgs *opts);
+
+MODULE_SCOPE int    ClockFormat(register DateFormat *dateFmt, 
+			ClockFmtScnCmdArgs *opts);
+
+MODULE_SCOPE void   ClockFrmScnClearCaches(void);
+
+#endif /* _TCLCLOCK_H */
@@ -51,6 +51,8 @@ static int		DictSetCmd(ClientData dummy, Tcl_Interp *interp,
 			    int objc, Tcl_Obj *const *objv);
 static int		DictSizeCmd(ClientData dummy, Tcl_Interp *interp,
 			    int objc, Tcl_Obj *const *objv);
+static int		DictSmartRefCmd(ClientData dummy, Tcl_Interp *interp,
+			    int objc, Tcl_Obj *const *objv);
 static int		DictUnsetCmd(ClientData dummy, Tcl_Interp *interp,
 			    int objc, Tcl_Obj *const *objv);
 static int		DictUpdateCmd(ClientData dummy, Tcl_Interp *interp,
@@ -98,6 +100,7 @@ static const EnsembleImplMap implementationMap[] = {
    {"replace",	DictReplaceCmd, NULL, NULL, NULL, 0 },
    {"set",	DictSetCmd,	TclCompileDictSetCmd, NULL, NULL, 0 },
    {"size",	DictSizeCmd,	TclCompileBasic1ArgCmd, NULL, NULL, 0 },
+    {"smartref",DictSmartRefCmd,NULL, NULL, NULL, 0 },
    {"unset",	DictUnsetCmd,	TclCompileDictUnsetCmd, NULL, NULL, 0 },
    {"update",	DictUpdateCmd,	TclCompileDictUpdateCmd, NULL, NULL, 0 },
    {"values",	DictValuesCmd,	TclCompileBasic1Or2ArgCmd, NULL, NULL, 0 },
@@ -141,7 +144,7 @@ typedef struct Dict {
 				 * the dictionary. Used for doing traversal of
 				 * the entries in the order that they are
 				 * created. */
-    unsigned int epoch; 	/* Epoch counter */
+    int epoch;			/* Epoch counter */
    size_t refCount;		/* Reference counter (see above) */
    Tcl_Obj *chain;		/* Linked list used for invalidating the
 				 * string representations of updated nested
@@ -235,7 +238,7 @@ AllocChainEntry(
    cPtr = ckalloc(sizeof(ChainEntry));
    cPtr->entry.key.objPtr = objPtr;
    Tcl_IncrRefCount(objPtr);
-    Tcl_SetHashValue(&cPtr->entry, NULL);
+    cPtr->entry.clientData = NULL;
    cPtr->prevPtr = cPtr->nextPtr = NULL;

    return &cPtr->entry;
@@ -390,7 +393,7 @@ DupDictInternalRep(
     * Initialise other fields.
     */

-    newDict->epoch = 1;
+    newDict->epoch = 0;
    newDict->chain = NULL;
    newDict->refCount = 1;

@@ -487,14 +490,15 @@ static void
 UpdateStringOfDict(
    Tcl_Obj *dictPtr)
 {
-#define LOCAL_SIZE 64
-    char localFlags[LOCAL_SIZE], *flagPtr = NULL;
+#define LOCAL_SIZE 20
+    int localFlags[LOCAL_SIZE], *flagPtr = NULL;
    Dict *dict = DICT(dictPtr);
    ChainEntry *cPtr;
    Tcl_Obj *keyPtr, *valuePtr;
    int i, length, bytesNeeded = 0;
    const char *elem;
    char *dst;
+    const int maxFlags = UINT_MAX / sizeof(int);

    /*
     * This field is the most useful one in the whole hash structure, and it
@@ -516,8 +520,10 @@ UpdateStringOfDict(

    if (numElems <= LOCAL_SIZE) {
 	flagPtr = localFlags;
+    } else if (numElems > maxFlags) {
+	Tcl_Panic("max size for a Tcl value (%d bytes) exceeded", INT_MAX);
    } else {
-	flagPtr = ckalloc(numElems);
+	flagPtr = ckalloc(numElems * sizeof(int));
    }
    for (i=0,cPtr=dict->entryChainHead; i<numElems; i+=2,cPtr=cPtr->nextPtr) {
 	/*
@@ -707,7 +713,7 @@ SetDictFromAny(
     */

    TclFreeIntRep(objPtr);
-    dict->epoch = 1;
+    dict->epoch = 0;
    dict->chain = NULL;
    dict->refCount = 1;
    DICT(objPtr) = dict;
@@ -1106,7 +1112,7 @@ Tcl_DictObjFirst(
    dict = DICT(dictPtr);
    cPtr = dict->entryChainHead;
    if (cPtr == NULL) {
-	searchPtr->epoch = 0;
+	searchPtr->epoch = -1;
 	*donePtr = 1;
    } else {
 	*donePtr = 0;
@@ -1167,7 +1173,7 @@ Tcl_DictObjNext(
     * If the searh is done; we do no work.
     */

-    if (!searchPtr->epoch) {
+    if (searchPtr->epoch == -1) {
 	*donePtr = 1;
 	return;
    }
@@ -1224,8 +1230,8 @@ Tcl_DictObjDone(
 {
    Dict *dict;

-    if (searchPtr->epoch) {
-	searchPtr->epoch = 0;
+    if (searchPtr->epoch != -1) {
+	searchPtr->epoch = -1;
 	dict = (Dict *) searchPtr->dictionaryPtr;
 	if (dict->refCount-- <= 1) {
 	    DeleteDict(dict);
@@ -1377,7 +1383,7 @@ Tcl_NewDictObj(void)
    TclInvalidateStringRep(dictPtr);
    dict = ckalloc(sizeof(Dict));
    InitChainTable(dict);
-    dict->epoch = 1;
+    dict->epoch = 0;
    dict->chain = NULL;
    dict->refCount = 1;
    DICT(dictPtr) = dict;
@@ -1427,7 +1433,7 @@ Tcl_DbNewDictObj(
    TclInvalidateStringRep(dictPtr);
    dict = ckalloc(sizeof(Dict));
    InitChainTable(dict);
-    dict->epoch = 1;
+    dict->epoch = 0;
    dict->chain = NULL;
    dict->refCount = 1;
    DICT(dictPtr) = dict;
@@ -1952,6 +1958,102 @@ DictSizeCmd(
    return result;
 }

+/*
+ *----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ *
+ * Tcl_DictObjSmartRef --
+ *
+ *	This function returns new tcl-object with the smart reference to
+ *	dictionary object.
+ *
+ *	Object returned with this function is a smart reference (pointer),
+ *	so new object of type tclDictType, that directly references given
+ *	dictionary object (with internally increased refCount).
+ *
+ *	The usage of such pointer objects allows to hold more as one
+ *	reference to the same real dictionary object, allows to make a pointer
+ *	to part of another dictionary, allows to change the dictionary without
+ *	regarding of the "shared" state of the dictionary object.
+ *
+ *	Prevents "called with shared object" exception if object is multiple
+ *	referenced.
+ *
+ * Results:
+ *	The newly create object (contains smart reference) is returned.
+ *	The returned object has a ref count of 0.
+ *
+ * Side effects:
+ *	Increases ref count of the referenced dictionary.
+ *
+ *----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ */
+
+Tcl_Obj *
+Tcl_DictObjSmartRef(
+    Tcl_Interp *interp,
+    Tcl_Obj    *dictPtr)
+{
+    Tcl_Obj *result;
+    Dict    *dict;
+
+    if (dictPtr->typePtr != &tclDictType
+	    && SetDictFromAny(interp, dictPtr) != TCL_OK) {
+	return NULL;
+    }
+
+    dict = DICT(dictPtr);
+
+    result = Tcl_NewObj();
+    DICT(result) = dict;
+    dict->refCount++;
+    result->internalRep.twoPtrValue.ptr2 = NULL;
+    result->typePtr = &tclDictType;
+
+    return result;
+}
+
+/*
+ *----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ *
+ * DictSmartRefCmd --
+ *
+ *	This function implements the "dict smartref" Tcl command.
+ *
+ *	See description of Tcl_DictObjSmartRef for details.
+ *
+ * Results:
+ *	A standard Tcl result.
+ *
+ * Side effects:
+ *	See the user documentation.
+ *
+ *----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ */
+
+static int
+DictSmartRefCmd(
+    ClientData dummy,
+    Tcl_Interp *interp,
+    int objc,
+    Tcl_Obj *const *objv)
+{
+    Tcl_Obj *result;
+
+    if (objc != 2) {
+	Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 1, objv, "dictionary");
+	return TCL_ERROR;
+    }
+
+    result = Tcl_DictObjSmartRef(interp, objv[1]);
+    if (result == NULL) {
+    	return TCL_ERROR;
+    }
+
+    Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, result);
+
+    return TCL_OK;
+}
+
 /*
 *----------------------------------------------------------------------
 *
@@ -2309,12 +2411,9 @@ DictAppendCmd(

 	    if (objc == 4) {
 		appendObjPtr = objv[3];
-	    } else {
-		appendObjPtr = TclStringCat(interp, objc-3, objv+3,
-			TCL_STRING_IN_PLACE);
-		if (appendObjPtr == NULL) {
-		    return TCL_ERROR;
-		}
+	    } else if (TCL_OK != TclStringCatObjv(interp, /* inPlace */ 1,
+		    objc-3, objv+3, &appendObjPtr)) {
+		return TCL_ERROR;
 	    }
 	}

@@ -2331,9 +2430,7 @@ DictAppendCmd(
 		valuePtr = Tcl_DuplicateObj(valuePtr);
 	    }

-	    Tcl_IncrRefCount(appendObjPtr);
 	    Tcl_AppendObjToObj(valuePtr, appendObjPtr);
-	    Tcl_DecrRefCount(appendObjPtr);
 	}

 	Tcl_DictObjPut(NULL, dictPtr, objv[2], valuePtr);
@@ -3564,7 +3661,7 @@ TclDictWithFinish(
     * If the dictionary variable doesn't exist, drop everything silently.
     */

-    dictPtr = TclPtrGetVarIdx(interp, varPtr, arrayPtr, part1Ptr, part2Ptr,
+    dictPtr = TclPtrGetVar(interp, varPtr, arrayPtr, part1Ptr, part2Ptr,
 	    TCL_LEAVE_ERR_MSG, index);
    if (dictPtr == NULL) {
 	return TCL_OK;
@@ -3647,8 +3744,8 @@ TclDictWithFinish(
     * Write back the outermost dictionary to the variable.
     */

-    if (TclPtrSetVarIdx(interp, varPtr, arrayPtr, part1Ptr, part2Ptr,
-	    dictPtr, TCL_LEAVE_ERR_MSG, index) == NULL) {
+    if (TclPtrSetVar(interp, varPtr, arrayPtr, part1Ptr, part2Ptr, dictPtr,
+	    TCL_LEAVE_ERR_MSG, index) == NULL) {
 	if (allocdict) {
 	    TclDecrRefCount(dictPtr);
 	}
@@ -254,7 +254,7 @@ DisassembleByteCodeObj(
    Tcl_Obj *bufferObj, *fileObj;

    TclNewObj(bufferObj);
-    if (!codePtr->refCount) {
+    if (codePtr->refCount <= 0) {
 	return bufferObj;	/* Already freed. */
    }

@@ -267,9 +267,9 @@ DisassembleByteCodeObj(
     */

    Tcl_AppendPrintfToObj(bufferObj,
-	    "ByteCode %p, refCt %" TCL_LL_MODIFIER "d, epoch %" TCL_LL_MODIFIER "d, interp %p (epoch %" TCL_LL_MODIFIER "d)\n",
-	    codePtr, (Tcl_WideUInt)codePtr->refCount, (Tcl_WideUInt)codePtr->compileEpoch, iPtr,
-		(Tcl_WideUInt)iPtr->compileEpoch);
+	    "ByteCode %p, refCt %u, epoch %u, interp %p (epoch %u)\n",
+	    codePtr, codePtr->refCount, codePtr->compileEpoch, iPtr,
+	    iPtr->compileEpoch);
    Tcl_AppendToObj(bufferObj, "  Source ", -1);
    PrintSourceToObj(bufferObj, codePtr->source,
 	    TclMin(codePtr->numSrcBytes, 55));
@@ -312,8 +312,8 @@ DisassembleByteCodeObj(
 	int numCompiledLocals = procPtr->numCompiledLocals;

 	Tcl_AppendPrintfToObj(bufferObj,
-		"  Proc %p, refCt %" TCL_LL_MODIFIER "d, args %d, compiled locals %d\n",
-		procPtr, (Tcl_WideUInt)procPtr->refCount, procPtr->numArgs,
+		"  Proc %p, refCt %d, args %d, compiled locals %d\n",
+		procPtr, procPtr->refCount, procPtr->numArgs,
 		numCompiledLocals);
 	if (numCompiledLocals > 0) {
 	    CompiledLocal *localPtr = procPtr->firstLocalPtr;
@@ -797,7 +797,7 @@ TclNewInstNameObj(
    Tcl_Obj *objPtr = Tcl_NewObj();

    objPtr->typePtr = &tclInstNameType;
-    objPtr->internalRep.wideValue = (long) inst;
+    objPtr->internalRep.longValue = (long) inst;
    objPtr->bytes = NULL;

    return objPtr;
@@ -817,17 +817,17 @@ static void
 UpdateStringOfInstName(
    Tcl_Obj *objPtr)
 {
-    size_t len, inst = (size_t)objPtr->internalRep.wideValue;
-    char *s, buf[TCL_INTEGER_SPACE + 5];
+    int inst = objPtr->internalRep.longValue;
+    char *s, buf[20];
+    int len;

-    if (inst >= LAST_INST_OPCODE) {
-        sprintf(buf, "inst_%" TCL_Z_MODIFIER "d", inst);
+    if ((inst < 0) || (inst > LAST_INST_OPCODE)) {
+        sprintf(buf, "inst_%d", inst);
        s = buf;
    } else {
-        s = (char *) tclInstructionTable[inst].name;
+        s = (char *) tclInstructionTable[objPtr->internalRep.longValue].name;
    }
    len = strlen(s);
-    /* assert (len < UINT_MAX) */
    objPtr->bytes = ckalloc(len + 1);
    memcpy(objPtr->bytes, s, len + 1);
    objPtr->length = len;
@@ -18,7 +18,7 @@ typedef size_t (LengthProc)(const char *src);
 * convert between various character sets and UTF-8.
 */

-typedef struct {
+typedef struct Encoding {
    char *name;			/* Name of encoding. Malloced because (1) hash
 				 * table entry that owns this encoding may be
 				 * freed prior to this encoding being freed,
@@ -57,7 +57,7 @@ typedef struct {
 * encoding.
 */

-typedef struct {
+typedef struct TableEncodingData {
    int fallback;		/* Character (in this encoding) to substitute
 				 * when this encoding cannot represent a UTF-8
 				 * character. */
@@ -91,7 +91,7 @@ typedef struct {
 * for switching character sets.
 */

-typedef struct {
+typedef struct EscapeSubTable {
    unsigned sequenceLen;	/* Length of following string. */
    char sequence[16];		/* Escape code that marks this encoding. */
    char name[32];		/* Name for encoding. */
@@ -100,7 +100,7 @@ typedef struct {
 				 * yet. */
 } EscapeSubTable;

-typedef struct {
+typedef struct EscapeEncodingData {
    int fallback;		/* Character (in this encoding) to substitute
 				 * when this encoding cannot represent a UTF-8
 				 * character. */
@@ -563,7 +563,7 @@ TclInitEncodingSubsystem(void)
     * formed UTF-8 into a properly formed stream.
     */

-    type.encodingName	= NULL;
+    type.encodingName	= "identity";
    type.toUtfProc	= BinaryProc;
    type.fromUtfProc	= BinaryProc;
    type.freeProc	= NULL;
@@ -675,6 +675,68 @@ TclFinalizeEncodingSubsystem(void)
    Tcl_MutexUnlock(&encodingMutex);
 }

+/*
+ *-------------------------------------------------------------------------
+ *
+ * Tcl_GetDefaultEncodingDir --
+ *
+ *	Legacy public interface to retrieve first directory in the encoding
+ *	searchPath.
+ *
+ * Results:
+ *	The directory pathname, as a string, or NULL for an empty encoding
+ *	search path.
+ *
+ * Side effects:
+ *	None.
+ *
+ *-------------------------------------------------------------------------
+ */
+
+const char *
+Tcl_GetDefaultEncodingDir(void)
+{
+    int numDirs;
+    Tcl_Obj *first, *searchPath = Tcl_GetEncodingSearchPath();
+
+    Tcl_ListObjLength(NULL, searchPath, &numDirs);
+    if (numDirs == 0) {
+	return NULL;
+    }
+    Tcl_ListObjIndex(NULL, searchPath, 0, &first);
+
+    return TclGetString(first);
+}
+
+/*
+ *-------------------------------------------------------------------------
+ *
+ * Tcl_SetDefaultEncodingDir --
+ *
+ *	Legacy public interface to set the first directory in the encoding
+ *	search path.
+ *
+ * Results:
+ *	None.
+ *
+ * Side effects:
+ *	Modifies the encoding search path.
+ *
+ *-------------------------------------------------------------------------
+ */
+
+void
+Tcl_SetDefaultEncodingDir(
+    const char *path)
+{
+    Tcl_Obj *searchPath = Tcl_GetEncodingSearchPath();
+    Tcl_Obj *directory = Tcl_NewStringObj(path, -1);
+
+    searchPath = Tcl_DuplicateObj(searchPath);
+    Tcl_ListObjReplace(NULL, searchPath, 0, 0, 1, &directory);
+    Tcl_SetEncodingSearchPath(searchPath);
+}
+
 /*
 *-------------------------------------------------------------------------
 *
@@ -789,9 +851,7 @@ FreeEncoding(
 	if (encodingPtr->hPtr != NULL) {
 	    Tcl_DeleteHashEntry(encodingPtr->hPtr);
 	}
-	if (encodingPtr->name) {
-	    ckfree(encodingPtr->name);
-	}
+	ckfree(encodingPtr->name);
 	ckfree(encodingPtr);
    }
 }
@@ -980,8 +1040,27 @@ Tcl_CreateEncoding(
    const Tcl_EncodingType *typePtr)
 				/* The encoding type. */
 {
-    Encoding *encodingPtr = ckalloc(sizeof(Encoding));
-    encodingPtr->name		= NULL;
+    Tcl_HashEntry *hPtr;
+    int isNew;
+    Encoding *encodingPtr;
+    char *name;
+
+    Tcl_MutexLock(&encodingMutex);
+    hPtr = Tcl_CreateHashEntry(&encodingTable, typePtr->encodingName, &isNew);
+    if (isNew == 0) {
+	/*
+	 * Remove old encoding from hash table, but don't delete it until last
+	 * reference goes away.
+	 */
+
+	encodingPtr = Tcl_GetHashValue(hPtr);
+	encodingPtr->hPtr = NULL;
+    }
+
+    name = ckalloc(strlen(typePtr->encodingName) + 1);
+
+    encodingPtr = ckalloc(sizeof(Encoding));
+    encodingPtr->name		= strcpy(name, typePtr->encodingName);
    encodingPtr->toUtfProc	= typePtr->toUtfProc;
    encodingPtr->fromUtfProc	= typePtr->fromUtfProc;
    encodingPtr->freeProc	= typePtr->freeProc;
@@ -993,32 +1072,11 @@ Tcl_CreateEncoding(
 	encodingPtr->lengthProc = (LengthProc *) unilen;
    }
    encodingPtr->refCount	= 1;
-    encodingPtr->hPtr		= NULL;
-
-  if (typePtr->encodingName) {
-    Tcl_HashEntry *hPtr;
-    int isNew;
-    char *name;
-
-    Tcl_MutexLock(&encodingMutex);
-    hPtr = Tcl_CreateHashEntry(&encodingTable, typePtr->encodingName, &isNew);
-    if (isNew == 0) {
-	/*
-	 * Remove old encoding from hash table, but don't delete it until last
-	 * reference goes away.
-	 */
-
-	Encoding *replaceMe = Tcl_GetHashValue(hPtr);
-	replaceMe->hPtr = NULL;
-    }
-
-    name = ckalloc(strlen(typePtr->encodingName) + 1);
-    encodingPtr->name		= strcpy(name, typePtr->encodingName);
    encodingPtr->hPtr		= hPtr;
    Tcl_SetHashValue(hPtr, encodingPtr);

    Tcl_MutexUnlock(&encodingMutex);
-  }
+
    return (Tcl_Encoding) encodingPtr;
 }

@@ -2235,11 +2293,8 @@ UtfToUtfProc(
    const char *srcStart, *srcEnd, *srcClose;
    const char *dstStart, *dstEnd;
    int result, numChars, charLimit = INT_MAX;
-    Tcl_UniChar *chPtr = (Tcl_UniChar *) statePtr;
+    Tcl_UniChar ch;

-    if (flags & TCL_ENCODING_START) {
-    	*statePtr = 0;
-    }
    result = TCL_OK;

    srcStart = src;
@@ -2271,7 +2326,7 @@ UtfToUtfProc(
 	}
 	if (UCHAR(*src) < 0x80 && !(UCHAR(*src) == 0 && pureNullMode == 0)) {
 	    /*
-	     * Copy 7bit characters, but skip null-bytes when we are in input
+	     * Copy 7bit chatacters, but skip null-bytes when we are in input
 	     * mode, so that they get converted to 0xc080.
 	     */

@@ -2287,23 +2342,16 @@ UtfToUtfProc(
 	} else if (!Tcl_UtfCharComplete(src, srcEnd - src)) {
 	    /*
 	     * Always check before using TclUtfToUniChar. Not doing can so
-	     * cause it run beyond the end of the buffer! If we happen such an
-	     * incomplete char its bytes are made to represent themselves.
+	     * cause it run beyond the endof the buffer! If we happen such an
+	     * incomplete char its byts are made to represent themselves.
 	     */

-	    *chPtr = (unsigned char) *src;
+	    ch = (unsigned char) *src;
 	    src += 1;
-	    dst += Tcl_UniCharToUtf(*chPtr, dst);
+	    dst += Tcl_UniCharToUtf(ch, dst);
 	} else {
-	    int len = TclUtfToUniChar(src, chPtr);
-	    src += len;
-	    dst += Tcl_UniCharToUtf(*chPtr, dst);
-#if TCL_UTF_MAX <= 4
-	    if (!len) {
-		src += TclUtfToUniChar(src, chPtr);
-		dst += Tcl_UniCharToUtf(*chPtr, dst);
-	    }
-#endif
+	    src += TclUtfToUniChar(src, &ch);
+	    dst += Tcl_UniCharToUtf(ch, dst);
 	}
    }

@@ -2359,11 +2407,8 @@ UnicodeToUtfProc(
    const char *srcStart, *srcEnd;
    const char *dstEnd, *dstStart;
    int result, numChars, charLimit = INT_MAX;
-    Tcl_UniChar *chPtr = (Tcl_UniChar *) statePtr;
+    Tcl_UniChar ch;

-    if (flags & TCL_ENCODING_START) {
-    	*statePtr = 0;
-    }
    if (flags & TCL_ENCODING_CHAR_LIMIT) {
 	charLimit = *dstCharsPtr;
    }
@@ -2391,11 +2436,11 @@ UnicodeToUtfProc(
 	 * Tcl_UniChar-size data.
 	 */

-	*chPtr = *(Tcl_UniChar *)src;
-	if (*chPtr && *chPtr < 0x80) {
-	    *dst++ = (*chPtr & 0xFF);
+	ch = *(Tcl_UniChar *)src;
+	if (ch && ch < 0x80) {
+	    *dst++ = (ch & 0xFF);
 	} else {
-	    dst += Tcl_UniCharToUtf(*chPtr, dst);
+	    dst += Tcl_UniCharToUtf(ch, dst);
 	}
 	src += sizeof(Tcl_UniChar);
    }
@@ -2452,11 +2497,8 @@ UtfToUnicodeProc(
 {
    const char *srcStart, *srcEnd, *srcClose, *dstStart, *dstEnd;
    int result, numChars;
-    Tcl_UniChar *chPtr = (Tcl_UniChar *) statePtr;
+    Tcl_UniChar ch;

-    if (flags & TCL_ENCODING_START) {
-    	*statePtr = 0;
-    }
    srcStart = src;
    srcEnd = src + srcLen;
    srcClose = srcEnd;
@@ -2482,7 +2524,7 @@ UtfToUnicodeProc(
 	    result = TCL_CONVERT_NOSPACE;
 	    break;
 	}
-	src += TclUtfToUniChar(src, chPtr);
+	src += TclUtfToUniChar(src, &ch);

 	/*
 	 * Need to handle this in a way that won't cause misalignment by
@@ -2491,23 +2533,23 @@ UtfToUnicodeProc(

 #ifdef WORDS_BIGENDIAN
 #if TCL_UTF_MAX > 4
-	*dst++ = (*chPtr >> 24);
-	*dst++ = ((*chPtr >> 16) & 0xFF);
-	*dst++ = ((*chPtr >> 8) & 0xFF);
-	*dst++ = (*chPtr & 0xFF);
+	*dst++ = (ch >> 24);
+	*dst++ = ((ch >> 16) & 0xFF);
+	*dst++ = ((ch >> 8) & 0xFF);
+	*dst++ = (ch & 0xFF);
 #else
-	*dst++ = (*chPtr >> 8);
-	*dst++ = (*chPtr & 0xFF);
+	*dst++ = (ch >> 8);
+	*dst++ = (ch & 0xFF);
 #endif
 #else
 #if TCL_UTF_MAX > 4
-	*dst++ = (*chPtr & 0xFF);
-	*dst++ = ((*chPtr >> 8) & 0xFF);
-	*dst++ = ((*chPtr >> 16) & 0xFF);
-	*dst++ = (*chPtr >> 24);
+	*dst++ = (ch & 0xFF);
+	*dst++ = ((ch >> 8) & 0xFF);
+	*dst++ = ((ch >> 16) & 0xFF);
+	*dst++ = (ch >> 24);
 #else
-	*dst++ = (*chPtr & 0xFF);
-	*dst++ = (*chPtr >> 8);
+	*dst++ = (ch & 0xFF);
+	*dst++ = (ch >> 8);
 #endif
 #endif
    }
@@ -2565,7 +2607,7 @@ TableToUtfProc(
    const char *srcStart, *srcEnd;
    const char *dstEnd, *dstStart, *prefixBytes;
    int result, byte, numChars, charLimit = INT_MAX;
-    Tcl_UniChar ch = 0;
+    Tcl_UniChar ch;
    const unsigned short *const *toUnicode;
    const unsigned short *pageZero;
    TableEncodingData *dataPtr = clientData;
@@ -2677,7 +2719,7 @@ TableFromUtfProc(
 {
    const char *srcStart, *srcEnd, *srcClose;
    const char *dstStart, *dstEnd, *prefixBytes;
-    Tcl_UniChar ch = 0;
+    Tcl_UniChar ch;
    int result, len, word, numChars;
    TableEncodingData *dataPtr = clientData;
    const unsigned short *const *fromUnicode;
@@ -2709,7 +2751,7 @@ TableFromUtfProc(
 	}
 	len = TclUtfToUniChar(src, &ch);

-#if TCL_UTF_MAX > 4
+#if TCL_UTF_MAX > 3
 	/*
 	 * This prevents a crash condition. More evaluation is required for
 	 * full support of int Tcl_UniChar. [Bug 1004065]
@@ -2718,10 +2760,6 @@ TableFromUtfProc(
 	if (ch & 0xffff0000) {
 	    word = 0;
 	} else
-#else
-	if (!len) {
-	    word = 0;
-	} else
 #endif
 	    word = fromUnicode[(ch >> 8)][ch & 0xff];

@@ -2815,7 +2853,7 @@ Iso88591ToUtfProc(

    result = TCL_OK;
    for (numChars = 0; src < srcEnd && numChars <= charLimit; numChars++) {
-	Tcl_UniChar ch = 0;
+	Tcl_UniChar ch;

 	if (dst > dstEnd) {
 	    result = TCL_CONVERT_NOSPACE;
@@ -2901,7 +2939,7 @@ Iso88591FromUtfProc(
    dstEnd = dst + dstLen - 1;

    for (numChars = 0; src < srcEnd; numChars++) {
-	Tcl_UniChar ch = 0;
+	Tcl_UniChar ch;
 	int len;

 	if ((src > srcClose) && (!Tcl_UtfCharComplete(src, srcEnd - src))) {
@@ -2919,18 +2957,12 @@ Iso88591FromUtfProc(
 	 * Check for illegal characters.
 	 */

-	if (ch > 0xff
-#if TCL_UTF_MAX <= 4
-		|| !len
-#endif
-		) {
+	if (ch > 0xff) {
 	    if (flags & TCL_ENCODING_STOPONERROR) {
 		result = TCL_CONVERT_UNKNOWN;
 		break;
 	    }
-#if TCL_UTF_MAX <= 4
-	    if (!len) len = 4;
-#endif
+
 	    /*
 	     * Plunge on, using '?' as a fallback character.
 	     */
@@ -3294,7 +3326,7 @@ EscapeFromUtfProc(
    for (numChars = 0; src < srcEnd; numChars++) {
 	unsigned len;
 	int word;
-	Tcl_UniChar ch = 0;
+	Tcl_UniChar ch;

 	if ((src > srcClose) && (!Tcl_UtfCharComplete(src, srcEnd - src))) {
 	    /*
@@ -3339,7 +3371,7 @@ EscapeFromUtfProc(

 	    /*
 	     * The state variable has the value of oldState when word is 0.
-	     * In this case, the escape sequence should not be copied to dst
+	     * In this case, the escape sequense should not be copied to dst
 	     * because the current character set is not changed.
 	     */

@@ -55,11 +55,12 @@ enum EnsSubcmds {
 };

 static const char *const ensembleCreateOptions[] = {
-    "-command", "-map", "-parameters", "-prefixes", "-subcommands",
-    "-unknown", NULL
+    "-command", "-compile", "-map", "-parameters", "-prefixes",
+    "-subcommands", "-unknown", NULL
 };
 enum EnsCreateOpts {
-    CRT_CMD, CRT_MAP, CRT_PARAM, CRT_PREFIX, CRT_SUBCMDS, CRT_UNKNOWN
+    CRT_CMD, CRT_COMPILE, CRT_MAP, CRT_PARAM, CRT_PREFIX,
+    CRT_SUBCMDS, CRT_UNKNOWN
 };

 static const char *const ensembleConfigOptions[] = {
@@ -146,12 +147,10 @@ TclNamespaceEnsembleCmd(
    Tcl_Obj *const objv[])
 {
    Tcl_Namespace *namespacePtr;
-    Namespace *nsPtr = (Namespace *) TclGetCurrentNamespace(interp), *cxtPtr,
-    	*foundNsPtr, *altFoundNsPtr, *actualCxtPtr;
+    Namespace *nsPtr = (Namespace *) TclGetCurrentNamespace(interp);
    Tcl_Command token;
    Tcl_DictSearch search;
    Tcl_Obj *listObj;
-    const char *simpleName;
    int index, done;

    if (nsPtr == NULL || nsPtr->flags & NS_DYING) {
@@ -185,6 +184,7 @@ TclNamespaceEnsembleCmd(
 	int permitPrefix = 1;
 	Tcl_Obj *unknownObj = NULL;
 	Tcl_Obj *paramObj = NULL;
+	int ensCompFlag = -1;

 	/*
 	 * Check that we've got option-value pairs... [Bug 1558654]
@@ -197,8 +197,13 @@ TclNamespaceEnsembleCmd(
 	objv += 2;
 	objc -= 2;

-	name = nsPtr->name;
-	cxtPtr = (Namespace *) nsPtr->parentPtr;
+	/*
+	 * Work out what name to use for the command to create. If supplied,
+	 * it is either fully specified or relative to the current namespace.
+	 * If not supplied, it is exactly the name of the current namespace.
+	 */
+
+	name = nsPtr->fullName;

 	/*
 	 * Parse the option list, applying type checks as we go. Note that we
@@ -218,7 +223,6 @@ TclNamespaceEnsembleCmd(
 	    switch ((enum EnsCreateOpts) index) {
 	    case CRT_CMD:
 		name = TclGetString(objv[1]);
-		cxtPtr = nsPtr;
 		continue;
 	    case CRT_SUBCMDS:
 		if (TclListObjLength(interp, objv[1], &len) != TCL_OK) {
@@ -323,6 +327,12 @@ TclNamespaceEnsembleCmd(
 		    return TCL_ERROR;
 		}
 		continue;
+	    case CRT_COMPILE:
+		if (Tcl_GetBooleanFromObj(interp, objv[1], 
+			&ensCompFlag) != TCL_OK) {
+		    return TCL_ERROR;
+		};
+		continue;
 	    case CRT_UNKNOWN:
 		if (TclListObjLength(interp, objv[1], &len) != TCL_OK) {
 		    if (allocatedMapFlag) {
@@ -335,10 +345,6 @@ TclNamespaceEnsembleCmd(
 	    }
 	}

-	TclGetNamespaceForQualName(interp, name, cxtPtr,
-	TCL_CREATE_NS_IF_UNKNOWN, &foundNsPtr, &altFoundNsPtr, &actualCxtPtr,
-	&simpleName);
-
 	/*
 	 * Create the ensemble. Note that this might delete another ensemble
 	 * linked to the same namespace, so we must be careful. However, we
@@ -346,13 +352,18 @@ TclNamespaceEnsembleCmd(
 	 * we've created it (and after any deletions have occurred.)
 	 */

-	token = TclCreateEnsembleInNs(interp, simpleName,
-	     (Tcl_Namespace *) foundNsPtr, (Tcl_Namespace *) nsPtr,
-	     (permitPrefix ? TCL_ENSEMBLE_PREFIX : 0));
+	token = Tcl_CreateEnsemble(interp, name, NULL,
+		(permitPrefix ? TCL_ENSEMBLE_PREFIX : 0));
 	Tcl_SetEnsembleSubcommandList(interp, token, subcmdObj);
 	Tcl_SetEnsembleMappingDict(interp, token, mapObj);
 	Tcl_SetEnsembleUnknownHandler(interp, token, unknownObj);
 	Tcl_SetEnsembleParameterList(interp, token, paramObj);
+	/* 
+	 * Ensemble should be compiled if it has map (performance purposes)
+	 */
+	if (ensCompFlag > 0 && mapObj != NULL) {
+	    Tcl_SetEnsembleFlags(interp, token, ENSEMBLE_COMPILE);
+	}

 	/*
 	 * Tricky! Must ensure that the result is not shared (command delete
@@ -639,38 +650,48 @@ TclNamespaceEnsembleCmd(
 /*
 *----------------------------------------------------------------------
 *
- * TclCreateEnsembleInNs --
+ * Tcl_CreateEnsemble --
 *
- *	Like Tcl_CreateEnsemble, but additionally accepts as an argument the
- *	name of the namespace to create the command in.
+ *	Create a simple ensemble attached to the given namespace.
+ *
+ * Results:
+ *	The token for the command created.
+ *
+ * Side effects:
+ *	The ensemble is created and marked for compilation.
 *
 *----------------------------------------------------------------------
 */

 Tcl_Command
-TclCreateEnsembleInNs(
+Tcl_CreateEnsemble(
    Tcl_Interp *interp,
-
-    const char *name,   /* Simple name of command to create (no */
-			/* namespace components). */
-    Tcl_Namespace       /* Name of namespace to create the command in. */
-    *nameNsPtr,
-    Tcl_Namespace
-    *ensembleNsPtr,	/* Name of the namespace for the ensemble. */
-    int flags
-    )
+    const char *name,
+    Tcl_Namespace *namespacePtr,
+    int flags)
 {
-    Namespace *nsPtr = (Namespace *) ensembleNsPtr;
-    EnsembleConfig *ensemblePtr;
-    Tcl_Command token;
+    Namespace *nsPtr = (Namespace *) namespacePtr;
+    EnsembleConfig *ensemblePtr = ckalloc(sizeof(EnsembleConfig));
+    Tcl_Obj *nameObj = NULL;

-    ensemblePtr = ckalloc(sizeof(EnsembleConfig));
-    token = TclNRCreateCommandInNs(interp, name,
-	(Tcl_Namespace *) nameNsPtr, NsEnsembleImplementationCmd,
-	NsEnsembleImplementationCmdNR, ensemblePtr, DeleteEnsembleConfig);
-    if (token == NULL) {
-	ckfree(ensemblePtr);
-	return NULL;
+    if (nsPtr == NULL) {
+	nsPtr = (Namespace *) TclGetCurrentNamespace(interp);
+    }
+
+    /*
+     * Make the name of the ensemble into a fully qualified name. This might
+     * allocate a temporary object.
+     */
+
+    if (!(name[0] == ':' && name[1] == ':')) {
+	nameObj = NewNsObj((Tcl_Namespace *) nsPtr);
+	if (nsPtr->parentPtr == NULL) {
+	    Tcl_AppendStringsToObj(nameObj, name, NULL);
+	} else {
+	    Tcl_AppendStringsToObj(nameObj, "::", name, NULL);
+	}
+	Tcl_IncrRefCount(nameObj);
+	name = TclGetString(nameObj);
    }

    ensemblePtr->nsPtr = nsPtr;
@@ -683,7 +704,9 @@ TclCreateEnsembleInNs(
    ensemblePtr->numParameters = 0;
    ensemblePtr->parameterList = NULL;
    ensemblePtr->unknownHandler = NULL;
-    ensemblePtr->token = token;
+    ensemblePtr->token = Tcl_NRCreateCommand(interp, name,
+	    NsEnsembleImplementationCmd, NsEnsembleImplementationCmdNR,
+	    ensemblePtr, DeleteEnsembleConfig);
    ensemblePtr->next = (EnsembleConfig *) nsPtr->ensembles;
    nsPtr->ensembles = (Tcl_Ensemble *) ensemblePtr;

@@ -700,52 +723,11 @@ TclCreateEnsembleInNs(
 	((Command *) ensemblePtr->token)->compileProc = TclCompileEnsemble;
    }

-    return ensemblePtr->token;
-
-}
-
-
-/*
- *----------------------------------------------------------------------
- *
- * Tcl_CreateEnsemble
- *
- *	Create a simple ensemble attached to the given namespace.
- *
- *	Deprecated by TclCreateEnsembleInNs.
- *
- * Value
- *
- *	The token for the command created.
- *
- * Effect
- *	The ensemble is created and marked for compilation.
- *
- *
- *----------------------------------------------------------------------
- */
-
-Tcl_Command
-Tcl_CreateEnsemble(
-    Tcl_Interp *interp,
-    const char *name,
-    Tcl_Namespace *namespacePtr,
-    int flags)
-{
-    Namespace *nsPtr = (Namespace *)namespacePtr, *foundNsPtr, *altNsPtr,
-    	*actualNsPtr;
-    const char * simpleName;
-
-    if (nsPtr == NULL) {
-	nsPtr = (Namespace *) TclGetCurrentNamespace(interp);
+    if (nameObj != NULL) {
+	TclDecrRefCount(nameObj);
    }
-
-    TclGetNamespaceForQualName(interp, name, nsPtr, TCL_CREATE_NS_IF_UNKNOWN,
-    	&foundNsPtr, &altNsPtr, &actualNsPtr, &simpleName);
-    return TclCreateEnsembleInNs(interp, simpleName,
-	(Tcl_Namespace *) foundNsPtr, (Tcl_Namespace *) nsPtr, flags);
+    return ensemblePtr->token;
 }
-

 /*
 *----------------------------------------------------------------------
@@ -1917,7 +1899,6 @@ NsEnsembleImplementationCmdNR(

 	TclSkipTailcall(interp);
 	Tcl_ListObjGetElements(NULL, copyPtr, &copyObjc, &copyObjv);
-	((Interp *)interp)->lookupNsPtr = ensemblePtr->nsPtr;
 	return TclNREvalObjv(interp, copyObjc, copyObjv, TCL_EVAL_INVOKE, NULL);
    }

@@ -2431,32 +2412,14 @@ MakeCachedEnsembleCommand(
 *----------------------------------------------------------------------
 */

-static void
-ClearTable(
-    EnsembleConfig *ensemblePtr)
-{
-    Tcl_HashTable *hash = &ensemblePtr->subcommandTable;
-
-    if (hash->numEntries != 0) {
-        Tcl_HashSearch search;
-        Tcl_HashEntry *hPtr = Tcl_FirstHashEntry(hash, &search);
-
-        while (hPtr != NULL) {
-            Tcl_Obj *prefixObj = Tcl_GetHashValue(hPtr);
-            Tcl_DecrRefCount(prefixObj);
-            hPtr = Tcl_NextHashEntry(&search);
-        }
-        ckfree((char *) ensemblePtr->subcommandArrayPtr);
-    }
-    Tcl_DeleteHashTable(hash);
-}
-
 static void
 DeleteEnsembleConfig(
    ClientData clientData)
 {
    EnsembleConfig *ensemblePtr = clientData;
    Namespace *nsPtr = ensemblePtr->nsPtr;
+    Tcl_HashSearch search;
+    Tcl_HashEntry *hEnt;

    /*
     * Unlink from the ensemble chain if it has not been marked as having been
@@ -2490,7 +2453,17 @@ DeleteEnsembleConfig(
     * Kill the pointer-containing fields.
     */

-    ClearTable(ensemblePtr);
+    if (ensemblePtr->subcommandTable.numEntries != 0) {
+	ckfree(ensemblePtr->subcommandArrayPtr);
+    }
+    hEnt = Tcl_FirstHashEntry(&ensemblePtr->subcommandTable, &search);
+    while (hEnt != NULL) {
+	Tcl_Obj *prefixObj = Tcl_GetHashValue(hEnt);
+
+	Tcl_DecrRefCount(prefixObj);
+	hEnt = Tcl_NextHashEntry(&search);
+    }
+    Tcl_DeleteHashTable(&ensemblePtr->subcommandTable);
    if (ensemblePtr->subcmdList != NULL) {
 	Tcl_DecrRefCount(ensemblePtr->subcmdList);
    }
@@ -2546,101 +2519,100 @@ BuildEnsembleConfig(
    int i, j, isNew;
    Tcl_HashTable *hash = &ensemblePtr->subcommandTable;
    Tcl_HashEntry *hPtr;
-    Tcl_Obj *mapDict = ensemblePtr->subcommandDict;
-    Tcl_Obj *subList = ensemblePtr->subcmdList;

-    ClearTable(ensemblePtr);
-    Tcl_InitHashTable(hash, TCL_STRING_KEYS);
+    if (hash->numEntries != 0) {
+	/*
+	 * Remove pre-existing table.
+	 */

-    if (subList) {
-        int subc;
-        Tcl_Obj **subv, *target, *cmdObj, *cmdPrefixObj;
-        char *name;
+	ckfree(ensemblePtr->subcommandArrayPtr);
+	hPtr = Tcl_FirstHashEntry(hash, &search);
+	while (hPtr != NULL) {
+	    Tcl_Obj *prefixObj = Tcl_GetHashValue(hPtr);

-        /*
-         * There is a list of exactly what subcommands go in the table.
-         * Must determine the target for each.
-         */
+	    Tcl_DecrRefCount(prefixObj);
+	    hPtr = Tcl_NextHashEntry(&search);
+	}
+	Tcl_DeleteHashTable(hash);
+	Tcl_InitHashTable(hash, TCL_STRING_KEYS);
+    }

-        Tcl_ListObjGetElements(NULL, subList, &subc, &subv);
-        if (subList == mapDict) {
-            /*
-             * Strange case where explicit list of subcommands is same value
-             * as the dict mapping to targets.
-             */
+    /*
+     * See if we've got an export list. If so, we will only export exactly
+     * those commands, which may be either implemented by the prefix in the
+     * subcommandDict or mapped directly onto the namespace's commands.
+     */

-            for (i = 0; i < subc; i += 2) {
-                name = TclGetString(subv[i]);
-                hPtr = Tcl_CreateHashEntry(hash, name, &isNew);
-                if (!isNew) {
-                    cmdObj = (Tcl_Obj *)Tcl_GetHashValue(hPtr);
-                    Tcl_DecrRefCount(cmdObj);
-                }
-                Tcl_SetHashValue(hPtr, subv[i+1]);
-                Tcl_IncrRefCount(subv[i+1]);
+    if (ensemblePtr->subcmdList != NULL) {
+	Tcl_Obj **subcmdv, *target, *cmdObj, *cmdPrefixObj;
+	int subcmdc;

-                name = TclGetString(subv[i+1]);
-                hPtr = Tcl_CreateHashEntry(hash, name, &isNew);
-                if (isNew) {
-                    cmdObj = Tcl_NewStringObj(name, -1);
-                    cmdPrefixObj = Tcl_NewListObj(1, &cmdObj);
-                    Tcl_SetHashValue(hPtr, cmdPrefixObj);
-                    Tcl_IncrRefCount(cmdPrefixObj);
-                }
-            }
-        } else {
-            /* Usual case where we can freely act on the list and dict. */
+	TclListObjGetElements(NULL, ensemblePtr->subcmdList, &subcmdc,
+		&subcmdv);
+	for (i=0 ; i<subcmdc ; i++) {
+	    const char *name = TclGetString(subcmdv[i]);

-            for (i = 0; i < subc; i++) {
-                name = TclGetString(subv[i]);
-                hPtr = Tcl_CreateHashEntry(hash, name, &isNew);
-                if (!isNew) {
-                    continue;
-                }
+	    hPtr = Tcl_CreateHashEntry(hash, name, &isNew);

-                /* Lookup target in the dictionary */
-                if (mapDict) {
-                    Tcl_DictObjGet(NULL, mapDict, subv[i], &target);
-                    if (target) {
-                        Tcl_SetHashValue(hPtr, target);
-                        Tcl_IncrRefCount(target);
-                        continue;
-                    }
-                }
+	    /*
+	     * Skip non-unique cases.
+	     */

-                /*
-                 * target was not in the dictionary so map onto the namespace.
-                 * Note in this case that we do not guarantee that the
-                 * command is actually there; that is the programmer's
-                 * responsibility (or [::unknown] of course).
-                 */
-                cmdObj = Tcl_NewStringObj(name, -1);
-                cmdPrefixObj = Tcl_NewListObj(1, &cmdObj);
-                Tcl_SetHashValue(hPtr, cmdPrefixObj);
-                Tcl_IncrRefCount(cmdPrefixObj);
-            }
-        }
-    } else if (mapDict) {
-        /*
-         * No subcmd list, but we do have a mapping dictionary so we should
-         * use the keys of that. Convert the dictionary's contents into the
-         * form required for the ensemble's internal hashtable.
-         */
+	    if (!isNew) {
+		continue;
+	    }

-        Tcl_DictSearch dictSearch;
-        Tcl_Obj *keyObj, *valueObj;
-        int done;
+	    /*
+	     * Look in our dictionary (if present) for the command.
+	     */

-        Tcl_DictObjFirst(NULL, ensemblePtr->subcommandDict, &dictSearch,
-                &keyObj, &valueObj, &done);
-        while (!done) {
-            char *name = TclGetString(keyObj);
+	    if (ensemblePtr->subcommandDict != NULL) {
+		Tcl_DictObjGet(NULL, ensemblePtr->subcommandDict, subcmdv[i],
+			&target);
+		if (target != NULL) {
+		    Tcl_SetHashValue(hPtr, target);
+		    Tcl_IncrRefCount(target);
+		    continue;
+		}
+	    }

-            hPtr = Tcl_CreateHashEntry(hash, name, &isNew);
-            Tcl_SetHashValue(hPtr, valueObj);
-            Tcl_IncrRefCount(valueObj);
-            Tcl_DictObjNext(&dictSearch, &keyObj, &valueObj, &done);
-        }
+	    /*
+	     * Not there, so map onto the namespace. Note in this case that we
+	     * do not guarantee that the command is actually there; that is
+	     * the programmer's responsibility (or [::unknown] of course).
+	     */
+
+	    cmdObj = NewNsObj((Tcl_Namespace *) ensemblePtr->nsPtr);
+	    if (ensemblePtr->nsPtr->parentPtr != NULL) {
+		Tcl_AppendStringsToObj(cmdObj, "::", name, NULL);
+	    } else {
+		Tcl_AppendStringsToObj(cmdObj, name, NULL);
+	    }
+	    cmdPrefixObj = Tcl_NewListObj(1, &cmdObj);
+	    Tcl_SetHashValue(hPtr, cmdPrefixObj);
+	    Tcl_IncrRefCount(cmdPrefixObj);
+	}
+    } else if (ensemblePtr->subcommandDict != NULL) {
+	/*
+	 * No subcmd list, but we do have a mapping dictionary so we should
+	 * use the keys of that. Convert the dictionary's contents into the
+	 * form required for the ensemble's internal hashtable.
+	 */
+
+	Tcl_DictSearch dictSearch;
+	Tcl_Obj *keyObj, *valueObj;
+	int done;
+
+	Tcl_DictObjFirst(NULL, ensemblePtr->subcommandDict, &dictSearch,
+		&keyObj, &valueObj, &done);
+	while (!done) {
+	    const char *name = TclGetString(keyObj);
+
+	    hPtr = Tcl_CreateHashEntry(hash, name, &isNew);
+	    Tcl_SetHashValue(hPtr, valueObj);
+	    Tcl_IncrRefCount(valueObj);
+	    Tcl_DictObjNext(&dictSearch, &keyObj, &valueObj, &done);
+	}
    } else {
 	/*
 	 * Discover what commands are actually exported by the namespace.
@@ -2676,7 +2648,11 @@ BuildEnsembleConfig(
 		    if (isNew) {
 			Tcl_Obj *cmdObj, *cmdPrefixObj;

-			cmdObj = Tcl_NewStringObj(nsCmdName, -1);
+			TclNewObj(cmdObj);
+			Tcl_AppendStringsToObj(cmdObj,
+				ensemblePtr->nsPtr->fullName,
+				(ensemblePtr->nsPtr->parentPtr ? "::" : ""),
+				nsCmdName, NULL);
 			cmdPrefixObj = Tcl_NewListObj(1, &cmdObj);
 			Tcl_SetHashValue(hPtr, cmdPrefixObj);
 			Tcl_IncrRefCount(cmdPrefixObj);
@@ -17,6 +17,11 @@

 TCL_DECLARE_MUTEX(envMutex)	/* To serialize access to environ. */

+
+/* MODULE_SCOPE */
+unsigned long TclEnvEpoch = 0;	/* Epoch of the tcl environment 
+				 * (if changed with tcl-env). */
+
 static struct {
    int cacheSize;		/* Number of env strings in cache. */
    char **cache;		/* Array containing all of the environment
@@ -130,7 +135,6 @@ TclSetupEnv(
 		 * '='; ignore the entry.
 		 */

-		Tcl_DStringFree(&envString);
 		continue;
 	    }
 	    p2++;
@@ -372,6 +376,7 @@ Tcl_PutEnv(
 	value[0] = '\0';
 	TclSetEnv(name, value+1);
    }
+    TclEnvEpoch++;

    Tcl_DStringFree(&nameString);
    return 0;
@@ -580,6 +585,7 @@ EnvTraceProc(

    if (flags & TCL_TRACE_ARRAY) {
 	TclSetupEnv(interp);
+	TclEnvEpoch++;
 	return NULL;
    }

@@ -600,6 +606,7 @@ EnvTraceProc(

 	value = Tcl_GetVar2(interp, "env", name2, TCL_GLOBAL_ONLY);
 	TclSetEnv(name2, value);
+	TclEnvEpoch++;
    }

    /*
@@ -623,6 +630,7 @@ EnvTraceProc(

    if (flags & TCL_TRACE_UNSETS) {
 	TclUnsetEnv(name2);
+	TclEnvEpoch++;
    }
    return NULL;
 }
@@ -1057,6 +1057,7 @@ TclInitSubsystems(void)
 					 * mutexes. */
 	    TclInitIOSubsystem();	/* Inits a tsd key (noop). */
 	    TclInitEncodingSubsystem();	/* Process wide encoding init. */
+	    TclpSetInterfaces();
 	    TclInitNamespaceSubsystem();/* Register ns obj type (mutexed). */
 	    subsystemsInitialized = 1;
 	}
@@ -363,7 +363,14 @@ TclFileDeleteCmd(
 	 */

 	if (Tcl_FSLstat(objv[i], &statBuf) != 0) {
-	    result = TCL_ERROR;
+	    /*
+	     * Trying to delete a file that does not exist is not considered
+	     * an error, just a no-op
+	     */
+
+	    if (errno != ENOENT) {
+		result = TCL_ERROR;
+	    }
 	} else if (S_ISDIR(statBuf.st_mode)) {
 	    /*
 	     * We own a reference count on errorBuffer, if it was set as a
@@ -399,20 +406,13 @@ TclFileDeleteCmd(
 	}

 	if (result != TCL_OK) {
+	    result = TCL_ERROR;

-	    /*
-	     * Avoid possible race condition (file/directory deleted after call
-	     * of lstat), so bypass ENOENT because not an error, just a no-op
-	     */
-	    if (errno == ENOENT) {
-		result = TCL_OK;
-		continue;
-	    }
 	    /*
 	     * It is important that we break on error, otherwise we might end
 	     * up owning reference counts on numerous errorBuffers.
 	     */
-	    result = TCL_ERROR;
+
 	    break;
 	}
    }
@@ -1904,7 +1904,7 @@ TclGlob(
    }

    /*
-     * To process a [glob] invocation, this function may be called multiple
+     * To process a [glob] invokation, this function may be called multiple
     * times. Each time, the previously discovered filenames are in the
     * interpreter result. We stash that away here so the result is free for
     * error messsages.
@@ -142,7 +142,7 @@ Tcl_GetBoolean(
 	Tcl_Panic("invalid sharing of Tcl_Obj on C stack");
    }
    if (code == TCL_OK) {
-	*boolPtr = obj.internalRep.wideValue != 0;
+	*boolPtr = obj.internalRep.longValue;
    }
    return code;
 }
@@ -9,6 +9,7 @@
 *
 * Copyright (c) 1992-1995 Karl Lehenbauer and Mark Diekhans.
 * Copyright (c) 1995-1997 Sun Microsystems, Inc.
+ * Copyright (c) 2015 Sergey G. Brester aka sebres.
 *
 * See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution of
 * this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES.
@@ -50,73 +51,11 @@
 * parsed fields will be returned.
 */

-typedef struct DateInfo {
-
-    Tcl_Obj* messages;		/* Error messages */
-    const char* separatrix;	/* String separating messages */
-
-    time_t dateYear;
-    time_t dateMonth;
-    time_t dateDay;
-    int dateHaveDate;
-
-    time_t dateHour;
-    time_t dateMinutes;
-    time_t dateSeconds;
-    int dateMeridian;
-    int dateHaveTime;
-
-    time_t dateTimezone;
-    int dateDSTmode;
-    int dateHaveZone;
-
-    time_t dateRelMonth;
-    time_t dateRelDay;
-    time_t dateRelSeconds;
-    int dateHaveRel;
-
-    time_t dateMonthOrdinal;
-    int dateHaveOrdinalMonth;
-
-    time_t dateDayOrdinal;
-    time_t dateDayNumber;
-    int dateHaveDay;
-
-    const char *dateStart;
-    const char *dateInput;
-    time_t *dateRelPointer;
-
-    int dateDigitCount;
-} DateInfo;
+#include "tclDate.h"

 #define YYMALLOC	ckalloc
 #define YYFREE(x)	(ckfree((void*) (x)))

-#define yyDSTmode	(info->dateDSTmode)
-#define yyDayOrdinal	(info->dateDayOrdinal)
-#define yyDayNumber	(info->dateDayNumber)
-#define yyMonthOrdinal	(info->dateMonthOrdinal)
-#define yyHaveDate	(info->dateHaveDate)
-#define yyHaveDay	(info->dateHaveDay)
-#define yyHaveOrdinalMonth (info->dateHaveOrdinalMonth)
-#define yyHaveRel	(info->dateHaveRel)
-#define yyHaveTime	(info->dateHaveTime)
-#define yyHaveZone	(info->dateHaveZone)
-#define yyTimezone	(info->dateTimezone)
-#define yyDay		(info->dateDay)
-#define yyMonth		(info->dateMonth)
-#define yyYear		(info->dateYear)
-#define yyHour		(info->dateHour)
-#define yyMinutes	(info->dateMinutes)
-#define yySeconds	(info->dateSeconds)
-#define yyMeridian	(info->dateMeridian)
-#define yyRelMonth	(info->dateRelMonth)
-#define yyRelDay	(info->dateRelDay)
-#define yyRelSeconds	(info->dateRelSeconds)
-#define yyRelPointer	(info->dateRelPointer)
-#define yyInput		(info->dateInput)
-#define yyDigitCount	(info->dateDigitCount)
-
 #define EPOCH		1970
 #define START_OF_TIME	1902
 #define END_OF_TIME	2037
@@ -150,14 +89,6 @@ typedef enum _DSTMODE {
    DSTon, DSToff, DSTmaybe
 } DSTMODE;

-/*
- * Meridian: am, pm, or 24-hour style.
- */
-
-typedef enum _MERIDIAN {
-    MERam, MERpm, MER24
-} MERIDIAN;
-
 %}

 %union {
@@ -176,8 +107,6 @@ static int		LookupWord(YYSTYPE* yylvalPtr, char *buff);
 				     DateInfo* info, const char *s);
 static int		TclDatelex(YYSTYPE* yylvalPtr, YYLTYPE* location,
 				   DateInfo* info);
-static time_t		ToSeconds(time_t Hours, time_t Minutes,
-			    time_t Seconds, MERIDIAN Meridian);
 MODULE_SCOPE int	yyparse(DateInfo*);

 %}
@@ -377,12 +306,12 @@ date	: tUNUMBER '/' tUNUMBER {
 	;

 ordMonth: tNEXT tMONTH {
-	    yyMonthOrdinal = 1;
-	    yyMonth = $2;
+	    yyMonthOrdinalIncr = 1;
+	    yyMonthOrdinal = $2;
 	}
 	| tNEXT tUNUMBER tMONTH {
-	    yyMonthOrdinal = $2;
-	    yyMonth = $3;
+	    yyMonthOrdinalIncr = $2;
+	    yyMonthOrdinal = $3;
 	}
 	;

@@ -730,11 +659,11 @@ TclDateerror(
    infoPtr->separatrix = "\n";
 }

-static time_t
+MODULE_SCOPE int
 ToSeconds(
-    time_t Hours,
-    time_t Minutes,
-    time_t Seconds,
+    int Hours,
+    int Minutes,
+    int Seconds,
    MERIDIAN Meridian)
 {
    if (Minutes < 0 || Minutes > 59 || Seconds < 0 || Seconds > 59) {
@@ -957,65 +886,36 @@ TclDatelex(
 	} while (Count > 0);
    }
 }
-
+
 int
-TclClockOldscanObjCmd(
-    ClientData clientData,	/* Unused */
+TclClockFreeScan(
    Tcl_Interp *interp,		/* Tcl interpreter */
-    int objc,			/* Count of paraneters */
-    Tcl_Obj *const *objv)	/* Parameters */
+    DateInfo *info)		/* Input and result parameters */
 {
-    Tcl_Obj *result, *resultElement;
-    int yr, mo, da;
-    DateInfo dateInfo;
-    DateInfo* info = &dateInfo;
    int status;

-    if (objc != 5) {
-	Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 1, objv,
-		"stringToParse baseYear baseMonth baseDay" );
-	return TCL_ERROR;
-    }
+    /*
+     * yyInput = stringToParse;
+     * 
+     * ClockInitDateInfo(info) should be executed to pre-init info;
+     */

-    yyInput = Tcl_GetString( objv[1] );
-    dateInfo.dateStart = yyInput;
+    yyDSTmode = DSTmaybe;

-    yyHaveDate = 0;
-    if (Tcl_GetIntFromObj(interp, objv[2], &yr) != TCL_OK
-	    || Tcl_GetIntFromObj(interp, objv[3], &mo) != TCL_OK
-	    || Tcl_GetIntFromObj(interp, objv[4], &da) != TCL_OK) {
-	return TCL_ERROR;
-    }
-    yyYear = yr; yyMonth = mo; yyDay = da;
+    info->messages = Tcl_NewObj();
+    info->separatrix = "";
+    Tcl_IncrRefCount(info->messages);

-    yyHaveTime = 0;
-    yyHour = 0; yyMinutes = 0; yySeconds = 0; yyMeridian = MER24;
-
-    yyHaveZone = 0;
-    yyTimezone = 0; yyDSTmode = DSTmaybe;
-
-    yyHaveOrdinalMonth = 0;
-    yyMonthOrdinal = 0;
-
-    yyHaveDay = 0;
-    yyDayOrdinal = 0; yyDayNumber = 0;
-
-    yyHaveRel = 0;
-    yyRelMonth = 0; yyRelDay = 0; yyRelSeconds = 0; yyRelPointer = NULL;
-
-    dateInfo.messages = Tcl_NewObj();
-    dateInfo.separatrix = "";
-    Tcl_IncrRefCount(dateInfo.messages);
-
-    status = yyparse(&dateInfo);
+    info->dateStart = yyInput;
+    status = yyparse(info);
    if (status == 1) {
-	Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, dateInfo.messages);
-	Tcl_DecrRefCount(dateInfo.messages);
+	Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, info->messages);
+	Tcl_DecrRefCount(info->messages);
 	Tcl_SetErrorCode(interp, "TCL", "VALUE", "DATE", "PARSE", NULL);
 	return TCL_ERROR;
    } else if (status == 2) {
 	Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_NewStringObj("memory exhausted", -1));
-	Tcl_DecrRefCount(dateInfo.messages);
+	Tcl_DecrRefCount(info->messages);
 	Tcl_SetErrorCode(interp, "TCL", "MEMORY", NULL);
 	return TCL_ERROR;
    } else if (status != 0) {
@@ -1023,11 +923,11 @@ TclClockOldscanObjCmd(
 						  "from date parser. Please "
 						  "report this error as a "
 						  "bug in Tcl.", -1));
-	Tcl_DecrRefCount(dateInfo.messages);
+	Tcl_DecrRefCount(info->messages);
 	Tcl_SetErrorCode(interp, "TCL", "BUG", NULL);
 	return TCL_ERROR;
    }
-    Tcl_DecrRefCount(dateInfo.messages);
+    Tcl_DecrRefCount(info->messages);

    if (yyHaveDate > 1) {
 	Tcl_SetObjResult(interp,
@@ -1060,6 +960,40 @@ TclClockOldscanObjCmd(
 	return TCL_ERROR;
    }

+    return TCL_OK;
+}
+
+int
+TclClockOldscanObjCmd(
+    ClientData clientData,	/* Unused */
+    Tcl_Interp *interp,		/* Tcl interpreter */
+    int objc,			/* Count of paraneters */
+    Tcl_Obj *const *objv)	/* Parameters */
+{
+    Tcl_Obj *result, *resultElement;
+    int yr, mo, da;
+    DateInfo dateInfo;
+    DateInfo* info = &dateInfo;
+
+    if (objc != 5) {
+	Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 1, objv,
+		"stringToParse baseYear baseMonth baseDay" );
+	return TCL_ERROR;
+    }
+
+    yyInput = Tcl_GetString( objv[1] );
+
+    if (Tcl_GetIntFromObj(interp, objv[2], &yr) != TCL_OK
+	    || Tcl_GetIntFromObj(interp, objv[3], &mo) != TCL_OK
+	    || Tcl_GetIntFromObj(interp, objv[4], &da) != TCL_OK) {
+	return TCL_ERROR;
+    }
+    yyYear = yr; yyMonth = mo; yyDay = da;
+
+    if (TclClockFreeScan(interp, info) != TCL_OK) {
+    	return TCL_ERROR;
+    }
+
    result = Tcl_NewObj();
    resultElement = Tcl_NewObj();
    if (yyHaveDate) {
@@ -1111,9 +1045,9 @@ TclClockOldscanObjCmd(
    resultElement = Tcl_NewObj();
    if (yyHaveOrdinalMonth) {
 	Tcl_ListObjAppendElement(interp, resultElement,
-		Tcl_NewIntObj((int) yyMonthOrdinal));
+		Tcl_NewIntObj((int) yyMonthOrdinalIncr));
 	Tcl_ListObjAppendElement(interp, resultElement,
-		Tcl_NewIntObj((int) yyMonth));
+		Tcl_NewIntObj((int) yyMonthOrdinal));
    }
    Tcl_ListObjAppendElement(interp, result, resultElement);

@@ -13,6 +13,13 @@

 #include "tclInt.h"

+/*
+ * Prevent macros from clashing with function definitions.
+ */
+
+#undef Tcl_FindHashEntry
+#undef Tcl_CreateHashEntry
+
 /*
 * When there are this many entries per bucket, on average, rebuild the hash
 * table to make it larger.
@@ -28,7 +35,7 @@
 */

 #define RANDOM_INDEX(tablePtr, i) \
-    ((((i)*1103515245UL) >> (tablePtr)->downShift) & (tablePtr)->mask)
+    ((((i)*1103515245L) >> (tablePtr)->downShift) & (tablePtr)->mask)

 /*
 * Prototypes for the array hash key methods.
@@ -38,6 +45,19 @@ static Tcl_HashEntry *	AllocArrayEntry(Tcl_HashTable *tablePtr, void *keyPtr);
 static int		CompareArrayKeys(void *keyPtr, Tcl_HashEntry *hPtr);
 static TCL_HASH_TYPE	HashArrayKey(Tcl_HashTable *tablePtr, void *keyPtr);

+/*
+ * Prototypes for the one word hash key methods. Not actually declared because
+ * this is a critical path that is implemented in the core hash table access
+ * function.
+ */
+
+#if 0
+static Tcl_HashEntry *	AllocOneWordEntry(Tcl_HashTable *tablePtr,
+			    void *keyPtr);
+static int		CompareOneWordKeys(void *keyPtr, Tcl_HashEntry *hPtr);
+static unsigned int	HashOneWordKey(Tcl_HashTable *tablePtr, void *keyPtr);
+#endif
+
 /*
 * Prototypes for the string hash key methods.
 */
@@ -193,7 +213,7 @@ Tcl_InitCustomHashTable(
 /*
 *----------------------------------------------------------------------
 *
- * FindHashEntry --
+ * Tcl_FindHashEntry --
 *
 *	Given a hash table find the entry with a matching key.
 *
@@ -207,6 +227,14 @@ Tcl_InitCustomHashTable(
 *----------------------------------------------------------------------
 */

+Tcl_HashEntry *
+Tcl_FindHashEntry(
+    Tcl_HashTable *tablePtr,	/* Table in which to lookup entry. */
+    const void *key)		/* Key to use to find matching entry. */
+{
+    return (*((tablePtr)->findProc))(tablePtr, key);
+}
+
 static Tcl_HashEntry *
 FindHashEntry(
    Tcl_HashTable *tablePtr,	/* Table in which to lookup entry. */
@@ -219,7 +247,7 @@ FindHashEntry(
 /*
 *----------------------------------------------------------------------
 *
- * CreateHashEntry --
+ * Tcl_CreateHashEntry --
 *
 *	Given a hash table with string keys, and a string key, find the entry
 *	with a matching key. If there is no matching entry, then create a new
@@ -237,6 +265,17 @@ FindHashEntry(
 *----------------------------------------------------------------------
 */

+Tcl_HashEntry *
+Tcl_CreateHashEntry(
+    Tcl_HashTable *tablePtr,	/* Table in which to lookup entry. */
+    const void *key,		/* Key to use to find or create matching
+				 * entry. */
+    int *newPtr)		/* Store info here telling whether a new entry
+				 * was created. */
+{
+    return (*((tablePtr)->createProc))(tablePtr, key, newPtr);
+}
+
 static Tcl_HashEntry *
 CreateHashEntry(
    Tcl_HashTable *tablePtr,	/* Table in which to lookup entry. */
@@ -248,7 +287,7 @@ CreateHashEntry(
    register Tcl_HashEntry *hPtr;
    const Tcl_HashKeyType *typePtr;
    unsigned int hash;
-    unsigned int index;
+    int index;

    if (tablePtr->keyType == TCL_STRING_KEYS) {
 	typePtr = &tclStringHashKeyType;
@@ -282,7 +321,7 @@ CreateHashEntry(

 	for (hPtr = tablePtr->buckets[index]; hPtr != NULL;
 		hPtr = hPtr->nextPtr) {
-	    if (hash != hPtr->hash) {
+	    if (hash != PTR2UINT(hPtr->hash)) {
 		continue;
 	    }
 	    if (((void *) key == hPtr) || compareKeysProc((void *) key, hPtr)) {
@@ -295,7 +334,7 @@ CreateHashEntry(
    } else {
 	for (hPtr = tablePtr->buckets[index]; hPtr != NULL;
 		hPtr = hPtr->nextPtr) {
-	    if (hash != hPtr->hash) {
+	    if (hash != PTR2UINT(hPtr->hash)) {
 		continue;
 	    }
 	    if (key == hPtr->key.oneWordValue) {
@@ -325,7 +364,7 @@ CreateHashEntry(
    }

    hPtr->tablePtr = tablePtr;
-    hPtr->hash = hash;
+    hPtr->hash = UINT2PTR(hash);
    hPtr->nextPtr = tablePtr->buckets[index];
    tablePtr->buckets[index] = hPtr;
    tablePtr->numEntries++;
@@ -367,7 +406,7 @@ Tcl_DeleteHashEntry(
    const Tcl_HashKeyType *typePtr;
    Tcl_HashTable *tablePtr;
    Tcl_HashEntry **bucketPtr;
-    unsigned int index;
+    int index;

    tablePtr = entryPtr->tablePtr;

@@ -384,9 +423,9 @@ Tcl_DeleteHashEntry(

    if (typePtr->hashKeyProc == NULL
 	    || typePtr->flags & TCL_HASH_KEY_RANDOMIZE_HASH) {
-	index = RANDOM_INDEX(tablePtr, entryPtr->hash);
+	index = RANDOM_INDEX(tablePtr, PTR2INT(entryPtr->hash));
    } else {
-	index = entryPtr->hash & tablePtr->mask;
+	index = PTR2UINT(entryPtr->hash) & tablePtr->mask;
    }

    bucketPtr = &tablePtr->buckets[index];
@@ -741,14 +780,14 @@ HashArrayKey(
    void *keyPtr)		/* Key from which to compute hash value. */
 {
    register const int *array = (const int *) keyPtr;
-    register TCL_HASH_TYPE result;
+    register unsigned int result;
    int count;

    for (result = 0, count = tablePtr->keyType; count > 0;
 	    count--, array++) {
 	result += *array;
    }
-    return result;
+    return (TCL_HASH_TYPE) result;
 }

 /*
@@ -837,7 +876,7 @@ HashStringKey(
    void *keyPtr)		/* Key from which to compute hash value. */
 {
    register const char *string = keyPtr;
-    register TCL_HASH_TYPE result;
+    register unsigned int result;
    register char c;

    /*
@@ -877,7 +916,7 @@ HashStringKey(
 	    result += (result << 3) + UCHAR(c);
 	}
    }
-    return result;
+    return (TCL_HASH_TYPE) result;
 }

 /*
@@ -959,19 +998,12 @@ static void
 RebuildTable(
    register Tcl_HashTable *tablePtr)	/* Table to enlarge. */
 {
-    int count, oldSize = tablePtr->numBuckets;
-    unsigned int index;
-    Tcl_HashEntry **oldBuckets = tablePtr->buckets;
+    int oldSize, count, index;
+    Tcl_HashEntry **oldBuckets;
    register Tcl_HashEntry **oldChainPtr, **newChainPtr;
    register Tcl_HashEntry *hPtr;
    const Tcl_HashKeyType *typePtr;

-    /* Avoid outgrowing capability of the memory allocators */
-    if (oldSize > (int)(UINT_MAX / (4 * sizeof(Tcl_HashEntry *)))) {
-	tablePtr->rebuildSize = INT_MAX;
-	return;
-    }
-
    if (tablePtr->keyType == TCL_STRING_KEYS) {
 	typePtr = &tclStringHashKeyType;
    } else if (tablePtr->keyType == TCL_ONE_WORD_KEYS) {
@@ -983,6 +1015,9 @@ RebuildTable(
 	typePtr = &tclArrayHashKeyType;
    }

+    oldSize = tablePtr->numBuckets;
+    oldBuckets = tablePtr->buckets;
+
    /*
     * Allocate and initialize the new bucket array, and set up hashing
     * constants for new array size.
@@ -1013,9 +1048,9 @@ RebuildTable(
 	    *oldChainPtr = hPtr->nextPtr;
 	    if (typePtr->hashKeyProc == NULL
 		    || typePtr->flags & TCL_HASH_KEY_RANDOMIZE_HASH) {
-		index = RANDOM_INDEX(tablePtr, hPtr->hash);
+		index = RANDOM_INDEX(tablePtr, PTR2INT(hPtr->hash));
 	    } else {
-		index = hPtr->hash & tablePtr->mask;
+		index = PTR2UINT(hPtr->hash) & tablePtr->mask;
 	    }
 	    hPtr->nextPtr = tablePtr->buckets[index];
 	    tablePtr->buckets[index] = hPtr;
@@ -73,6 +73,13 @@ Tcl_RecordAndEval(
 	Tcl_IncrRefCount(cmdPtr);
 	result = Tcl_RecordAndEvalObj(interp, cmdPtr, flags);

+	/*
+	 * Move the interpreter's object result to the string result, then
+	 * reset the object result.
+	 */
+
+	(void) Tcl_GetStringResult(interp);
+
 	/*
 	 * Discard the Tcl object created to hold the command.
 	 */
@@ -721,18 +721,17 @@ Tcl_SetStdChannel(
 {
    ThreadSpecificData *tsdPtr = TCL_TSD_INIT(&dataKey);

-    int init = channel ? 1 : -1;
    switch (type) {
    case TCL_STDIN:
-	tsdPtr->stdinInitialized = init;
+	tsdPtr->stdinInitialized = 1;
 	tsdPtr->stdinChannel = channel;
 	break;
    case TCL_STDOUT:
-	tsdPtr->stdoutInitialized = init;
+	tsdPtr->stdoutInitialized = 1;
 	tsdPtr->stdoutChannel = channel;
 	break;
    case TCL_STDERR:
-	tsdPtr->stderrInitialized = init;
+	tsdPtr->stderrInitialized = 1;
 	tsdPtr->stderrChannel = channel;
 	break;
    }
@@ -769,8 +768,8 @@ Tcl_GetStdChannel(
    switch (type) {
    case TCL_STDIN:
 	if (!tsdPtr->stdinInitialized) {
-	    tsdPtr->stdinInitialized = -1;
 	    tsdPtr->stdinChannel = TclpGetDefaultStdChannel(TCL_STDIN);
+	    tsdPtr->stdinInitialized = 1;

 	    /*
 	     * Artificially bump the refcount to ensure that the channel is
@@ -782,7 +781,6 @@ Tcl_GetStdChannel(
 	     */

 	    if (tsdPtr->stdinChannel != NULL) {
-		tsdPtr->stdinInitialized = 1;
 		Tcl_RegisterChannel(NULL, tsdPtr->stdinChannel);
 	    }
 	}
@@ -790,10 +788,9 @@ Tcl_GetStdChannel(
 	break;
    case TCL_STDOUT:
 	if (!tsdPtr->stdoutInitialized) {
-	    tsdPtr->stdoutInitialized = -1;
 	    tsdPtr->stdoutChannel = TclpGetDefaultStdChannel(TCL_STDOUT);
+	    tsdPtr->stdoutInitialized = 1;
 	    if (tsdPtr->stdoutChannel != NULL) {
-		tsdPtr->stdoutInitialized = 1;
 		Tcl_RegisterChannel(NULL, tsdPtr->stdoutChannel);
 	    }
 	}
@@ -801,10 +798,9 @@ Tcl_GetStdChannel(
 	break;
    case TCL_STDERR:
 	if (!tsdPtr->stderrInitialized) {
-	    tsdPtr->stderrInitialized = -1;
 	    tsdPtr->stderrChannel = TclpGetDefaultStdChannel(TCL_STDERR);
+	    tsdPtr->stderrInitialized = 1;
 	    if (tsdPtr->stderrChannel != NULL) {
-		tsdPtr->stderrInitialized = 1;
 		Tcl_RegisterChannel(NULL, tsdPtr->stderrChannel);
 	    }
 	}
@@ -1072,7 +1068,7 @@ CheckForStdChannelsBeingClosed(
    ChannelState *statePtr = ((Channel *) chan)->state;
    ThreadSpecificData *tsdPtr = TCL_TSD_INIT(&dataKey);

-    if (tsdPtr->stdinInitialized == 1
+    if (tsdPtr->stdinInitialized
 	    && tsdPtr->stdinChannel != NULL
 	    && statePtr == ((Channel *)tsdPtr->stdinChannel)->state) {
 	if (statePtr->refCount < 2) {
@@ -1080,7 +1076,7 @@ CheckForStdChannelsBeingClosed(
 	    tsdPtr->stdinChannel = NULL;
 	    return;
 	}
-    } else if (tsdPtr->stdoutInitialized == 1
+    } else if (tsdPtr->stdoutInitialized
 	    && tsdPtr->stdoutChannel != NULL
 	    && statePtr == ((Channel *)tsdPtr->stdoutChannel)->state) {
 	if (statePtr->refCount < 2) {
@@ -1088,7 +1084,7 @@ CheckForStdChannelsBeingClosed(
 	    tsdPtr->stdoutChannel = NULL;
 	    return;
 	}
-    } else if (tsdPtr->stderrInitialized == 1
+    } else if (tsdPtr->stderrInitialized
 	    && tsdPtr->stderrChannel != NULL
 	    && statePtr == ((Channel *)tsdPtr->stderrChannel)->state) {
 	if (statePtr->refCount < 2) {
@@ -1142,7 +1138,7 @@ Tcl_IsStandardChannel(
 *	channel refCount.
 *
 * Results:
- *	None.
+ *	The channel.
 *
 * Side effects:
 *	May increment the reference count of a channel.
@@ -1150,7 +1146,7 @@ Tcl_IsStandardChannel(
 *----------------------------------------------------------------------
 */

-void
+Tcl_Channel
 Tcl_RegisterChannel(
    Tcl_Interp *interp,		/* Interpreter in which to add the channel. */
    Tcl_Channel chan)		/* The channel to add to this interpreter
@@ -1179,7 +1175,7 @@ Tcl_RegisterChannel(
 	hPtr = Tcl_CreateHashEntry(hTblPtr, statePtr->channelName, &isNew);
 	if (!isNew) {
 	    if (chan == Tcl_GetHashValue(hPtr)) {
-		return;
+		return chan;
 	    }

 	    Tcl_Panic("Tcl_RegisterChannel: duplicate channel names");
@@ -1187,6 +1183,8 @@ Tcl_RegisterChannel(
 	Tcl_SetHashValue(hPtr, chanPtr);
    }
    statePtr->refCount++;
+
+    return chan;
 }

 /*
@@ -6712,7 +6710,7 @@ Tcl_Flush(
    chanPtr = statePtr->topChanPtr;

    if (CheckChannelErrors(statePtr, TCL_WRITABLE) != 0) {
-	return TCL_ERROR;
+	return -1;
    }

    result = FlushChannel(NULL, chanPtr, 0);
@@ -9036,6 +9034,18 @@ ZeroTransferTimerProc(
 *----------------------------------------------------------------------
 */

+int
+TclCopyChannelOld(
+    Tcl_Interp *interp,		/* Current interpreter. */
+    Tcl_Channel inChan,		/* Channel to read from. */
+    Tcl_Channel outChan,	/* Channel to write to. */
+    int toRead,			/* Amount of data to copy, or -1 for all. */
+    Tcl_Obj *cmdPtr)		/* Pointer to script to execute or NULL. */
+{
+    return TclCopyChannel(interp, inChan, outChan, (Tcl_WideInt) toRead,
+            cmdPtr);
+}
+
 int
 TclCopyChannel(
    Tcl_Interp *interp,		/* Current interpreter. */
@@ -15,7 +15,7 @@
 * Callback structure for accept callback in a TCP server.
 */

-typedef struct {
+typedef struct AcceptCallback {
    Tcl_Obj *script;		/* Script to invoke. */
    Tcl_Interp *interp;		/* Interpreter in which to run it. */
 } AcceptCallback;
@@ -137,6 +137,19 @@ Tcl_PutsObjCmd(
 	    chanObjPtr = objv[2];
 	    string = objv[3];
 	    break;
+#if TCL_MAJOR_VERSION < 9
+	} else if (strcmp(TclGetString(objv[3]), "nonewline") == 0) {
+	    /*
+	     * The code below provides backwards compatibility with an old
+	     * form of the command that is no longer recommended or
+	     * documented. See also [Bug #3151675]. Will be removed in Tcl 9,
+	     * maybe even earlier.
+	     */
+
+	    chanObjPtr = objv[1];
+	    string = objv[2];
+	    break;
+#endif
 	}
 	/* Fall through */
    default:			/* [puts] or
@@ -426,11 +439,25 @@ Tcl_ReadObjCmd(
    if (i < objc) {
 	if ((TclGetIntFromObj(interp, objv[i], &toRead) != TCL_OK)
 		|| (toRead < 0)) {
+#if TCL_MAJOR_VERSION < 9
+	    /*
+	     * The code below provides backwards compatibility with an old
+	     * form of the command that is no longer recommended or
+	     * documented. See also [Bug #3151675]. Will be removed in Tcl 9,
+	     * maybe even earlier.
+	     */
+
+	    if (strcmp(TclGetString(objv[i]), "nonewline") != 0) {
+#endif
 		Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_ObjPrintf(
 			"expected non-negative integer but got \"%s\"",
 			TclGetString(objv[i])));
 		Tcl_SetErrorCode(interp, "TCL", "VALUE", "NUMBER", NULL);
 		return TCL_ERROR;
+#if TCL_MAJOR_VERSION < 9
+	    }
+	    newline = 1;
+#endif
 	}
    }

@@ -41,8 +41,6 @@ static void		ReflectWatch(ClientData clientData, int mask);
 static int		ReflectBlock(ClientData clientData, int mode);
 #ifdef TCL_THREADS
 static void		ReflectThread(ClientData clientData, int action);
-static int		ReflectEventRun(Tcl_Event *ev, int flags);
-static int		ReflectEventDelete(Tcl_Event *ev, ClientData cd);
 #endif
 static Tcl_WideInt	ReflectSeekWide(ClientData clientData,
 			    Tcl_WideInt offset, int mode, int *errorCodePtr);
@@ -750,7 +748,6 @@ TclChanCreateObjCmd(
 *----------------------------------------------------------------------
 */

-#ifdef TCL_THREADS
 typedef struct {
    Tcl_Event header;
    ReflectedChannel *rcPtr;
@@ -794,7 +791,6 @@ ReflectEventDelete(
    }
    return 1;
 }
-#endif

 int
 TclChanPostEventObjCmd(
@@ -87,7 +87,7 @@ static const Tcl_ChannelType tclRTransformType = {
 * layers upon reading from the channel, plus the functions to manage such.
 */

-typedef struct {
+typedef struct _ResultBuffer_ {
    unsigned char *buf;		/* Reference to the buffer area. */
    int allocated;		/* Allocated size of the buffer area. */
    int used;			/* Number of bytes in the buffer,
@@ -253,7 +253,7 @@ typedef enum {
 * sharing problems.
 */

-typedef struct {
+typedef struct ForwardParamBase {
    int code;			/* O: Ok/Fail of the cmd handler */
    char *msgStr;		/* O: Error message for handler failure */
    int mustFree;		/* O: True if msgStr is allocated, false if
@@ -298,7 +298,7 @@ typedef struct ForwardingResult ForwardingResult;
 * General event structure, with reference to operation specific data.
 */

-typedef struct {
+typedef struct ForwardingEvent {
    Tcl_Event event;		/* Basic event data, has to be first item */
    ForwardingResult *resultPtr;
    ForwardedOperation op;	/* Forwarded driver operation */
@@ -223,7 +223,7 @@ TclCreateSocketAddress(
     * using AI_ADDRCONFIG is probably low even in situations where it works,
     * we'll leave it out for now. After all, it is just an optimisation.
     *
-     * Missing on NetBSD.
+     * Missing on: OpenBSD, NetBSD.
     * Causes failure when used on AIX 5.1 and HP-UX
     */

--- a/Show More
+++ b/Show More
Author	SHA1	Message	Date
stu	58a1e3a324	Change the return type of Tcl_RegisterChannel from void to Tcl_Channel and have Tcl_RegisterChannel return the channel. his is a convenience to the programmer.	2017-06-05 18:33:57 +00:00
stu	43504d449b	Change the return type of Tcl_WrongNumArgs from void to int and have Tcl_WrongNumArgs always return TCL_ERROR. This is a convenience to the programmer. Most of the time in existing code, a call to Tcl_WrongNumArgs is immediately followed by return TCL_ERROR. Old: Tcl_WrongNumArgs(...); return TCL_ERROR; New: return Tcl_WrongNumArgs(...);	2017-05-31 06:59:27 +00:00
stu	5e6bac514b	Merge trunk.	2017-05-31 06:48:06 +00:00
stu	14dd351c95	Bring up-to-date.	2017-05-31 04:43:16 +00:00
stwo	14e867f82b	merge trunk	2014-09-11 04:31:04 +00:00
stwo	368c0890ab	merge trunk	2012-08-09 00:25:12 +00:00
stwo	8c908a8136	Initial implementation of frq [3551813], use @ to report offset in [binary scan].	2012-08-05 15:12:43 +00:00